Documente Academic
Documente Profesional
Documente Cultură
NEW
PRACTICAL
GRAMMAR
HEBREW
WITH
ENGLISH-HEBREW
AND
HEBREW-ENGLISH
EXERCISES
AND
CHRESTOMATHY
HEBREW
BY
Solomon
A.
Doutsch,
NEW
M.,
YORK,
"
LEYPOLDT
1868
HOLT.
Ph.
D.
according
Entered
to
the
Clerk's
Office
for
of
the
the
Court
District
of
year
of
186.8
by
Dr.
Ph.
M.,
A.
District
the
in
Congress,
DEUTSCH,
SOLOMON
in
of
Act
the
States,
United
Maryland.
C.
W.
Schneider
cith,
Pr.,
Baltimore,
MA.
PREFACE.
in
been
it full and
had
especially
Old
abilityhave left
work
to the public,
offer this
completein
the
view
in
well
as
this volume
to
appeared
critical
labors
the Grammar
aim, divesting
my
detail,to present
make
completenessand
have
student.
Grammars
this result of my
that
expectation
the
I have
in
Hebrew
little to
with
valuable
and
Although many
practicalintroduction
particular.
them
instructing
necessary
of those
schools, I
for
as
every
wants
of all extraneous
have
the
to
endeavored
to
the
language of
Testament.
I shall
the
recapitulate
briefly
man
ual.
To
1.
have
facilitate the
been
of the
commission
expressed with
all
they
rules to memory,
the conciseness
consistent
with
per
spicuity.
2.
Believingthat exceptionsare more
properlyto be sought
and Critical Commentary, I have noted such irregu
in the Lexicon
larities only as, by their frequency,can
claim
to be held
integral
parts of the language.
The
3.
illustration of the abstract by the concrete
being ne
^
cessary
been
to
the
explainedand
understandingof
confirmed
by
the
former,
examples, and
rules have
the
further
elucidated
exercises.
by
4.
In
lect valuable
or
clear
sententious
been
The
moral.
considered
as
well
is without
examples only.
Nevertheless
them
by
its
as
Syntactical
part
with
internal
character
external
of the
has
passage
grammaticalform.
The
"
the constant
the student
reference
made
will become
to
them
fullyfamiliar
in
the
Etymo
logicalpart.
5.
In the
acquisitionof
miliarize himself
translations into
Hebrew
rules
exercises
which
with
the
it from
have
to
fa
been
the
prepared, particularly
illustrating
ex-
"S
IV
actlykeeping
verbal
admits
of
change, I have
no
conciselyembodied
ted
they
he
refer
may
given,
but
9.
and
therefore
enabled
to
read
he
research
by help
been
Fuerst
the
latter's
(Lex
arrangement
slight alterations.
the
at
end
the
of
added
exercises
Granmmr,
in
doubt
the
save
stu
that
secondly,
the
to
as
transla
are
first, to
forgotten word,
have
Ewald,
Hebrew
is
be
however,
the
to
and
form
to
Old
of the
found
not
vocabularies
two
in
general
use.
easilyperceive,when
words
in
the
expected
that
the
by mastering
the
understandingly
in
the
How
large
does
diligentstudent
exercises
Hebrew
the
less
difficult
different
proportion
not
in
prose
vocabulary
thousand
two
that
considers
in
exercises.
about
language
with
are
exercise*
selections
given
contain
one
of the
various
is
learner's
translations
no
number
of
Testament
words
all the
the
the
refresh
to
original sentence,
is directed
the
from
The
radical
of
student
asterisks.
the
seeking
space,
student
words
can
one
in
Chrestomathy composed
consistingof
Hebrew
words
in
regard
the
poetry
10.
presented
it, should
to
with
memory
the
construction
with
preserved
vocabulary
economize
To
aid
the
to
uninflected.
when
word
the
labor
and
della
distinguishedby
occur,
time
dent's
English
Gesenius,
important points;
been
are
Although
as
in
Paradigms,
groundforms
8.
to
the
continental
(Grammatica
has
the
In
of
volume.
this
followed
declensions
7.
the
in
Luzzatto
D.
being
the
of
Where
intentionally
conformable
sentences
endeavored
results
approved
The
6.
bach,
English
irregularlyplaced.
of numerals
icon), L.
I have
progress.
Hebrew*
of the
arrangement
student's
the
of
construction
the
made
the
with
pace
exceed
and
1867,
is
Chrestomathy
the
the
of
portions
It
will be
months,
few
is,
number
whole
the
this
Old
Tes
tament.
By
some
that
ble
this
enumeration
respects possesses
this fruit
and
of
earnest
it will
the
and
character
zealous
useful.
Baltimore,
July 15,
be
1868.
readily
of
seen,
novelty,
exertion
will
that
the
and
it is
be
found
plan
in
hoped
accepta
PART
OF
I.
ELEMENTS.
THE
CHAPTER
SOUNDS
AND
LETTEKS,
"
1.
SIGNS.
ALPHABET.
df
1.
Twenty-two
0
"
Mem
Nun
(a fish)
Samcch
Alphabet.
POWER.
ox-goad) 1
Lamed
Hebrew
NAMK.
FORM.
compose' the
consonants
D'P water)
ri
in
sons:
PAIIT
I.
ELEMENTS.
NAME.
FORM.
Ayin
POWER.
]*y(eye)
not
pronounced
N*2 (
,15 mouth)
ph,
fish
ts
Final.
:"))*]Pe
Y Tsade'
H"
Koph
(a
hook)
of
(theeye
v"]1p
1
the back
Resh
Sllin
NOTE
I.
nunciation
by
In
the
and
and
is
,*"]
may
asper;
(rg),probablythe
true
this
letter
square
by
a
the Greek
represen
Gamma
g.
deep rollingguttural
pronunciation.
the
not
of the
the ancient
Hebrew
the pre
originalforms,
for the
sake
of the
and
forms
pressedby
their
names
present alphabet:
of the
bent
hand
the
Hebrew
old
to
nail, f
weapon,
present
the Phoenician.
is still
il
selected
Samaritan
Hebrew,
the
this resemblance
and
thingsex
in tin-
partly seen
basket, ^
the hol
etc.
is read
Hebrew
Write
as
Pentateuch
probably been
letters have
In
coins struck
"
:
similar
are
initial sounds.
writing,the
Samaritan
the
which
of the
Phoenician
\:
Characters
names
The
DDD
V5^*3
*
Maccabees
The
III.
NOTE
and
DfiD
^IISTX
time
at the
the
from
right
characters
Roman
letters
DO
hand
to
the
corresponding to
left.
the
--DD
ann
(ng) pro
it is sometimes
Septuagmt
is
nasal
The
reading.
lenis,sometimes
or
-:
lowin
in
omitted
nian
2.
characters are
These
th
letters not
sent
low
sh
corresponding letter
the
II.
)r
be
commonly
spiritus
asper
Arabic
NOTE
head
mart)
is incorrect. In the
ofy
the
ted
head)
"\sn
tootl^
lOOtll)
}fi (a cross
lenis
spiritus
ch); y like X
WJ
(^
or
Tav
(fl)
V"*(I iff
"
Sin
C^
D
( ""X 1
""H
needle
of the
nr
.]
,n"3t .H313
"c-n
-p
fol
DIVISION
2.
"
EXERCISE
Write
ing
Hebrew
the
1, ch, h, k, t, th,
hnshrm,
the follow
to
sh,
s,
2.
corresponding
letters
characters
Roman
LETTERS.
OF
rtz,
r,
d,
p, y,
ytlim,
zr,
f,
g,
w,
chl,
z,
tz,
n,
g,
dbktm,
kl, shb,
bmdbr,
li/t,nthn.
"
The
which
letters
they
2.
DIVISION
are
divided
OF
according
into
pronounced
are
LETTERS.
to
the
with
organs
Gutturals
Palatals
Linguals
Dentals
Sibilants,
or
Labials
The
letter 1
partakes of
both
guttural and
dental
cha
racter.
EXERCISE
and
the
classes
0
ICT
the
in
Give
3.
the
following words
to which
they belong
Vw iWm
oa^'o
n-iyi
of the
names
letters
i"y
nin*
nox
SN*i^n Sx maSxi
HD
Din
:nrnoipon
^
"
1. The
LETTERS
letters ^HN
form
mory)
they
VOWEL
3.
AND
Elievi
(a word
: astro
xn
VOWEL
-SIGNS.
used
to
sometimes
representing not
D"i
pno
assist the
vowel
consonantal
me
letters,
but
vowel
sounds.
,
"2. Besides
long vowels,
or
nnipj),
these
in the
were
with
two
to be
pronounced.
vowels,
-letters,which
vowel
6th
century
exceptions, under
three
short
nine
generally indicate
vowel
signs (nliftJfl
Of
these
and
letter,after which
the
nine
three
strokes
signs, three
doubtful.
placed,
they
are
represent long
PART
I.
ELEMENTS.
Vou-els.
_Skort
Name.
Form.
Power.
Patach
Seghol
in
sharp
in
in
WTO
met
not
rather
or
in dull
tful Vowels.
Vowel
Doubtful
NAME.
Chirek
FORM.
POWER.
i in machine
p*Yn
Shurek
Kubbuts
in rule
in
rule
or
(ni--p:
NOTE
I.
Cholem
is
dot
the ^
over
i in
or
in full.
'1or
as
pin
the *) is omitted
:
as
placed above on the left of the consonant
J| go,
is always placed in the bosom
Shurek
do.
of 1 as J|
The
"J
the letter : as 5 j if * follows it is
is placed under
Chirek-point
the
and
dot
not, doubtful
long, if
vowel
primary
also
(inmachine)
thongs
"
"
"
or
"
sharp !
"
and
i, 0
i in
in there
in
-[- u.
pin
(infather) I
properly diph
are
from
originated,is
I in machine
"
vowels
to the three
in rule
"
1 or
or
-_^
in full
in note
in fate
^=
"
short i.
long or
they have
the
are
(in rule),for
in father
in
which
These
arising from
either
*"
vowels, according
sounds, from
importance.
of
l"ng
classification of the
The
3.
"
met
"
in
dull.
NOTE
Spanish Jews
and
guese
German
home
Jews
or
almost
like
like their
nunciation
pronounce
in
ow
are
firmed
by
ogy
of the
(T) like
Polish
nearly correct.
the Hebrew
written in accordance
the
present usage
Arabic.
of the
jn home
the
as
The
and
French
Sefaradic
proper
exiled Portu
the
(theSefaradic);
"_
1 like
or
("")like
pronounce
The
brethren.
German
that
descendants
their
and
almost
'"*)
spoil,
oi in
most
the
vow;
pronunciationis
above
The
II.
i in
bind, ('1)
in
the
the
of the
this
Jews
mode, which
of Palestine
is also
and
pro
Septua-
in
is considered
names
Test
con
the anal
which
el-letters '1HN
vow
their
as
re
it is
as
homogeneouswith
the
with
the
with
the
class,or
represent the A
usually expressed,are
geneous
considered
be
latter may
and
N
:
presentatives
SIGNS.
VOWEL
"
correspondto
respectively
classes
three
4. These
LETTERS
VOWEL
3.
"
class,
of
end
the
At
word
rarely with
but
*"Y)"HIS
ized, or
to
in
and
"""
J|, V
consonantal
power
final
6. ^ and
as
when
vowel
Seghol:
is
preceded by
is silent:
as
NOTE
lowed
3.
by
read
V33
Kamets,
sound:
the
as
11 read vav,
termination
V~
the
panav.
1 preceded
vowel
long vowels
after
mute
heterogeneousvowel-sign,
(" 4) or when having a
followed
feeble, that
so
as
by a vowel or Sh'va
Dagesh (" 7) retain their consonantal
In
*fi chay, 'Ijj goy.
U
gev,
or
is
is mute
the
ft without
and
of K
vowel-sign
i"
*T,
in
the
quies-
as
'
without
fityrft"Z.
considered
middle
in the
the
followingcases
The
"never
with
and
words
H^
of the
end
use
N"Q
as
'HNtfD, and
as
compound
are
the
cing at
class is
or
fre
most
class, are
correspondentVowel-letters.
their
the
I and
the
long vowels of
quently accompanied by
5, The
must
by
be read
vowel-signor
as
i; :
Sh'va
fyy read
as
avon,
[" 4]
or
fol
H1VP
4.
When
the
^ arid
^j-jj$ especially
homogeneousvowels,the
without
the
latter
"
accompany
said to be written
are
(ipn) : niSi' nv
said to be
Sinr
ftiiy h^
,"
"
their
fully (JOD)
written
"
"'
defectively
5.
NOTE
ceeds:
"" follows:
when
XJlfi?or
EXERCISE
the
4.
,N* ,K
,p_
EXERCISE
in
*n
ND
^D
Jii n
VO
X:
"
N3
ID
NJ
ItO 1L5 ND
T
...
t' n
"p.-'"1^ NV
EXERCISE
.nil
11
pS
n?
iji
vS vS ^S nS
,in
*n
xn
^'
3"3
3N
3N*
^n
sS
ptrrr f^'n
1^7
"o
IB
^TD
no
nbf
EXERCISE
^n
*
^D
cn'n
ir
nj
^
H
irni
DU
Tjint\)y D.I D^
D1?^' 33#
17*17x91vnxpi
NI;
K9
7.
EXERCISE
vS
iy
6.
.rte'Xi
NX
"
V- V
'
/^* "tp
5.
^n
T.
,
in
NJ
^* ^
.ij;^a
,K
to
according
the
0 %r"n ,n ,b .p o
pro
in
as
ty
when
^ is omitted
Cholem-point without
The
in
as
ELEMENTS.
I.
PART
ft
Ti
8.
pj;
HI
'
KH'VA.
" 4.
EXERCISE
characters:
9.
and
following syllables
the
Write
bara,
zodu,
in
Hebrew
bo, kifztl,wu,
ya,
ye,
words
tuvecha.
paninu,
shalosh, love,
moshel, bosem,
[de
kol
SH'VA.
" 4.
the
At
1.
vowelless
beginning
Sh'va
nominated:
bare
ceive
*lh ip"'pJ
the
8h'va:
read
Sh'va
3.
when
dropping of
an
by
D'CHp
to
addition
from
of this
; 3H_n
""'*-jp
from
gutturals: Jl^DN
|-
the
NOTE
word
letter
of
re
with
word
or
it indicates
.half
of
and
7tOp
as
sylable is
part
to
^Hj
from
D'uHH
T
the
pronunciation
which
Sh'va
the
from
^Htl
'
in
originalvowel,
vowel
n'^n
from
originating
Rejection]retained
that
as
the
to
never
quiesce:
or
most
"
" and
or
consonant
v:
also
consonant
vowels
for
CN
obscure
II.
[Nacnklang]of
the
of
silent Sh'va.
Sl,1 fcOtJ*'
for
[" 14,
vowel
aftersonnd
cated
Sh'va
Vocal
end
consonant
final
they represent
I.
NOTE
the
only given
is
Final
"
Sh'va, because
an
therefore
termed
and
silent
hence
initial
like
under
Sh'va
K'tol.
the
sound,
slight vowel
(for
as
y% KV?' vocal
syllable is called
the
at
(:) de
$3$
or
under
Sh'va
The
2.
dots
the
^bj^Jlbyp
vowel): as
consonants
as
of
word
two
emptiness)
N^p* fissure,gap, i.
*Jftid two vowelless
e.
of
sign,
(for$}"
tfW
middle
the
receives
also
consonant
in
or
as
thus
V^n,
indi
was
for
D*JJ*'"Tp
always
Seethe
with
next
T:
Note.
II.
On
the distinction
of
EXERCISE
rnirrr
r\m
and
vocal
rin^;. yi3
silent
Sh'va
see
"11.
10.
niS? nir
ny"
D'ID
PART
is
ble
(-)
vowelless
the
When
sound,
are:
other
-=
This
o.
with
vowel
(-),
dis
more
Sh'va
vowel)
sylla
or
is called
iltDPfCha-
or
Chateph-Seghol
Hf"j
Chateph-Kamets
the
instances
few
or
consonants
Sh'vas
compound
also written
are
as
EXERCISE
11.
i\
ro?
n
word
rapid utterance.
Chateph-Pattach
T=
under
of
its
In
a,
(compounded
tbeph (rapid)from
NOTE,
half
as
composite Sh'va
These
initial consonant
(T) is
tinct
SH'VA.
of the
one
or
ELEMENTS,
COMPOSITE
5.
"
I.
nn
n^is
ori
nran
"
The
with
not
read
Patach
called
after
ruach,
read
does
it falls away
the
not
letter
read
(1H
FURTIVE.
the
the
word
rb
form
is
furtive HDI^
pronunciationare,
as
the
end
and
of
[H
word
is
before it :
JlllJroa(l gahoahh.
the
it were,
EXERCISE
yh
at
usual, hut
as
to
gutturals H
" 7]
reach,
helong
when
It is called Patach
and
(-) under
Mappik
Patach
dot
PATACH
6.
of the
as
because
illegitimate.
12.
(TH
This
word, therefore
lengthened:
(1113
as
(TH*
'ITn.
its position
DAGESII
" 7.
nin
1. The
with
letter :
rnV
AND
MAPPIK.
rr"
DAGESH
7.
"
as
in
g,
jn
or
me
entirelyvowelless,[a conso
p, t, which
d, k,
jn
initial
b,
(HS^D)
consonant
MAPPIK.
AND
7p
sound
is indicated
by
of each
point
from
as:
piercewith appoint]
JJ,npl^V
2. If a vowel sound
vowel
with
without
a
or
quies
[a
cent
their
Sh'va
vocal
a
o
r
letter]
precedethem,
pronun
ciation is softened or aspirated,
like bh or v, gh, dh, kh
the German
or
ch, ph or f,th ; the Dagesh is then omitted :
the Chald.
as
verb "0*1 to
*" nyr,
Tjnrp TT?-
3. When
the word
of the distinctive
one
by
ending with a vowel is separated
accents
("9) from a followingword,
the
commencing with one of the DMI^!}
affect the pronunciation,
that the n"D1JQ
so
"
originalhard
The
*
sounds
and have
the
Dagesh :
vowel
cannot
retain their
as
"
'
NOTE.
Dagesh forte in
pointin
and
al power
Mappik,
S
IT?
same
rabbim.
to determine
serves
its consonant
rest of 1HN
never
receive
Dagesh
2
\H^c^^^"^KCtfeU iMyft
Avti^ta
f
'
A
be
lohh.
quiescent.
when
ub?n ^
is called D'iDD
the
and
0*3*}
as
final Jl
: as
pronounced)
6. H
-J*
J*
.t-/
or
PART
10
The
NOTE.
has
sonant
:
vowel, otherwise the Shurek-point
read
TltJV. 1U
forte
Dagesh
On
V.
the
in ?| representsDagesh, when
dot
tsivva, kavvam.
NOTE
I. EXERCISES.
Jl^V Dip
"
rea(l
"
shur, gur.
" 9, I. Note.
conjunctivesee
EXERCISE
DistinguishDagesh
as
precedingcon
13.
forte from
lene.
Dagesh
TBD
JJ3
EXERCISE
Place
.DID ru
in
lene
Dagesh
the
14.
*V5 nn$*i
required.
where
nM^JJQ
.m^p
nnn)
liw
nr?n
.13331^530?'
.bnir
onehn
The
NOTE.
Sh'vas
under
" 8.
numher
1. The
number
the
three
2.
vowels:
as
word
is determined
rWfrT)3
vocal
is considered
Sh'va
with
On
Every
syllable begins
as
by
Syllables,
two
S.
vowel.
in the
Sh'va:
SYLLABLES.
syllablesin
Composite Sh'va
NOTE.
a
of
of its
==
but
asterisks
distinguished
by
silent.
are
as
letters
the
latter
case
the
as
vocal
Sh'va
regard to Metheg
with
one
first consonant
or
two
must
see
and
not
" 9, 7.
consonants,
have
vocal
SYLLABLE?.
" 8.
is *\
single
exception
The
NOTE.
either
Syllables are
3.
for "),,and"
11
dosed, double
open,
closed
or
sharpened.
b.
Open syllablesend
Closed syllablesend
c.
Double
d.
Sharpened syllablesend
a.
closed
with
vowel
with
consoant
end
syllables
with
two
with
of unaccented
vowel
4. The
as
consonants:
with
consonant,
following syllablebegins:
the
as
7tpp
as
(" 9)
which
kit-tcl.
closed
syllablesis
al-
"
short
ways
read:
K*13
as
wayyakom.
of unaccented
vowel
The
DJT1read,
as
open
bara.
TT
both
But
if accented
contain
may
indifferently,
long
or
"
t"
"l
vowels
short
closed
double
The
The
and
when
frequently,even
NOTE.
D?1J^ read
as
Pause
olam,
and
the
accented,short
"
nn
The
is used
Sh'vas
to
" t".
Two
this rule*
15.
or
even
ninn
n^
ro nin^
""
under
'
the
more
vSk n^
n5'
ft 3
xv
fah]
p^n-^j;
nxo
asterisked
MKTHEG,
words
""
K5
xrmn
yyn
btf nn
1.
"
exceptionto
an
avh rn'ipnaftn
nstr
"
-bgiDip hy_
n^pprr
"
^.Pr*
JT7tbp
: as
different
arm
-arao
*r
sign
vowels
most
whether
NOTE.
"
EXERCISE
Determine
T|
7p
having
letters
the
are
'
vocal.
"
The
"
accent.
MAKKEF.
hotwcen
them
hor-
-;
PART
12
izontal stroke
and
considered
Makkef
NOTE.
to
the
on
""
receives
from
ble and
it
termed
the
on
one
to
after
following
Makkef
without
ft
J"|
or
"
Tl7 i"l"ty
as
im
"
ff
"
Tne
*
v
conjunctive.
Dagesh-forte
with the
connected
accent, which
following
the
marks
tone-syl
DTiStf
n^'JOS,
aO3
as
of the words
are
afar :
wont
IT
an
the word
by Makkef,
is
closely,
penultendingin
coming
JinX
""
grammarianscall
modern
accent
more
as:
DlPTO
|
2.
The
words
connect
accented
word
in connection
read
are
(conjunction).
iTp
called
is
word.
one
Makkef,
rVpH"
after
"
Condenser,on
dagesh,called p^fT1!
press
DID"'? VIST7J7
as
as
EXERCISES.
1.
the accent
have
IH/D
(from below);
the last
on
with
words
termed
(penult)are
sylla
the
7'#?D
(from above.)
4. The
last
end,
principaltone
therefore,if
syllables,
the tone
is thrown
of the addition:
5.
Besides
cent, a small
denominated
theg
forward
on
is
of the
one
two
lengthenedat
accordingto
the
the
length
the
it is intended
to restrain the
the vowel
passage over
with the following vowelless consonant:
as
"
voice,to prevent
read:
the word
rest
ifn. DHIH.
as
is embodied
connection
only
can
too
hasty a
sha-r'tsu. Hence
Sh'va
followingMetheg
is
or
its
^'"UT
:|T
always
vocal.
6.
Metheg regularlystands
in the second
open
many:
Sh'va, and
as
again in
J^**fl
....
fk"
changed
have
the
JTiiiDfinDI
A closed syllable
or
"
XTm
syllable
*it*/i"fc*
*;
one
with
vowel
regard
and
vowel
The
8.
to
forms
accents,
" 12.
i.
were
accustomed
Law
and
of the
sing] 26 in number,
signs for regulating a
show
the
to
the
hence
their
the
shorter
of the
division
be
to
pauses
into
and
of words
made
in
reading,
Distinctives
D'jTp^D
to in
Conjunctives.
marked
pauses
I.
divided
are
Kings,
or
Class
according
longer
the
to
IF.
Silluk
1)
I.
u|- CLASS
pY?p or. p1D3 f]lDend
of the
verse
Athnach
"
divides
the
into
verse
two
as
and
two
verses
(*i) two perpendicular points between
sign of Metheg at the tonesyllable. 2) Athnach
the
("QfiN
as
"
parts either
senr
tences
or
clauses.
consist of those
In
ginning
God
the latter
words, which
created
are
the clauses
respectively
intimatelyrelated: as
case
more
DTiS^105
HK
"pfcO riXlD^H
and
times,
oldest
public reading
relation
mutual
and
general
Class
perors,
AT
of
sort
distinctive^
9. The
D"Jtf
are
the
connections
DHSntp
Class
the
accompany
from
dicate
or
since
JjQto play
notes, from
Jews,
as
sense,
to
the
Sections
serve
and
to
as
Prophets (Haphtaroth)
cantillation
to the sense
being strictlysubordinate
propositionand to its logicalconnection, the accents
This
also
which
with
criteria of the
e.
musical
e.
cantillation
7, b.
[D'O^t?tastes, i.
stringed instrument,
speciesof musical notes or
on
Metheg
ttto'JPmodulations,
or
without
original,is always
not
13
MAKKES.
ACCENTS, METHEG,
9.
"
the
heaven
and
n":?"03
the eartn:
be
In. the
the heaven
the
from
earth, as the object,being divided by Athnach
the antecedent, containing the
subject and predicate. A
simple
sentence
never
takes
A.
CLASS
3) Seghol Tttp :
sentence
into
two
as
CHK
Of. Gen.
1, 3, 6,
8.
II.
divides
the
firstmember
the
of
first
the
word
PART
14
and
the word
Athnach.
with
last letter.
EXERCISES.
1.
)
*]J2J
JltDf)
Katon
4) Zakeph
as
Sll|
f|j2J
)
5) Zakeph Gadhol
smaller
Gen.
1, 44.
the
over
I, 7.
Of. Gen.
form
positionis always
Its
as
either before
divisions
after
or
Athnach.
Of.
6) Tiphcha
D"1X
as
possessing less separating
NTOp:
the preceding: always
placed under the last
power
than
word
before
Gen.
Of.
Silluk
Athnach
or
before
or
the
one.
1, 6.
CLASS.
*7)R'bhia
J"*!n as
III.
D"1K
point
the
over
last but
halves
R'bhia
and
Zakeph
the
Tiphcha
semi-clause
middle
Cholem
terminating
of
Seghol,
as
And
Judah
stepped
Gen.
44, 18,
vfyDO2f4Pr Sb1?
pgKO^ *]"'VlT^
Joseph
could
JJJJfp ^
him.
by
gave
him
Zarka
Gen.
ND^It
himself before
Asenath
3"]^) ^"0^1
as
tn
over
10)
T'blr
11)
Geresh
^3J1
Zarka
as
) These
D1X
on
two
divide
tfih]|
as
D
'
latter
Pashtas
the
Kadma
used
are
the
tonesyllable.
and
Zarka
and
Pashta
th
terminating with
any
of the
tour
accents:
precedes-Seghdl:
And
Pashta
two
always placed
preceding
is TO
If the word
is
he
41, 45.
from
distinguished
Kadma
And
that stood
all them
The
in form.
daughter of Potiphera
the
9)
same
Lord
my
njpK'n^ 1^|W3And
*pl3-H3
(to wife)
priestof On.
8)
refrain
not
said,Oh
him, and
unto
near
its
over
in
Joseph
took
precedes Zakeph
And
he
rested
on
B^3^ft^'.*^C*
H^both.
them
7^f
the
seventh
Gen.
48,
13.
Dl*1?
HS^l
day.
Gen.
2,2.
precedesTiphcha
T'blr
and
He
the
with
were
K'bhia
him.
Gen.
him.
unto
24, 54.
V^N BW\
rTTin?
stepped near
Judah
Then
that
men
precedes
Geresh
15
METIIEG, MAKKEF.
ACCENTS,
9.
"
Gen,
44,
as:
12) Y'thibhDTV
D"JN stands a little before
is distinguishableby this position from
letter and
the
ach, the latter standing immediately beneath
it
which
first
Mahpletter to
IV.
nSlI^
W$fa
Gh'dhola
T'lisha
is of
no
over
the separating
distinctives,
power
to the
perceivableconsequence
t^ffih"
14) Shalsheleth
always
DIN
as
other
The
the
belongs.
CLASS
13)
18.
sense
are
over
the
tonesyllable.
as
D"JN over
*"\[|)
the
tonesyllable.
D1K
as
15)
Paser
16)
Karne
QP
Phara
D"1K
rn$ ^"jpas
the
over
last letter.
,*"
1*7)G'rashayim
18)
P'sik
J^L"
^
01 ,
Merka
ND")5
ilSlsD?
N5"|9
Kadma
22) Mahpach
distinctives
may
be
compared
ben
and
Semicolon
Colon
to
; Class
Comma
11.
The
IV.
to
distinctives
very
frequentlySli'va
period
Comma
colon
half
as
some
so
accented
is said to stand
of Class
into
*/*]^earth
I
word
II.
and
Semicolon
short vowels
:
; Class
Comma.
riT
A
XjTF\24)
longestpauses,
to
I. and
change
vowel
and
III.
and
of Class
the
I. denote
Class
into
Kh'phula
the end
our
Merka
YomO
of Class
to
21)
TtflD
T]3fl523) Darga
over
The
words.
two
are:
Ntt'^Sp
K'tanna^Dp
which
tonesyllable.
? PclTendicularstroke
D^
between
20) Munach
10.
'
iTan;7
Conjunctive accents
19)
the
D"JNtover
as
p^DS
L'ganneh
The
D^H^l
in Pause.
long and
"**)#
"
thy hand
:T
II.
--
HT
IAVT
16
PART
the sake
For
12.
for the
positionof
The
NOTE.
the last
on
long vowel
with
syllable:
both
in open
d.
Nouns
of which
e.
Nouns
which
as
/.
closed
and
she
HN3
in
short
but
as
came.
that
their
change
noun.
for
long
vowel
long
"
into
he
JWh-
nouns,
st. const,
yet he
not
"
is
participle
Feminine
c.
the rules
therefore
must
"
ylf\for
as
one:
and
*O*1''^^? coming,
ending
b. When
beginner
"
syllables:as
give
present.
with
ending
When
here
the tone
have
I. Nouns
a.
the
for the
over
EXERCISES.
completeness, we
hy the
fully understood
passed
of
1.
short
one
the two
last
with
Jl"
end
fTl^D from
as
in
the
"
syllablesare
JTTJJp
"
closed:
preceded by
as
7H3-
long vowel:
rnrowith
Nouns
the
following Suffixes
in the Pret.
Fer"s
with
form
as
the afformatives
DI1"
ff):as
DJ"eR'
1P^|?"
form
in the Pret.
Verbs
with
Vav.
Conv.
m"\)
as
w^J
n^pprv
The
NOTE.
II.
The
i. All
and
N"?
following have
the
of
nouns,
or
Words
ending
Words
ending
JT7
the tone
which
the
form
on
exceptionsto
the
last vowel
of words
with
Patach
furtive:
with
(a
A.:
as
penult :
class
Patach
Seghol
%n?^v
^t
verbs
but
is
helping
Segholates):
called
as
|Tn"
as
J?|
D?6
17
METIIEG, MAKKEF.
ACCENT?,
" (J.
with
the
as
ft.
p.
the surf. H-
with
Paragogic H"
adverbs:
NOTE 1.
V'J?and J?"^ in
of
affirmatives
j"T" 1" V:
"
nap,
Verbs
o.
those
the
with
Hif.
and
Kal, Nif.
as
in Hif. and
regularverbs
The
attached
il
or
in, 11 "1
"
TOH
iT^A,
as
*""
Paragogic
to
?].
HjSH^V,
has
frequently
most
and
pronouns
nouns,
the tone
*JTJ4'?^'
as
^?w*5H
penultis
as
r.
as
as
the
words
of two
tonesyllables
immediatelyfollow
1^njEV'
*9^j^ie tone "^ tne f"rmer recedes:
p"^V*
") Such
I1?
(")1HN ^IDJ
receding
nt^^ p"J.V
*""|^
in
being considered
recede
tion, cannot
as
to
connected
by Makkef
Metheg
dosed
few other
In this and
or
ac
"
cent
under r)
syllable
; (cf.the following
open,
an
future,provided the
of the
coiiv.
ljut "ti?*n.
nDX"
When
Vav
the
with
q. Verbs
.T
"
'
with
'
having
syllable
(cf.6.
its posi
of this
itsword
it dropsentirely,
cases
for
rfcNip*1!;nSrrpn
T
and
the
following:
").
being
as^Tfcnj??!
nS^pn-
'
I.
NOTE
II.
Biblical Text
and
vowel-signs
the
Both
between
portantof
which
S.
that is the M.
called
are
and the
body of
and
readingand *^H
Hp
notes
critics to be
themselves
compilers
Metheg
silent Sli'va
or
HTO
:
'
eminent
added,the
also
most
the
Jew
im
^S^fy^o written,
^^3
recul i. e.
by
to
the
con
expression
preferable.
(iTTlDQ i- e- Tradition)
is called tlieMasora
the Masoritcs.
EXERCISE
Place
were
added
were
Centuries
llth
notes
linguistic
and
ish scholars. Critical
accents
^/J/5^
16.
required!
Dagesh.
where
(JlllDO
Metheg
cannot
precede
PART
18
pron
.DIKH
NOTE.
The
.jx
Sh'vas
1.
EXERCISES.
.rop"pi -nnnp
the
under
-n"j"
letters marked
with
."
asterisk
an
silent.
are
EXERCISE
the
Give
17."
of the accents
names
and
the
classes
to
which
they helong:
rxS iSnoxn
lax
imvn
""I
-"-
"""
I VJT:-
fjSniJSD
N) :?]9X*nx
ipy"-Sx
PTO"
|V*rj~
I
rran
'"'
n^'N*o^p
-IT
Nnp-n
;-r):--
"
^~np)^K
j-
prry?
EXERCISE
Pointt out
nrn
tone-syllable
tone-s
in
the
following
words
" 10.
1. The
and
the
18.
the
DISTINCTION
sign (T)
short
6.
serves
OF
KAMETS
at
once
AND
to
KAMETS-CHATUPH.
DrsTrxt'Trox
" 10.
2.
//
/*
1)
in
an
2)
when
KAMETS
OF
19
KAMETS-CHATUPH.
AXD
a:
open
Meth
stands
eg
left of it :
the
on
sh"marta
hence
iTTD^:,read
as
sham'ra.
in
4)
accented
an
syllable:
becha.
rea^
M"
as
e'en ad.
read
1HX,
as
i'so:
It
3.
final T
(IT)in
3) the
"
""
in
a.
unaccented
an
omdi
chochma,
b. in
rtDJlT 'Thread
as
hence
Makkef
before
sellable
closed
syllable:
closed
J^TKfT"73i read
as
kol
c.
and
syllable of
word
with
beginning
Vav
"
conv.
before
d.
,
"
"oirpn /^p
.^fn" niDt
nprn ,nprn
JT:T
)T:|T
T
.on)
-Hiro
.lpipT.o?w
.
"
y5"mad.
19.
.rrvoj
so
nor
|T
"
onnv
"
T:T
T:
.nnw
-D^no
.Dinn
"
11.
DISTIXCTIOX
The
Sh'va
the
1)
at
2)
in the
^tppn
"
3)
but
bein
is vocal:
middle
tlk
word
7tOp
as
after
k'tol.
==
another
Sh'va:
as
t'll.
after every
read
*FT\3",
of
word:
SHTA.
.WIV^'
*)$
of
SILEXT
AND
VOCAL
OF
beginning
.
"
unaccented
long vowel
sha-mar-tl,
tlie vowel
as
fapp
ka-t'hl,
before
the
Sh'va
accented.
4) after
5) under
Metheg:
letter
as
!)N*V
ye-r'u,but Wl"
having D.i^esh
as
*7lD^
yir-u.
kat-t'll,
20
PART
6)
under
7)
in most
of the
one
1.
under
cases
similar
letters:
letter,which
without
fiiOTQ
EXERCISES.
Dagesh:
EXERCISE
^
*nny?n
.ya'
"
1.
fected
2.
formation
The
II.*
CHANGES
LETTERS
OF
OF
VOWELS.
"
CONSONANTS.
inflection
and
as
CHANGES
12.
any
CHAPTER
AND
by
"UfV
.ratr
PECULIARITIES
is followed
20.
.11
.DT
?)S^n=ha-l'lil.
as
words
of Hebrew
ef
are
Changes
the
prevent
are
also
for
made
of
concurrence
sake
the
vowels
of
euphony,
of difficult
consonants
or
to
pronunciation.
3.
The
diiit-rent
changes
of
which
consonants
sus
are
AssimUcdwn,^ Transposition,Rejection,Com
ceptibleare:
mutation.
4.
Assimilation,
when
the
lowing
letter
accented
middle. of
the
is assimilated
taking Dagesh.
The
and
assimilation:
as
syllable,assimilation
"*J*
Vf^y
does not
the
take
for the
advanced
verb
exception of
This
chapter being1placed
present,
student.
as
many
the
of the
rU
can
only
:
"
fur reference,
here
rules
to
In
place; rObu*"
"
the
fol
for u'JG*-
"""
with
sim
it, thus
doubles
Dagesh
word,
(made
indicating the
an
3 in
syllable is unaccented,
the
ilar) to
Yowelless
be
will
he
understood
passed over
by
the
more
CHANGES
"12.
following,letter be
If the
assimilated:
cated
for
3 is not
either
ynnN"
of 3 is indi
dropping
tne
or
'
precedingvowel
of the
lengthening
the
by
of the
one
^H^,*]$}"
as
21
CONSONANTS.
OF
HIT
as
nrov
of other
assimilation
The
following
consonants
cases
"
in the
in the
few
verb
for irronn
for
nnx
of
fnru*
in the
of
case
for
PH?
for
before JT
H?
as
"
for
py
as
py.%
grammar,
ts, thus
st than
to pronounce
" it is
"
^:
into
changed
even
"
Iftfi^'n
:
:
as
p*li3V}
pT^-lj
,
middle
the
At
A.
Yowelless
and
iM from
"
-T!--
(or *7in
as
from
^1J
7?.
The
"
np
in
Hp1?)
TsD
*"5 and
from
nnp
.}-
~1~
Infinitive
the
I1? ftfj
as
npS
""T
after
vocalized
' :
as
0*1-3for
in l^hj
dro])]KHl
is
silent consonant
word.
verb
the
of the verbs
?ro
I
beginning,
the
regularly rejected:
are
Imperative
nS^
of
place at
beginning.
the
V
end
the
at
or
following
The
take
Rejection. Rejectionmay
6.
in
for
only
transpositionoccurs
syllableHH of Hi thpael before sibi
In
in the
Before
15^'nn
in
n"T*.
*"" before
tO and
for
'a"jffi
words
few
Transposition.
5.
for
1,
verbs
few
in^a
"
end
iDirn
,#
relative
the
*T at
for
orn
rip7.-
before
HS'in
as
for
njT
as
HithpaeL
of
before sibilants
,
in the
flp7
take:
to
syllablefin
instances
in the
only
occurs
for
UrU^.-in
"CV
from
liT'S
"
first of two
similar
consonants,
when
vowelless,
is
not
written, but
for
iijrn ; ni?
2. In the
verbs
represented by Dagesh
for
n^-iD
the
forte:
as
first of the
two
similar
letters is
22
dropped,
precedes :
weak
"Jp
"
letters ^JIN
D!D#n?,
p*wr?
quiescesin
often
of its
traction
the
dropped
letter with
half
or
vowel
as
^|,t]nS^
for
the
con
(Composite Sh'va)
"OxS
riNVb"
for
nNVD
as
or
Sh'va:
vowel
own
after
letter
Dlp,.^for
Dp for
pin*?.
for
vowelloss
(especially
|f) are
if
possessinga vowel,
for
3D
as
The
3.
when
even
for
'
D'rfttfS
for DW?"^nnx
ips;?,
.r
for rma*
'
#//.eJSfoc?.
"f7. ^
At
the
ses.
The
f has
heen
of
| of
the verbal
the
in
a.
-|S}"
yT for
interchanges with
preceding it: as
above
1 and
,r".
verbs
of
account
on
for D-1H
D'D
'
v/^!:
as
homogeneous
for ^H
DTf
"
'
"I
interchange with
"12,
especiallyin
*,
"j
Final
h) Interchangesof
for SbpV
S'Dp*
J.HV
vowels
0^5,
comprises a) interchanges
consonants
Medial
vowels.
with
for
f.
*m
r\
-]V
ca
This original
p"
pJTV" pj^j/n D is regu
Plural
const.
other
with
and
few
Commutation
7. Commutation.
consonants
: as
f. onn,
rejected in
are
ending p
st.
nn
as
of consonants
rarely retained
very
larly dropped
f and
word
end
"
'"
H/jl for
j"f: as
.
'
^Sjj,
n^J!-'
-
"
for
ng?.
consonant
/;.
the
When
leno'thened,the original
^H^w
j]V?ji.
as
reappears:
is
word
1)
The
or
one
of the
vowel
geneous
In
the
same
softened
labials
1:
(JpD),is
v'"
as
to
I :
as
following
manner
for HIIH^
rniTO
2)
the
In
into
(a +
middle
diphthong
u),
D'LT
lor
of
or
yw
word
a
a
letter
is
for
H'DI
vowelless
letter
converted
for "Crn
vowelless
1 arid
often contracted
\ are
long
vowel:
(a +
i)
iSn
as
T7J'
for
for
TSv
iSlH (o + u"
PECULIARITIES
" 18.
in its
homogeneous
for a'cnn
the 1
resting
as
vowelless
)fif\for inn
letter
for
ng
OF
PECULIARITIES
13.
"
final after
'
*""':as
1 and
vowel
becomes
1 and
3.
into
contracted
23
GUTTUKALS.
THE
OE
softened
are
for VT1,
n"), Tin
THE
to
GUTTURALS.
The
The
he
half-guttural1 partakes of
of Dagesh causes
the length
this
for
being
preceding
3.
harder
as
D1N!"T
for
most
cases
short
gutturals, in
vowel
require the
mutable
sound
vowels
if the vowel
be
before
JOnn
as
The
furtive
D~Th*n
Tp3,
-and H"
the
vowel
D**Hn
"
when
(with Mappik)
Therefore
them.
retain
final,
they change
for PTHS^S
( " 14, 1 e) into Patach : as nStT'
immutable, a helping Patach, called Patach
under
them
and
pronounced
before
them.
On
NOTE.
the gutturalssec
I. The
vowels
Immutable
a.
letters
""
K"
as
long
d.
after
The
short
Mutable
e.
of
account
on
All
the
D*O
T
which
vowel
vowel-
Note
4.) as
J),1.
guttural
iri
forte
Dagesh
an
CHfl
as
unaccented
long
homogeneous
their
defectivelywritten, (" 3.
vowels
Vowels
mutable.
or
with
""
Sp Sip D1
c.
42.
regularlywritten
Vowels
b. The
immutable
are
VOWEL
14.
"
further
vowels,
without
has
bevn
for D**in"
closed
omitted
for
D1I1X
sllable
as
% "n H
vowel-letters
and
not
in-
PART
24
open
and
from
"HI
T
/.
syllables:
c), both
in
^tOD* '"p~J
l^pp'from
as
"
vowels
in
and
open
in
closed
accented
n^pDfrom?6p
as
"
which
changes
the mutable
vowels
undergo,
Rising of new
can
Lengthening^Shortening, Rejectionand
are
syllables:
and
b)
short
II. The
specified under
cases
closed
EXERCISES.
the
All
the
in
eluded
I.
eh'.
vow
Lengthening:The
(
short
made
are
becomes
"
vowels
long:
(
"
("
or
"
When
1.
for
"
when
Hence
2.
does
not
take
3. When
as
NVPJ
This
a.
When
made
as
an
one
open
as
following letter
of the
for TiKH,
11NJ1
word
for
D/iDp
:AT|
The
of
for rP,F?';
rflfT
the vowel
quiesces in
"
(" )"
(" ) becomes
(" ) or
-)T
vowels
long
sentence
JlSfcDp
K*1N
(" ) becomes
the
with
becomes
takes
place :
syllable becomes
open
(" )
or
clause
or
for T*1K
has
the
"
-.-AT
shortened
are
(_)
an
(1).
or
Shortening:
n?p
as
final
the
accent
pause
(_)
of the vowel-letters
Ktfpj
When
4.
) become
"
required doubling
place :
one
for
(" )
syllable is
closed
"
becomes
strong shortening(" ).
stronger (").
closed
one
for
b. When
syllablewith
arises; in this
D'pH from ph
c.
When
closed
case
"
""N
Dagesh
the
from
or
sharpened syllable
strong shortening
DN
is used:
tone
as
D""TN~7-3 from
T
"
rnrr-T
fro^i
as
cf\\*"S
irom S^.
when
the
cent
must
falls
vowel
The
Rejection:
is
be
thrown
entirely.
away
lengthened
word
25
CHANGES.
VOWEL
" 14.
the
end,
This
is
at
forward.
so
It occurs,
that
the
ac
particularlythe
case
and
pretonic Kamets
followed
by Kamets
1. With
ally when
Tsere
in
called
pretonic: i.
and
tone
dropped
are
nStb
syllableof
is
vowel:
The
attention
the
HDI
"
or
thrown
HDI
but
in the last
or
*\ti" DniJtP
"
has
with
Chirek:
A.
When
forward, in
the
nouns,
ultima.
word, J17DD
T
she has
Com
killed,
|T
killed.
vowels:
Instead
can
with
commence
Sh'vas, therefore
two
vowels
of Sh'va
new
short
word
to
new
rejectionof
the
verbs, of the
arises
with
is
accent
word, from
my
I. No
as
in
Rising of
vowel
preceding vowels
the
addition
penult drops,
7cOphe
from
the last
an
DC?"
as
DHyN
W,
in
lengthened by
of the
pare:
thus
*n#,
all
When
vowel
'"*?
from Sc?j%
from VtDj3".
nSpfJ
jfapj^
as
deserves
and
forward
cr'
monosyllable:
(-),(""),(_)
word
the
in
as
3. With
but
)' *n
moved
being
polysyllable,when
immutable
are
its
upon
but
Tsere
With
2.
Kamets
M/)-
as
open
an
vowelless
consonants
prefixesS^
of the
one
two
("
18.
changed
II, b,)
or
in
of the
for Sb|T
S^'pSSbj"V
Sbf^for Sbf^JSI
NOTE.
B.
Respecting"jbefore
can
following rules
serve
letter with
as
Sh'va
memorial
see
" 12, 7, b.
word
for the
PART
26
When
a.
the
the
ShVa,
"#JN
for
vowel
*Ufy$ from
""M,
the
the
second
of
rnr?".
"40,
a
the
vowel
which
takes
'
n'DC*
all the
"
WDB*
f.
of
Seghol
"
heightened
arises from
f.
Trt-r
T:
word
II. the
similar
letters
is
of the
or
vowel
as
JTJ?
if the
of
meeting
avoided
is
for 7V3PP
for
"
Mp,
final consonants
by
commonly
most
vowelless
two
is
insertion
the
of
the
last
and
between
of them
weak
recedes
Seghol
it, or
"
!lp"for 23p_"
in
l'D^
from
^HN
generally
for
fniT
"Sm HS70
from
two
is
Sh'va
given under
cases
one
The
the
again
for htoftW
for vSj,"9^!D
for U")SNE,
lS|
DD
StOp;.
IV.
comp.
In
the
as
of
been
has
III. When
letters
vowel
'A'.'
NOTE.
has
^fiftp,
for
When
as
**
first is
D'BnP?.
letters
the
"l^D
as
from
'gnn
comp.
Sh'va
comp.
vowelless
tone,, either
nal
K70;
for
under
has
letters
of the
"Bhn
accent.
pause
correspondent long
from
is that
of two
the
vowelless
e.
pronunciation by
the word
two
Sh'va:
comp.
With
EXERCISES.
vowel
helping
vowel
II.
of
helping
b. When
Sh'va,
first
I.
is 1
one
T^J
as
for i;Q,
jnj for
for
^4fl
j;-jj,
for
IIL
CHAPTER
added
1. Letters
or
inflection
of the
idea
22
radicals; the
11
N"
All
D-
n-
words
constitute
the
2.
to
(serving)are
letters which
radical
SERVILE
15.
"
*.
word
letters
LETTERS.
for the
called
Serviles, while
frequently
most
termed
are
of
the
following only
r""
S" o"
purposes
tr.
those
three
root
or
be
used
the
Radicals.
alphabet
as
the
of formation
serviles
can
as
"
They
the
beginning
derivatives,they
form
and
preformatives
sition
16.
"
1. D
as
which
fp
without
from
Jerusalem, for
"
and
before
4.
as
prefix,the article,see
EXERCISE
p. of
fire3
n.
p.
hero4
thread17
sandl"
city95 a
time
father1*
cistern4,
The
lary, by
the
from
below, in
out
,
"p
of:
|Q,
as
as
milk"
" 24,
5.
" 17.
21.
pit6
brother7
clay^o
hand22
dew2i
a
unlimited, eternity26
maiden^7
loveS
Gods
n.
p. of
n.
p. m.23
city15
day^t
head, beginning-3
m.^
From
becomes
house, within5
EXERCISE
from
generation,
age*2 palace*3 they14
man11
HID?
away
"23, 2.
interrogativeparticle,see
prefix, an
month16
following letter
fp from,
wayi enemy2
the
as
covenant10
in
of
3. II
H
po
prefix,see
case)and
PREFIXES
Chirek
as
nominative
from
the acci
convey
called accordingto
respectively
ajformative**
Before
"
to
(in the
of nfir)
Before
n.
used
are
abbreviation
It is the
of,by,of
2.
at
added
are
THE
prefix has
Dagesh,
to
placed
when
word, suffixes
(afformatives)
dents
stead
when
prefixes (preformatives)
When
NOTE,
to
of
27
end,
the
at
called
are
LETTERS.
SERVILE
15.
from
learner
whioh
exercises
his
from
a
memory
avoided.
from
Abraham2*
lands,
is advised
22.*
to
may
from
form
be
blood6,
for himself
assisted
an
and
from
destruction3*
out
of
house",
English-Hebrew
a
tedious
search
vocabu
through
28
PART
from
from
to-morrowi2,
mountains,
from
from
I.
EXERCISES.
Edom^,
from
Raman"-
rivei-is,from
from
a
from
from
Jeberechjahui*,
Nimrod^,
panther^, from
from
plantzo,
Eden^i,
fromdust22.
*
10
HD'T)
"DTK
pn
8-"n
eoi
vjra
sp'iax
4-1x3
spK
1
vv
isp'-Stf
is TIB
aonpv
i7ipj len^rr
THE
"17.
definite article
1. The
with
and
Patach
is
Patach
the
the master,
fore
unaccented
the
the
into
the
12 mm
the
Kamets
into
mountains,
PT
D*9^'
as
("13,
Seghol
2.):
wise
as
Be
servant.
as
the
DDHJl
prefix
gutturals, especially
foot,"l^fl the
JNn,n
the
clouds, DHJIPI
MINT
following letter
Before
changed
7JTH
mrriny
represented by
in the
Dagesh
ARTICLE.
is
the heaven.
heaven, D'Dfc'n
ISJTTT
ISK
somax
--:
D^n
the
man,
but
"
DJ/H the
Before
2: A
TV
as
the
is
Patach
without
noun
indefinite
life,SjnH
the
Dwnn
and
cf. 5.
commonly
the
the
,!lis
article,except the
to
be
retained
as
2.
with
translated
noun
the
house.
the
preceded by the prefixes^D
under
article is only represented by its appropriate vowel
the Dagesh in the following letter ("12,
the prefix and
V*\tib to the
in the word
nmrQ,
6. B. 3.): as "Vm
3.
the
When
is
noun
land
4.
ters
The
with
of Piel
after
Sh'va:
as
initial
and
Some
article
inn
Dagesh
with
nouns
5.
""
is
from
Pual
words
"
article
D'KT)9VD
* :
as
^INTT
is often
n^pn
g.
from
omitted
in
let
frogs, especially in
river,and in participles
tfte
the
prefixed,e.
in
the
DJftl from
DJN
the
speaking
vowel,
plNH
when
from
man.
the
PREFIXES
THE
" 18.
EXERCISE
the
.Prefix
G*VW
21Mi3
no"
3H^n
4*VJN
DQ^
I3rrn
22
23.
following words,
article to the
7pvinn
sr-tw^v
29
SQl.
2"n
"
"
10o5n
nnp!"
I
iajnr
"
1D^DC*
2{^N
n^;4"*
17
198n
"rrn
earth, Iand2
heaven1
herb9
lands
darkness3
animal13
fat1^
rich man17
ornament26
vision33.
"
I. 1 called
a.
the
Into } before
D7D1)
conjunctive Vav
denotes:
It is
the
class:
lock
be
and,
simpleSh'va
sounds
of the
quiescent:
as
follows:
as
/b/Vand
"
to
"
organic
and
*n*)"ind
as
"3
D"
same
6. Into
or
of two
recurrence
]*y\and
as
changed
with
consonant
avoid
bul-
it may
("12, 1, IK).
Into
J, 1 before
ding
short
vowel
sickness
and
d. Into
was
Lord
HUT
into *|:
:
believed
to
substituted
the
for
as
be
it
with
written
was
is to be
read
vowels
71x3,
of
eat,
'7HJ
B.
3.).
("12, 6.
This most
sacred
name
"
|-
and
which
the word
U*1J$
latter word
the
adapted,as HilT!;}
were
alreadypreceded by
the
God
it, accordingto
to
is
7bN|!and
incommunicable
prefixes Q733
correspon
b.)
niiT!
T
nin^"nin;pcorresponding
IWwever, nlH*
B.
I,
D'ij^and
as
of 1 and
vowels
\JfcOand
as
("14, Rising I,
Before
of God
comp.
) before DwJJ:
NOTE.
my
PREFIXES
bread.
DfTT) and
to
c.
THE
18.
"
bread
light-iwater^
wise10
"
"$i*h"
^89-
^"|^
"
to
D^rtS^
"
so
avoid
Tw^en
repetition,
tliat HlJl^
^1^
DTlSiS!
^'l{"
,
6.
Into
immediately
before
the
especially
tone-syllable,
FART
30
when
in
connected
are
is
and
"
II.
not
short
and
accent
words
desolate and
!)iifl
Jirfctf
as
heat, rm
iriDI shows
NOTE.
distinctive
pairs:
cold and
EXERCISES.
1.
"
and
summer
that 1 before
"pD
(a) in
void,
winter.
(e) has
of
case
3 preposition of
3" 7* 3"
a.
h'"?iO3
as
among:
in the
ain,7N"li^*3
amongst
Israel,
it has
or
with
by
or
on
the
on,
mount
of the
force
[3J*3with
as
in,
time:
beginning, ^113
"%n3
ani
place
stone,
^word.
proportion answers
almost:
as
fHfcjp
D\3"" about
As
years.
time
prep.,
the
motion
denoting
I lifted
when
to
p^
b. 3
"
or
Chirek
direction
toward
it is the
(14. Rising
"DID-
Before
in the
"2.
in
'
the
I.
article H
==
3.
in
With
day, W3
Kamets
sign
for
or
of the
king.
which
word
has
of,
: as
I.
H'3
^HD
wise,
a
on
rr^
hands
tne
as
b.): as
7.
of.
composite Sh'va
before
("19,3/) :
to tn^
DDn1; Dpnri1?
DV3
3' before
quiescent.(" 12.
becomes
to
ob
any
a.)
to
days of?rniHv
With
(-), (-), (-)
placing
Tj^S
king.
the
of
7"
under
Sh'va
3,
after
voice,
my
up
bounty
land,
"
With
1.
to
ephah, *lb"#3
an
^OfWJTp
actions)
like,so, about,nearly,
prep.:
of two
likeness,"7lp
'OH53
our
as,
land, iTp'N3about
ten
sickness;
as
as
Di*3
fjn
DlTO
^ri3
on
when
dis
in the
day,
or
the tree,*but
^reea,
often
before
the
"
particles DPO
:
tonesyllable,
"
in them
"
PREFIXES
" 18.
to a soul, person.
this, t^'iD,)/
as
the
ri7N7
these, rO?7
to
ive accent,
between
to
and
the
land3
into
and
to
the
Jacob's
field5
land, and
the
in
Jerusalem,
the
tree, from
the
cloud,
bird, from
as
the
the
was
rich.
to
an
man,6
in the
and
from
sentences
king9-
from
man,
morning,
image,
to
the
from
he,3
land, and
Jerusalem,
tree, from
in
a
the earth
I and
night,
and
the
cloud,7 in
bird, to
the
man.
with
/"e" must
fruit.,and
Jonathan,
the
as
light, to
in
the
to
bird, from
rain8
animal, and
river, and
morning,
an
image,
In
river?
2 and
fruit,
EXERCISE
JttJ }'?
25.
morning, day
a
to
man6
light, and
hands,4 and
in
y"b
pairs:
following words.
bird4
heaven, and
in
Hebrew.
the
light,1and
And
distinct
24.
EXERCISE
Translate
connected
water,
this,
to
a
of
stroke.
translate
forms
HP
as
with
are
and
water
nouns
short words
EXERCISE
Exactly
several
of verbs
Before
go.
|"3between
stroke
before
infinitives
when
especially
D?oSD?0
as:
the
and
pronouns
31
DDI*
26.
noun,
always
be
pronoun
or
supplied.
adjective in
See
"77,
1.
the
32
82
PART
mini
2lnwo
I. EXERCISES.
:jn 19aw
2"-u
TT
T:-
34
:17nw
18jn"
'
T:
32^'
33
16ninvj
'r;
-""
T:--
31
38rrn
:46ii
47mriso
:rnrv
notl
prophet3
arose2
cattle10 silver"
evil18 goes
gdtf-Zfoolis darknessl4
out19
makes
childless41 sword42
west48
north49
1. To
and
ding
ation
3.
the
The
the
express
in
Prefixes
2. The
OF
(i.e.
The
Sea, lyingwest
Sea
or
here
as
of Pales
the
South
of52.
AND
PRONOUNS.
between
the
different
nouns
the correspon
chieflyused.
are
is formed
the prep.
by
7N
or
its abbrevi
is formed
way33 also,
abroad40
sentence, Prepositionsor
D^DD
Dative
Dead
thoti
destroys,
good, beautiful46 east47
praised51name
relations
deliverancel?
roarer32
thief39
chosen4^
NOUNS
very9
to23
lights eternity24
Mediterranean
the
rich8
was38
he
p. m.44
sometimes
South.)is
the
CASES
pronouns
n.
Abraham7
lion30 withoutSl
heart37
deaths
19.
walks1^
law22
one29
(ingeneralthe
sea^0
"
Israel^
lamp20commandment21
tine, hence:
Moseso
since^
by 2
is denoted
Accusative
before
or
by
Makkef)
when
the
the
and
prep,
(" 16,
its abbrevi
fp or
1. "
18, 11).
by the particleHX
noun
is
i. e.
definite,
or
T!^
defined
as
and
the heaven
and
earth, ^VUV my
of fhe servant, DrTpX
h$ Abra
God
made
heaven.
Genitive
remains
possessivecase
entirelyun
changed, with which the preceding noun, (which is limited
and
more
nearly defined by the Gen.) is most closelycon5.
The
or
nccted.
For
Construct
CASES
19.
"
this
simply
State, or
latter is said
the
reason
PRONOUNS.
AND
off and
is thrown
33
in tlie
stand
to
in the Construct.
The
struct
NOUNS
OF
its mutable
vowels
shortened
are
as
D1DH
(not
^iyn).T
the
Regarding
changes, which
unaccented
the
by
the word
direction
The
6.
local il"
shortening of
"
as
place
syllable H"
the
other
the
is indicated
to the noun,
appended
towards
HD*
or
and
vowels
towards
D* sea,
the
called
the north,
f-itJ^
sea,
"
"
year,
NOTE
I. Local
the
towards
i"0i")" northward,
j"J
"
to
year
is the
north.
D'D* year,
j"O*P* to
year.
of
remnant
old
an
accusative
NOTE
adverbs
(cf."
to-morrow,
II. On
the
DJ9V by day,
as
nin
mrr
v:
in the
day time,
4, "JB,
B.)
85.
Segholateswith
EXERCISE
"r-oa
,
T
DfTjn/p
"
local H
" 66,
see
"
Note
I.
27.
**toh4riSnTH
:3n:raS
29
pinp N"^
: 31
n^-isn
?n
nSj;
^^
walked4
memory1 just2blessing-^
thanksgiving10good11 all12 to
curtain16
was17 shepherd18small
eater25
came
forth26 food27
before5
wrap,
to
offer8 God9
righteousness''
put on13 garment14 stretches15
truth0
cattle19 came20
strong28sweetness29
bear21
moved
took22
lamb2^
on30 desert31
flock24
sitting''32
34
PART
in,
on,
throne34
over33
harvest4** thus41
a
stick^
EXERCISES.
1.
judgment35
?36
who
becoming,suitable42
honor43
Translate
man
light of the
land, to a judge
the
earth
heaven, the
God,
souths,
the
and
to
land
the
the
mountain,
God
created
tree3.
the earth
and
towards
20.
Samaria1*).
IV.
PRONOUN.
THE
PRONOUN.
PERSONAL
THE
personal pronouns
The
voice5
OF
1.
the
land
CHAPTER
"
of
head
earth,
of the
grass
the
man,
voice
by
(accus.),
the
(nom.), a
heaven, to
of the
of the
head1
heaven,
land
created4
the
man,
the
(accus.),the
the
28.
Hebrew:
into
the
from
man,
God
man,
whip44
summer39
snovvSS
the back49.
EXERCISE
The
ascended37
syllables,contractions of
verbs or particles,thence
first and
the
separate words
either
are
appended
receiving the
to nouns,
of
name
or
Suffixes.
stand
The
suffixes
appended
and
to
in
rare
properly
noun
then
stand
the
serve
instances.
for the
purpose
my
possessivepronouns : as 'D'lD the horse of me
either
suffixes appended to particles
The
represent the
=
native
or
the
accusative
cases:
as
'31DD
as
I, WIN
of
horse.
nomi
me.
The
2.
THE
20.
"
PERSONAL
PRONOUN.
are
SINGULAR.
P?itf
l.com.
PLURAL.
O^tf]
in pause
"
("I
"*
^^
ny
f|
(|
l,com.
m.
thou
f.
UK.
2.
(P""P.
he
if.
3-
"j
i
"';
nnx
2-
fm.
3'
she
K"H
DH
if.
"
^J"
Remarks.
3.
than
the Pentateuch
while
0$,
have
Chald.
HH^
fern, form
The
it is the
but
form
der
T\"
before
and
must
in
be
the
""
of
and
from
the
the
harder
forms
blunted
are
JJ-1K
pr^JK' Arab,
retained
is
seldom
the
D^W*
Is.
4.
as
The
antum).
the
verb
roV
the
3.
35, 1. nSH'
to be:
man.
as
it
k'thibh
of
[H
But
from
gen
whenever
found, in
JJSt
we;
D^N* and
Dlflp^(Chald.
stem
D1H.
originalform
p,1"hence
plur. inp.'aspy3^"
masc.
H^n
have
demonstrative
when
include
tjpi'
^^T
am
t^V
EXERCISE
the
Joseph, ^NH
29.
n
nnx
not
pSlT(l.
character.
with
connected
sentence, always
the
pointing JOf"!
suif. this
verb.
(7 times),
common
the
properly
ofD^fiN*
Before
kindred
inflections,
(so
has
form
separate pronouns,
predicate of
the
as
anta.
pronominal
verbal
for K^n"
text
'GfTDN? is formed
UH
often in the
signifiesshe.
also
in
*"
some
tfTl*
and
Arab.
"
used
more
occurs
HJp^,
only in
read
^Nt/nnX
.and
in the Pentateuch
stands
occurs
foundation
717LDD
NtH
of
/l-DK
"
form
the latter
,ir)K" compounded
later books.
dialects
is the ancient
noun
copula
nJlX
or
thou
36
P^RT
:12 onto
-in nan
mrr
EXERCISES.
1.
6ni:p
: u :wn
"toj; *o nrus*
nriN
-"8nnD
holy2 woman3
blessed1
the
first* the
Iast5 honest,
upright(|3; pi.m.
D',33
pi. f. m'J3 " 58, l.)cidols? vanity.,foolish8 stranger9dust10 thou shalt return11
twelve14
""13J cf.6-12
the only child (girl)13
brothers15
Ontoi pl.fr.
forgiving"
bare19 son20 beside
declaration24
me21
Saviour22 filling23
my sister17 younger18
mountain28
of
came27
m.29
dwelled30
old20
n.
n.
a
city31.
guilty25
p.
p.
EXERCISE
Ye
to
eternity thou
to
ness1? thou
Lord
Ye
God
and
Justs
a11
are
to
dust
am
the earth.
!
me2-
Not
God.
art
art.
on
we-are
generation4
from
us
strangers! with
are
30.
art
eternity5
deligHting6(in)wicked
ashes".
thou
refuge3
God
0 Lord
is in heaven
Thou
art
and
neario
seed of falsehood12.
-nn
(in pause!)
lar
are
suffixes
nominal
The
1.
SUFFIXES.
NOMINAL
" 21.
appended
to Novns
in the
Singu
PI.UR.VL.
SING.
1.
19
*"
com.
horse.
^p^lD my
pause rj
?|,(in
m.
r|/Tj-
"f:
m.
in
f.
OD1D
(poetical)
*'
T
n"
"
(H-)
T
".-
MOID
her
h.
p
r.
"
?"
I
[DID
i
T
"
) their
vhorse
Appended
Plural
in
Nouns
to
SUFFIXES,
NOMINAL
" 21.
PLUR.
SING.
1.
i",
com.
^pID
horses
my
W~
?]"-, ?pp!|D)
m.
^DID
"
D3'-,
03'plD
horses
V"
m.
his
VD1D
"
horses
your
horses
DiT"
"
) (poetical)
DITDID
"
horses
our
(-Spy
"
'
'
f.
IT",
T
latter
the
of
plural
the
arid
pare
in
The
5.
cases
or
3'hX
*7; the
The
6.
("23,
2.)
**?"H^K
NOTE,
denote
On
is
the
suffix
the
by
invariably
for
the
;
suffixes.
particularly
I*
species
the
between
light
with
its
his,
forms
horses.
our
are
nouns
into
recognized
others
genitive
the
represented
See
possessive
which
; the
horses
ending
Jl^^/?
J"J"
appear-
appearance.
accusative
followed
nouns
distinguish
the
^H^P
divided
fr7" they
D)l"
longer
particles
etc.
OJ-JN)
and
in
be
^D'lD
to
and
are
and
prefixes
r
.
,,
are
noun
Plural
but
grave,
and
suffixes
other
The
may
better
words
his
^nN^p
and
|?"
favorite
species, jyp
ance;
or
called
monosyllabic
pO
the
tone,
is
Ill"
4.
Dp'
the
of
horse,
our
suffixes
of
and
longer
-IJDID
having
the
suffixes
Singular
are
as
The
3.
of
'ffTDID \
3 their
The
classes
two
TIT",
".
Remarks.
2.
horses
her
JTD-1D
"""
by
by
the
to
with
(belongs)
suffixes
of
to
the
EXERCISE
prepositions
The
the
dative
ablative
by
by
jp
A.
is
pronoun
attaching
fijtf OjTlN)
pronoun
suffixes.
Paradigm
by
of the
also
the
me
vero
suffix,
See
my.
see
31.
represented
"
42.
thus
by.D*
Paradigm
A.
PART
EXERCISES.
1.
nirr
HD
:rrrojn
^iD
35
^701
who
rock23
might*
will
losts
refugeQ
fall14
there is noneis
good
forsakes
peace,
people,
nations
intelli-
welfare1*)
pious1**upright1^ man,
man,
heart, understanding19drink20
cistern
1-a-
shelter24
strength25greatness26glory27 victory28majesty29
thanking^. cf. to 32, 33, " 107, 3.
rulingsonow3i
EXERCISE
His
:29ninn)^mu
nnx
32.
star,
the
to
stars,
our
fruit of his
be
my
my
liglitof
The
our
torches8J
the
sand9
of their
shores10.
9 Sin 8T")S 7;rht
erjs
.iocyin
EXERCISE
created
God
from
to
we,
him,
as
to
them,
I. God
to
M.
th
(f.).
PRONOUN.
DEMONSTRATIVE
nn
this
nxr
Com.
NOTE.
my
-2'2.
'
Plur.
33.
him,
her, with
"
inr
them
me,
come2
us,
took4
establishs
him, with
us,
them, I
it,from
I shall
i.
him,
^BfD sjn'jsri^wi
STJT
) (rarelyfit)
(withoutdistinction
tf
of
gender
or
number.)
nt7il
V
or
apocopated17H
T
the demonst.
'/'''"",
has
the
with
article
original
by
sented
(Sjl)before
7:
jonn*
days,
the
press:
3. The
while
same:
as
Nom.
Dat.
"Vtf/
n^rn^
n-ro
"
days
same
0*0*3
T
"
they
or
-i
ex
man.
"^7N
this,
this,
onn
repre
declined:
this,
to
as
in these
thus
are
JIN*
H!I/"
nrn^"
""
the
^NH
K^inn
rtf"
ACC.
only
occurs
objectis
remoter
jnrp
I
rr?tfH D'P*3
demonstratives
onn"
x'nn"
""
in those
39
it; IrpJl f.
referringto
demonstrative
The
2.
PRONOUN.
36, 35.
Ez.
once
DEMONSTRATIVE
22.
"
H^N/
nWrw*
these.
to these.
these.
"
Abi
*
HD
Syntacticalrules. "
4.
94.*
EXERCISE
rir^S)
rj^n
:TJ?n
34.
nrxS J11^!??^Sv? n^
a
r
lonp5nn
kvS
12nnn
D'rtSg
:17nSin16rn
rir
21
1Dm
on
the
The
exercise
Syntax.
learner
must
refer
and
following,
to
^x
the.respectiveparagraphbefore translating
in all
cases
when
his attention
is called
to
the
PART
40
sepulchre6
chosen12
p.21
n.
hast
shadow,
speaking14
EXERCISE
This
that
man1,
these
men3,
this
of the
chariot-4
those
men,
strength18
will
we
re
law?, this
the
sons10, those
this is the
men,
this
woman,
that
is the
is my
God,
pillar8,these
brothers11
these
woman,
women,
the
are
this
to
this
woman2,
these
man,
is
this
boy6,
names9
those
woman,
that
from
words,
money11
sore17
evil16
35.
that
man,
women4,
is the
that
man,
wisdom10
shelter,9
came15
overspread22 I formed23
was
performed*
made,
plain27fearing28departing29.
his name26
member25
thou
behold!8
yet13 (was)
of20
sons
redeemed3
lo!
unto7
while
three19
I have
words'-^
city1
EXERCISES.
1.
(ace.),these
the
are
thy
are
uncles12.
12 DHn
11
10
D'PIX
"
THE
23.
for both
she
who,
which
that
who,
pers.
1^
*)Xfi
and
genders
is
the
of
names
RELATIVE.
relative pronoun
1. The
mD#
D'JS
numbers
he
pronoun:
he
whom
thou
cursest.
In
2.
later
the
abbreviated
writers, the
3.
relative
and
form
before
gutt.) is
n"TiK
books
.
omitted
Dag.,
biblical
to
most
modern
Hebrew
t$
(with following
frequently used.
word
every
signification:as D^
or
the
there, D^
which
to
*")"'X
it refers
where,
whence.
4.
It is declined
Gen.
as
ClSto
Dat.
(WIN
him)
Abl.
(^5P
from
5. Before
relative
us
ID^D
IHlK
him)
T^inn
whose
"It^jSt
iS*"\$$to
the
participles
:
him)
Ace.
the
follows
he
wlio
whom
whom
H^'JJ
Jtfjjp*)
article
horse
goes.
from
whom.
i'requciitly
represents
THE
24.
INTERROGATIVE
EXERCISE
41
PRONOUN,.
36.
12
ntrr
19
18
"
17
"
oyjn n^
33"
:|V
he did8
with2 may speaks fishes* are taken" net^ wishing,desiring?
spiritl
how9
goodness11has laid up12confide,trust13 woe14 the king15a boy,
great10
a
youths cursed1'' trustsis departs"zh^sh) heart20 hail! happy .'21makes22
in law2^
thou goest2^I will go2? thou lodgest2^I will
trust23 said24 mother
lodge29thusso.
EXERCISE
Abraham
field which
The
the
which
king5
given12. Nigh13
whose
God^
The
horse2
name8
was
counsel1!
upon4
called?
that
he
is the Lord14
Andis
in truth1?.
boughti.
Daniel6
rode3.
Not
Belteshazzar9.
37.
sawis
has
him16
rnade2"",
and,
ID V)
LD#
7
""
15
" '24:
1.
The
Va
""
wrnrr
5
"
np"
what
n.O before
is his
one
Jl. n"
T|T
usuallyapplying
applying to things.
as
or
or
ntO
see
what
(followedby Dag.): as
,nO
with
what
n^N'nO
small
word,
is this?
what
(" 9.
hast
6
1 HJD
D^Q
PRONOUN.
did you
no
?
name
word:
3331
T^T
always in pause:
what
it is written
Commonly
tracted into
*1 and
no
rSl"
is "0 who?
what?
i10" nD
(are)these, DTV5O
":":"
INTERROGATIVE
THE
^S^
i33npT12]^ nnjj;
interrogative
pronoun
to persons,
iOC'~nO
e^N'H
I^lpJ
T|:-
it is
1.
thou
con
Note.)
done?
I.
PART
42
the
At
beginning
letters not
before
2, The
cases
of
EXERCISES*
sentence
guttural:
/Ip j"|pwhat
as
indicated
are
frequently stands
also
np
voice ?
the
par
ticle nx-
'p'^to
Dat.
'
Ace.
"J30
from
with
but
whose?
whose
,^P~n3
as
hand?
DftSHp'TOpH
remains
frequently it
more
how
and
daughter?
Jer.
the
9.
S,
through
*p~T3
whose
intelligenceof
adverbially;as
what
where
D1D"HD
D^TIPI
how
pleasant !
rO*N
is
to them?
Up is also used
4.
whom
throuh
or
noun:
good
whom?
by *pyE?
Gen.
indicated
3.
?
?
whom
'p MX
The
whom
thou?
art
where?
1"N where
is he?
pronouns,
HJ
with
suiF.
D51^ where
are
they ?
With
where
and
adverbs
whither
what
on
quently
before
letter with
know
ye
having
strong
the
J"D'^
non-gutturals:
before
Laban
Kamets
Sh'va
?
: as
what
what
HXtS ^
'*
or
TDK!!
'jiNH
now
with
17
as
Dl7^*!lis
have
I go ?
(oram)
as
H
I ?
where
Sh'va)
comp.
guttural:
shall
^^^
he
fre
well ?
JD^TINDr)JJ"l^n
before
NIH
gutturals
pjnn
is he
negative
this H
sentences
negative particle:as
Nrl
is not
2nnb*j
jnNt
\x
is
always
fl#"t^ xS*l
hast
tlie Lord
our
EXERCISE
from
wherefore
account
which
**
"
Interrogative prefix: Jl (H
5.
In
"N whence
? HTO
*N
38.
in
connected
thou
not
midst
with
heard?
43
PRONOUN.
INTERROGATIVE
THE
" 24.
:nin
"no
npjnn
rt?1?
^p1?
27D
7i?.28rnSS:?n
2"iK
"jw nin?
34
knows1
thee3
has
chief4
hear12
wrought2
judge5
the feminine
is used
or8
youth7
over6
former13
the
42niD? :41pj;
nin"
np
where
knowing)32
put38
knows
sea"
without
(prop, (is)
ice37 gave,
understanding40
toiling,
labouring41remember4-
mind39
insight,
the
shall
he
wounds2^
there
1. made
(is)1^
depth1? says18
" 81,
planter10ear11
the
enemy9
he shall see15
eye14
in stead of43.
EXERCISE
Who
tliou
art
in thine
hand1*
I taken15
or1^
I defrauded19
? Is he
bribe^
dwells25
Is not
one29
did
What
Is1* in
frm.
;"""
have
it
or2S
weak24?
good2^
us
or
do
unto
not
thee?
ox14
whom
or1^
is it fat2God
Who
21
22pm
|
TT
^"33
(any)
Iean28 ?
us32?
done
this ?
20'PnpS
:
that
created
has
"
or
have
have
is the land*
|-T
23
is that
I received2"
one
do I
son
What
Whose
?
What
bad2^
al!31" has
interrogative H
":
truth ?
hand
people
inX*24ni)'l
I
dream13
done5?
he
whose
meio
these?
are
has
For
of whose
is
Edom*?
I taken
father3*) to
this
What
with
daughter2?
my
Who
have
strong22
in, is
is his
name3?
sends
thou
ass^
whose
or18
art
from
thou
wilt
Whom
Who
maiden4?
this
cometh6
is this that
labours?
he
is
daughter
Whose
Who
What
man?
is this
Who
soni?
my
39.
f-t
44
,$. 90, 2. so ix
29
as
inx
EXERCISES.
I.
PART
2rn:OT
nn
TV
,p3io
26pjn
T--
TT
-S-T
f"m.
310
'
withsuff.
,,V?3 ,193
CHAPTER
THE
OF
verbs
Primitives
a.
as
from
nouns
vowel
verbs
other
from
the
preterite:^Dp
of three
of which
it is Patach
as"tJ3 he
after
the
The
3.
form
was
and
"
was
radicals
the
ed
From
takes
or
de
are
the
remove
called
by
with
to
drops
import
in transitive
Cho-
or
earlier
the
of
killed.
ground-
Jewish
Gram
consists
It
great
of
from
groundform
them.
are
deriv
guttural and
some
vocalized
differently
the
importance,
derived
second
In
ending,
the tone
have
root.
of the verb
as
when
Kamets
are
The
kill,is another
Un$
one
future.
nominal
per
It regu
most
Dfl^Dpyou
the
them
the infinitive
killed.
little.
was
^bp
only
the infinitive is
as
by
forms
other
is the third
radical
pretonic and
forward
imperativeand
verbs, where
tive
is
groundforms
controllingthe
NOTE.
or
considered
so
the
These
Deriva
Tsere
intransitives,
fbp he
infinitive construct,
being
4.
heavy,
first radical
marians,
three
in
vtDp
as
he has
the second
follows
verb
the
(radicals),
consonants
is thrown
accent
or
just,
to
Jtt^T
as
of the
stem
or
lem:
Verbal
be
to
originare
Derivatives, which
verbs
Denominatives
groundform
larlyconsists
ant
6.
govern
their
to
respect
ashes.
|"**1[
singular of
son
with
to
derived
ashes, from
2. The
TI7D
VIEW.
tives', as
rived
classified
either
are
VERB.
GENERAL
""25.
1. The
V.
future
from
irregular
the impera
is derived
from
the
latter.
5. The
the
root
form.
modifications
are
These
effected
by
variations
of the
simple
external
are
and
variations
threefold:.
primary
of the
idea
of
ground-
sends,
he
n!j" he
the
sounds:
radical
and
of one,
doubling
of two* of the
stances
as
dismisses.
Reduplication, or
b.
vowels
of the
alteration
the
or
Vocalization^
a.
45
VIEW.
GENERAL
25.
"
in
in
rare
7~t?p 7i?tpp"
as
fr-
Augmentation,
c.
consonants
6. These
forms,
altered
internal
sense,
the
"
new
having
are
form
of the
derivations,
but
their
also
in
Conjugations,
termed
generally
now
called
properly
more
not
language
formative
two
or
one
^pO' %(2Wl
h"$}"
^tPj?fct'
as
prefixing of
the
or
ancient
forms.
7. The
ancient
7J7j3
to
do,
ding
to
the
as
forms
he
Paal,
7J7JD
2.
^92
7j)$
"
3.
paradigm,
various
1.
"
4.
7^
5.
7*J/*On
derived
from
Piel, he
acted
he
T.
T^Sfl/l Hithpael,
"
has
without
ier
nal
meaning,
change.
$ 26.
grave
which
or
heavy
AND
himself.
with
the
it is the
that
internal
or
brings
SIGNIFICATION
act.
supplanted by
been
form,
DHD?
to
upon
retained
i.
with
e.
upon.
act.
caused
acted
he
^p light,intimating,
are
to
was
cient:
six
vigorously.
caused
been
external
upon.
vigorouslyacted
he
"
first, which
acted
was
was
7J/*5H Hophal,
have
verb, thus
this
"
6.
the
the
he
The.se terms
conjugations,accor
named
Niphal,
Hiphil,
"
verb
the
employed
Pual, he
who
grammarians,
change,
exception of
the
equally an
simple original
while
freightedwith
it
the other
a
weight
corresponding
CHARACTERISTICS
OF
exter
THE
.CONJUGATIONS.
The
Characteristics
of
signification
and
the
the
passive,or
the
derived
conjugations are:
1.
7^53
'
Niplial is
often
the
reflexive
or
reciprocalof
or
keep
to
2.
Kal
keep, Niphal
to
to
grow,
hnj
to
make
holy.
of both
shatter,nStTto send,
to
the
transitive
latter is intransitive
to
is the
often
is
It
7#iD, Pual
3.
break, "QLT
to
the
when
kept,
action, energy,
Kal,
be
to
self from.
one's
frequency: -Q#
rhti?to dismiss.
of
TOtf
as
EXERCISE.
I.
PART
to
is the
passive of Piel.
doubling of
grow
be
to
"Hp
the
S"U to
as
cause
The
be great,
holy,
B*JT)
characteristic
radical
second
causative
or
by Dagesh
forte.
4.
primitive Kal
If
Kal
is
of Kal
do
tiling to
or
person
to
strong, Hiphil :
be
pfllto
by
the
make
to
the
write.
to
cause
Hiphil signifiesonly
intransitive,
as
another
cause
is indicated
which
write, D^-pr?
to
3HD
as
that,
to
transitive
to
strong,
strengthen.
/JS)Tf"Hoplial is
5.
teristic of both
the
and
prefixed H
is the
The
charac
proper
vocali
passive of Hiphil.
the
zation.
ciprocal:as
each
to be
to
Ps.
anger,
Occasionally it
been
to
do
what
called
by
to
pretend
wise
EC.
^in and
the
reflexive
In
the
feign
to
it
be
has
is the
characteristic
the
second
to show
ones'
self
prefixed syllable
radical
by Dag. forte.
conjugations:1.
Pod
as
fut. pass,
fut. S$ip"
part, SpIpP
TgBpJjTl
^0
to
"
regular verbs
Job 9, 15.
to
root, hence
the
by
also unusual
are
embittered",
pro
pretend,
to
f"DJl^7T
conjugation:as "Ite'jyin
hypocritical
the
doubling of
There
NOTE.
be
at
73, 21.
denoted
some
7, 16.
pETtfinto
denotes
is
to be
as
:
passive signification
10.
forgotten,EC. 8,
voked
or
it
Barely has
other.
look
self,i"r#"Vin to
re
it
occurs
take
root
very
Is.
seldom
40, 24,
^5^'P
In
verbs
my
judge,
it is
INFLECTION.
" 27.
M?tt1"
MID.
frequent:as
'the
when
pecially
pjn
rest,
be
to
second
green.
peated) as irnflD
Pilpel,formed
about.
4.
radical
letters:
flected, to indicate
and
go
by doublingboth
^Jf/Vto
tinkle,
conjugations are
or
grammatical conditions
various
and
in
of
Person.
Preterite
two:
are
Infinitive
of the
(*Q)")and
(middle)or
Part,
nominal
OlpD fountain),
an
and
Pual
be], a
to
active
(,,66%,")Part
HIH
of
(7J1")),Part, passive
a
forms.
Plural
Singular (TfT alone, single),
Numbers:
Two
many).
Persons
I. P.
II. P.
Two
Genders
P.
O-OW
concealed, hidden).
Masculine
(HDp.4
female).
"
1. The
lar
verbs
which
The
which
which
28.
the
three
CLASSES.
and. irregu
regularor perfect
are
those,
Regular D^/C* (perfect)
divided
are
imperfect verbs.
or
remain
into
radicals
undergo
no
change
and
always
audible.
include
regular verbs
or
one
more
radicals
the
are
gutturals:
of the
the vowels
they suffer affecting
2. The
are
irregular^
Quiescent and
jn
forms
construct;
derived
as
cZ. Three
of
root
to
INFLECTION.
forms
Two
jTH
(7^3),
being re
"
verb
e.
Mliteral
sustain, nourish.
to
(D^Of)
mand), excepting in
two
Participles,[W3
(D'!TI
last letters
to be at
(TflJJ)
absolute
c.
from
the
Tenses
The
b. Moods:
the
pfr^
as
from ^HD
quick,to palpitate,
Gender, Number
Tense, Mood7
an
(thetwo
derivative
different
Future
3. Pealal
27.
"
a.
flutter.
to
t]y%y.
The
:
guttural
radical is
^37?
as
pill. 2-
beat
to
47
Defective
divided
Q^SD
verbs
in
into
i.e.
verbs
of
only,
not
the
radicals.
DHpPj Defective,D'flJ
Reduplicate.
some
forms
drop
one
or
more
of their
48
PART
letters.
radical
is t3
second
the
old
the
From
in
last
two
drop
those,
quiesce.
or
similar
which
of
tldrd
either
radicals
example ^]73
the
Hie
of
one
forms
some
for the
Reduplicateshave
3.
EXERCISES.
Quiescents have
radicals,which
*li"TN aw
I.
the
the
letters.
firstletter
first letter of
TlD
i.
quiescent,'7 ^tU
}"" i.
is called
t^J
Thus
is
third
the
which
the
e.
double
or
the third
its second
DDD
'""
radicals
CHAPTER
is 1;
radical
is Jl
third
quiescent in
e.
or
second
radical
and
the
e.
i.
is 3
ft^Jn"S
=
is called
y"y
the
same.
being
7*
i.e.
VL
THE
REGULAR
EXPLANATION
1.
In
THE
transitive
Tsere
Verbs
called:
as
T^'fl
stands
to
it is
verb
the
For
Cholem.
or
middle
SECOND
PARADIGM.
PRETERITE
principalvowel
The
the
THE
OF
" 29.
VERB.
A,
as
CQJ?).
after the
in
Patach,
sake
of
intransitive
the
brevity the
former
able,
2.
"
middle
0,
as
Kamets
jection1) and
3.
of the
in the
drops
when
ye have
DrV7fc?p;
as
conditions
The
dicated
E,
7^
to
can.
The
ward:
are
7fcDpthe
be
radical.
second
in
the
of
first
the
or
for
killed.
Person, Number
and
by attaching at
preterite
personal pronouns,
(" 15, 2. Note).
is thrown
accent
Re
which
are
the
called
Gender
end
:
are
in
fragments
Affirmatives.
I
The
4.
PRETERITE
THE
" 29.
afformatives
the
of
preterite are
1.
Person:
2.
TJ
Singular.
49
O?J/*).
com.
m.
jl
3.
^_
Dfl
m.
Pluralf
5. The
third
the
in
vowel
fern,
person
syllable:
second
the
and
plur.:
com.
."
drops
","_,_
Re
}7DpT (" 14
fl7DpT"
as
in
jection 3).
With
accent
pause
it is restored:
H/tDp
as
H/b*
nV")n"
"
their
inflection
The
verbs
sing,
and
E.
f"n
as
of middle
first persons:
those
In
middle
verbs
The
6.
F)""0
"
the
Cholem
in the
into
changes
7. Verbs
the
ending
where
the
afformatives
HID.
8.
W3,
In
Kamets-Chatuph
with
is
tone
(" 12,
combinations
fi suffer
with
beginning
DP13
is
Milel, otherwise
6.
with
B.
rejectionof
TV
9.
12.
II.
afformatives
rules
as
fl7tDp"
:
" 100.
EXERCISE
the
fi before
from
40.
nirr
2-
^J the
fl* p"
""
"f
"
m.).
Syntactical
"
1.)
the
Milra:
shifted, Cho-
for nni^'
JT"O
as
(" 9,
second
DJl/O'
as
"
word
in
"
"
lem
sound
fi?b*"*p /b1*
as
however,
cases,
the
"
retain
lose
generally
il/DD
T
"
I |T
DH/DD
v
"
-
):
PART
50
30
I. EXERCISES.
nr
great1work2
be
to
ant10
wise9
become
be
very3 to
to
the
gather11harvest12
food13
to
19
work2""
of beauty
perfection
to
flee7 i$
remember14
be
to
fish15
eat"
to
Tyre17
to
sayiS
street^
to
dominion31
able37
cloud43
n.
endure38
to
enter39
to
glory ot44
the
to
because41
congregation4^
fill45 dwelling,
Tabernacle46
to
iniquity21to
or
to
fal}22
to rest42
counsel,to advice47
p. m.48-
Jacob6
horse?
have
Why
the
Stole2
Kacheli
images^.
Why
clothes8-
sentu
not
dipped** the
woman
41.
his
rent7
you
EXERCISE
bread15
in16
took22
Ye
Thou
thou
slept (fern.),
The
Hebrews31
bread
and
thou
didst
hast
over32
went
not
Spa
(in Pause
3213J?
(Pl.)310n3^ 30n^_3
$. 14
24
van
I
""
23
3^11
wix
J^H
29
ssn^i
sanmo
T
laugh25?
able.
were
cut, Ye
Jacob
We
slept2^
have
cut.
gave3* Esau35
Sacrifice38 and
offering41and
offering^
sin
offerin g*2
required**.
15DnS
163
all its
of God.
covenant
Jordan33.
The
gleaned1^
did you
I have
cutso,
desire-to, burnt
not
father^?
and
city(f.)
Why
thy
I dreamed10-
our
our
able28? you
pottage36 of lentils37-
thou
hast
wast
to
soldo
vinegar1?. Ruth18
men
loved27? I loved.
thou
dream^
messenger^
enemies21
hast
"
with
2213^21
jtfT2S^y
37
(i"i.)
8Uff.
,3"
D^K
2^3HN
D'^n^
"
(pi-)
20
26^73^
sirn
T".
":
0^31^
25
pHV
skr^
T
Lengthening 4)
34rnj
""
(in pause) 43
*7K#
33
ni"
It*
" 30,
"
1. The
It
second
is called
INFINITIVE.
THE
INFINITIVE.
groundform
is the
construct, because
it is
Prefixes
the
80.
THE
D ADD
to-lie-in-
waitrfor
killing,
Sbp?
with
or
"
the
/Dp
noun
kill.
with
D*l 2^X
as
prefixes:
7t3p3
as
in
from
VtDj3!9
kill,
to
to
connected
always
ViOpS
killing,
as
Infinitive
following
With
blood.
51
killing.
The
2.
is
/"DD
vowel.
helping
The
closely connected,
while
after
Sb4-3.
Sbj-3.
("11,
3.
The
Cholem
4.
The
Infinitive
occurrence:
finite
verbs
indicate
O^Jl they
TjlSn
shall
6.
of
the
is
is
as
790^
the
most
silent,
but
as
of
Patach
^"^' to
:
as
Infinitive
be
rQ"lp7
is the
It
continued
action, energy,
going
on
is used
and
2vin
18
for
Sh'va
Cholem.
went,
rules
13ntop 12nj; :u
the
Makkef
with
down,
EXERCISE
njn
S"M
vocal
are
diligently keep.
Syntactical
ft is
here
"
before
form
lie
to
form
1J?Tl
ye
has
immutable
to
Chirek
the
following
lengthened by Jl"
second
with
and
Of
the
7.)
22$
it is
The
5.
the
is shortened
as
Sometimes
that
so
Sh'va
the
VtDp
JD
after
Dagesh
for
J-,Sb[?0
assimilated
vowelless
regularly
are
42.
but
humiliated.
to
approach.
Inf.
before
lowing,
rare
absolute
or
after
intensity:
I.
PART
52
shear^
the
otB
end
mix3
ho! wo2!
rod9
bread2'2
to
garden24
to lament13
to
hand31
hold32
to
less35
made1
God
day
and
the
the
over
and
wheats
builder10
slaughtered12an
ment14
to
shouldst
on15-
to
106. 2.
negation"
rule37-
to
to rule^
repair*1the
reaper
He
reaps the
to
house.
3.
the
over5
have
They
rejected1*thee
rai
me
gave
that
thou
reign1''
(from reigning) (" 106, 2.) over]8
said^ that He would
dwells
(tr.to dwell)
cloud21-
thick2i
The
went
man
thy
judge28
them.
not
Lord
The
to
ox
put
I hired6
night,
one21
43.
the moon3
and
sun2
fall15 sons
ot"27 to
days
slave,servant36
EXERCISE
taste7 with
hungry
here includes
to
leap14to
to
assunder20
break
reject19to
to
to
little10honey11 time12
down23
go
drink4
strong
alas17! Lord18
of16 ah!
EXERCISES.
out22
in the
lie23 on24
to
his
couch259
ionj3
8"m"
n^n
T
-IT
"
6-o#
712fl'p
-I
S^ 17^D
C2533^a
1.
The
future
is formed
:":"
-T
1311^3
U1J3
VV
23^3^
-
"
THE
31.
-T
243
FIT
-T
IS^aS
-T
iCDNH
'-T
"
4#D
53
-T
22
T
from
receives
the
and
preformativesjrVN
second
Number.
The
I.
com.
eow-
groundform
origi
are
Chirek.
vowel
personal relation,
relations
of Gender
"
the anormatives
of the future
2.
f
m.
rilir-
1.
ft
the
the
//
m.
,_^
f.
f.
1"
rum
are
3.
m.
bmg.
\y"
I
StAsUwfjLJ
preformativesand
Person:
20
-:
a.)
indicate
/"
ft^i^aut^
3.
helping
afformatives determine
the
while
the
Seghol.
2. The
receive
FUTURE.
21^31^
"r
m.
r.
n
1"
ra-n
THE
" 31.
4.
be
to
from
be
7"! 3 to
is
kef, Cholem
he
vowel
afformatives
is
into
the end
last
case
lengthens its
and
tone
The
pause.
'
"
restored
"'
'
vowel
restored
vowel
*MfoVbut
ftff'^QpA
but "Sbpfi"
:
forms
of
the
ending in
or
""
re
(Patach)
they
WW
i""T
'
"
especially
occasionally,
have
vowel
of
the
second
6.
C.)
this
In
syllableis restored
without
the
" 101.
EXERCISE
44.
nin
37
the
vowel
but
ppsnn, ir;ry"but pm\
'p3"]fi"
often
form H^bfl
7. The
appears
8.
D^'Dftp'l
: as
great.
6. The
at
Mak-
drops before
syllablewhich
with
in
restored
Karnets:
be
last
of the
"
will
to- be
"Q?
Before
little,small.
be
fjopto
commencing
regularly
quires the
TJ^*
as
there.
wrote
5. The
Patach
have
the
whilst
(middle A),
regularly
become
or
JDp* from
honored,
and
E^~and 0
middle
verbs
verbs
transitive
the
in
found
syllablegenerally is only
second
the
in
Cholera
The
53
FUTURE.
as
5 as
54
PART
EXERCISES
1.
i 40Drn
to
withouti
tattler2
lie
to
down,
manii
to rule12
not2o
to
ful32
poor22
he
that
Edom34
to
The
Lord
will
days'*I
thus12
of her brother2Q,
to
perish
or
autumn,
in Jerusalem-^-
work
will
she
flesh11-
shall
for you
are
ye
heavy is
the blood1**
I shall make23
people25,
my
those
Do
be
require^
fbi-2ithou
steal1^
be joy
to
righteousness^.In
The
thee17
with.24 you,
covenant
to
cease42-
spiritsupon1(" all
rny
Of
men.
in
Lord14?
requite13 the
upon16 the
out8
winter41
mourning2
the world5
judgp4
pour
cleave18
poor17 to
45.
shall
keeper,watch-
fast30 commandments31
the
EXERCISE
day
injustice7
In that
long6
the
26
reap24 vanity25 the diligent
to
keep
to
watchio
to
rich16
soweth23
men29
young
daughter33
with15
how
counts
to
wake,
to
be Justus manH
to
dwell28
upright27to
in vain9
sleeps
rob2i
strife4
cease3
to
that I have
chosen26-
why
8ip#
ann
Sir
16
TW
15133
""T
"
as
here
THE
I. The
future
suff.)20 HX
H"
of the
1 and
":
2.
S 13SDJ
in
which
future, in
iSn-i
:
"
-T
12nNT
1111^3
with
("3y
Sing,
trasl.
has
the
the
Plur.
and
tone
manner
same
at
as
thy hand
17
suff.) 25 Qy
OR
and
TT
24(*p")
,n"
OPTATIVE.
syllable
affects the
final
the aiformatives
as
The
lengthened
optative and
the
will:
NOTE.
Kns:
"
""
frequently lengthened by
are
H"
vowel
18^11
!9D1
FUTURE
first persons
seldom
"
with
LENGTHENED
tenses
-T
.261H3
" 32.
sD^Sic-'n"21300
4Batf
~
seldom
with
CHK
'3
San
vv
"":
21
~|T
-T
14ni3y
fern.
22SDD
23H13
epiy
"
as
In
few
Is. 5, 19.
let
us
instances
Ez.
the
significationof
selfexcitation,purpose,
expresses
nnptW
has
form
be
direction
the
of
joyful!
it is
found
20,
4.
attached
to
other
(with JT~ )
per-
THE
" 32.
FLTURE
LENGTHENED
EXERCISE
:niir
to
learn1
hither7
to
to
bury2
gathpr8heads,
inquire13mouth14
seek5
to
come
approach6
near,
prophet11 further,besides12
therefore16
muzzle15
rpn
here10
chiefs9
55
46.
person3thither4
dead
OPTATIVE.
OR
to
wail17
come18
to
to
ask.
bend
the
kneel*
EXERCISE
Let
the
keep
us
testimony1
Let
thy precepts3-
make
us
will
Let
us
sends
these
remember11
in
me14-
thy
the
and
I will
mouths.
I may
I and
keep
tliou.
forget7-my complaints.
I will
king of Israel.
I will
with1**
hand
thy
covenant,
unto
make15
of
I will
things12
I will
Atis
nant1?.
letter"
47.
soul1^
my
everlastingcove
an
you
out
pour
require^
the
flock2o
of my
father.
4ti-n
5^n"
6-in
(with
son-ips
is -Bra:
pi. suff.)n^
"
1. The
verb
in
33.
20
(with sum
12n"
jNJf19
2na
"
HIDT
^nrr
ioiap
(prefix)18
17
jp
CONVERSIVE.
VAV
connected
by 1
preteritewhen
the future or imperative is made
with
preceding
dependant upon
it
thereby seemingly changed
a
this
Vice
either
tion
of the
fixed
ION
and
the
versa
tense
2.
he
he
future
when
"
connected
by
This1)
to
oSlj?
is
called
Vav
Conversive
*)with
the
CMQflfl
past
significa
YJ). Pre
the
make.
Prefixed
to
the
ftit. it has
Patach
PART
56
and
as
I.
EXERCISES.
before
following Dagesh,
-iOlf*be will keep,
Karnets
*JD^1 and
lie
kept.'
first and
second
accent
from
last
long
the
Vav
ultima
vowel
is
the
to
the
suffers
conv.
penult,
into
changed
accent
ultimate
the
sing, to
vav
the
removes
eonv.
person
fut. with
The
4.
the
prct. with
The
3.
syllable:as
of its
removal
and
consequently
short
in the
This
'
one.
can
never
be
distinctive.
5.
Syntacticalrules, "
102.
EXERCISE
48.
nan)
'
IT
nin
entreaty2and
inter),denotingrespectful
the bearer
ul'6 arms7
uft
to
see3
from
US'1
n.
p. m.5
dip10(honey)twig,honey-
judgments13to
coinl)n because12
ancient
the
after23 to blow24
rH3
victims
such
p. m.25
n.
on
inherit17 to drawl8
pursue16to
to
57
COXVEIISIVE.
cutli" rr"i3
cuttingup
of
custom
eousness'5
VAV
33.
"
(from
covenant
occasions.)justice,right
p. m.19
n.
trumpet2^to
make
to
coat90 blood21
around,
wrap
m.32
p. m.31 3 into, upon ; n. p.
shall be34 strength,
support35
capture, noose3^ to be in dread37 to be
to
great, Ioud3"
cry, to lament29
hewed""
weighed3
tables8
two7
the
Moses18
Arid1
and1
give29
me
God
take37
inS
35-TxSD
IT
". 90, 2-
24 DN
33DSl"(?
32n3j"
nW
-
;40Dt^
[with
suff. "J3
etc.]39
"
1. The
form;
as
2. The
imp.:
as
7Dp
verbs
fut.
clothed, Imp.
3.
The
|3
Inf.
with
will
thou
hy
,,and" with
shalt
21
the
D'riSx
the
verb
9 Q'JJK
(stone's)
103fi3
l"3j", after
up
! cf.
noun
20]!VV
30DHS
v
37HpS
the second
instances
in most
const,
with
29
19 D'"J^n
mj
I
". 90, 2.
28
TH
Iv
^3*7 etc.]
36
'JfjS
IMPERATIVE.
THE
34.
thou
forever33-
thee, and
38DKWI
Is
and1
him
imperativebelongs to
const., and
infin.
be25
way28,
1 Connect
221HX
232HN
stole
thence4**-
14 stand
163*^
domin
And1
will
serve32
12rnjpj"
13 D'HS'l
from
son39
ITV^DD
25n^ns
[fut.A.] 34
will
king
Hear2"",
God
this
angel35 before36
my
article!
the
6H?3y
If2*
the
Eachel
is one22-
5r]p3 4p"l?"'3l?pt?2r\X
6SD3
connect
cf.
to
And1
on11
mighty^
father.
Lord
in
me
then31
his
send34
1~*y"
13J,
keep27
And
(with) great^
her
the
silver^-
law.
thy God.
Lord
will
wife38
this
God21,
bread^o,
shall
rule
Abraham.
wrote1**
And*
shall
wrote
our
the
Iove23
he
and
(belonged)to
that
images19
the
Ephron4
to
stone9,
he
up*-* and
stand
ion17-
of
with2
covenant
commandments13-
sweet38
48.
his
remembered
Abraham
And1
fall33
to
n.
EXERCISES
God
face-'8
3. 2.
*
" 96,
thy sleep-"9-
And1
eyes-2
muffleS?
to
and
is identical
with
the
it in
7tOpImp.
in the
groundform:
fut. retain
lie
down,
the
^V
same
he
in the
will
be
called
by
M^', CoS.
Cliirck in the
f. sing, and
ni.
plur. is
EXERCISES.
1.
PART
58
4.
j"T"
expressive
5.
of
rh'-
In
the
the
pause
paragogic
entreaty, emphasis.
becomes
Jl/Cppthe
"
is
Cholem
as
Chatuph:
fcO'CH^ enquire,
judge righteously.
6-
the
With
form
ADD
as
Makkef
Before
7CDD
often
very
and
wisli
the form
paragogic p"
becomes
is annexed
imp.
the
To
return
as
n"N
VOtD^'
into
thee.
pray
vowels
dropped
:
changed
or
Kamets-
pT^'tO^^
in the
BStP'p execute
forms
true
judgment.
7.
After
JO
(optat.),
the
is often
the
thy
hand.
8.
imp.
put,
thee!
entreaty: I pray
with
and
imp.
or
fut. if the
as
particle of
(theGerman
quaeso,
n^TTl'l^ I
Syntacticalrules. "
go
:3Dinn
nw
:6oSi^
^rrniV
lengthened
incitement
put
^"V fcOTl1?^
forth
down.
50.
hi itoptr:2f??n
nin?
nnp^' pnyxf?
^nnnp
and
duni
104,
EXERCISE
npn
be
age.): as
will
latter
32n3i?
nppn
ij;
:nrr"#
to
the
evil12
the
end31
the
7# againstone31
to advise, with
hastily33
n.
song14
to
tree21
hew20
to
great7
hear15
the
cast22
to
boy, youth27
courageous26
be
strong25to
be
behold30
perfect(man)29
write13
to
tor ever6
good5
for
of18 mother19
commandment
a
mound, rampart24to
against23
mark28
^1
keep10 tonguu11
of16 women17
word
59
vinegar2orphan3 mercy4
IMPERATIVE.
THE
" 34.
pass over32
to
cried36
p. in.35 then
quickly,
wise37-(t.)
51.
EXERCISE
for
soul11,
my
Send
men15-
(pi.m.)
with21
to
T.
"
suff.
tliee,oneU
land
thy
*vvith
in2o
1. The
the
Lord
(following Makkef
!)
suif.
.
so1?^
-T
[fut.A.]
i9na3
"
"
young
Sacrifice18
father.
pi.
22-aS 213
Him.
of the
Trusts
TV
^S]
towards*
thanksgiving17-
of
l-nn,S%
15Q"1]?J
(parag.) this
hand
Remember
word23
-T
[with
God
heart22.
thee, the
16H3?
I pray
me,
in the
God
your
thy
outis
unto
all thine
I pray
ffut. A.]
Stretch^
God!
(f.) my
Remember
pious12 I (arn).
THE
35.
are
participles
PARTICIPLE.
formed
from
the
first
two
one
participles,
the
first
radical
ground-form
active and
takes
one
the
or
"
second
"
in the
and
sing, masc.),
substantives
radicals:
2. The
or
thing
"
pass.,
}
the
(or sometimes,
; *)1DX
participleinvolves
properly one
that
in
^ItDD killed
to which
pretonic
order
to
between
fettered,TD$"
(in
remains
form
the
a
pass.
two
last
prisoner.
in its
the action
keeps, or
Kamets
is
a
the person
signification
attributed : as ""IQ^ keeping,
keeper, DHtf
loving
person,
PART
60
friend,D^ltf
the
character
article
of
3riNn
as
is treated
noun
possessing the
and
"
participlethus having
such : receivingthe
as
The
person.
3.
number.
present time:
TPJl *?3K I
as
is
7Dp (or ^CDlp)
4.
middle
A, like
and
are
the
^Dp5 the
identical
expresses
pronoun
go.
regular participleof
participlesof
with
in form
grow
terminations of
same
gender
or
beloved
EXERCISES.
1.
""0*
the
verbs
the
verbs
middle
jpf(to be
*YiJ*
or
(to fear)pret.,,*"ljp
the
pret.: as
part.
poetically,the
Sometimes
5.
pended
to
the
st. const,
}$ the inhabitant
who
123, 1.
times
the
Part.
is not
7tOln
nStoip
f.
Dnrtr
and
33, 16.
DvLDlD
mSoip
::DHV
passiveare:
pass.
P.
S.
Syntacticalrules. "
on
as
participlesactive
m.
TlDD
m.
f.
n^iDp
f.
107.
EXERCISE
-as*
5. Mos.
114, 8.
rock; Ps.
Part.
m.
act.
part.
thorn-bush.
P.
m.
7.
f. of the
act.
S.
f.
the
and
Mos.
inflection of the
The
6.
of the
changes
'nt?K 1.
m.
is ap
union-syllable'"
old
^HN
52.
nin
:Sb Ste
D'r
nin
t^\
ip Jl8nw'p
^
:own
THE
" 35.
27rr!??ynirr 26np_-iv
29rpio:28ni?S
rnrv
31D"pS'
ion
:jnp ^
iiT
f"l
PARTICIPLE.
nn
:T|in
:rnpy
to
love1
between4
their fathers3
as2
there
tear5
joy6 to
book9
(itis) not1^
his mother14
father13
his
help8
totter? to
transgression16
companion17 destruction,corruption18sound19 words20 de
sire21 to be sweet22
under24 thy burden25
to lie down23
righteousnesso$6
stand, endure27
to
for ever28
uphold29 men30
to
oft2 faint33-
ance
EXERCISE
The
Lord
Threes
the
in the
The
lion2-"*- The
door24
thy
face28?
upon2?
the
st.
harvest32.
a
const,
beasts2!
is
713^
P"
[fem.]29nSnj28
T
rrj3
const-
'-
S^
26
The
paradigm
the
two
forms
larger type,
inf. const.
SppJl To
participlesof
the
the
i^
eVn
const.
st.
(fem.)
lerav
I-T
(fern.)24;^
v
23
22
n"
"-:
NIPIIAL.
by
participle7pp}" with
ivnur
25HH3
-
36.
principal
,Vn
lOKBin
I-
-T
"
other
n|3y
is^ifria
Ssj
the
"
1.
12p^
wa^Sn
V
27
of12
liest thou26
Wherefore
snoy
6rn-rij3S
I VT
ant29
fool foldethss
st-p;i.
20^1
iniquity
of the
opened 2^.
The
The
na
of9
She dwells*?
up14, his sin15 is hidie.
go19 the way20 of
people. Ye (fern,)
of my
earth.
the
trans
ye
wealth
The
is hound
midstis
do
Lord?
the
of
down2.
bowed
are)
Wherefore^
standing up5-
is laid
sinner10
53.
(those that
upi
commandments
Ephraim1^
all
raiseth
kings4 are
gress? the
""a
abund
have
to
peaceable31
are
the
again pointed
the
out
in the
preterite7^(7^ and
first
corresponds
exceptionof having
like
the
all the
under
PART
62
the second
The
radical.
EXERCISES.
1.
of the
rest
second
From
the
StDj^jT
(" 31, 1.) arises Sftp^
this,StDjT
("12,4), the future NiphaL
of the
first person
tf:
has
ways
The
3.
fut. is sometimes
PHS^
In
4.
recedes
its vowel
and
of
feminine
the
the
po
IjnH
Note.)
7,
(" 12,
pause
I.
the
in
(Milra)part. H*D^
W^
is
distinguishedby
are
"
with
identical
Rising II),
Chi-
with
optative al
as
14.
PT7Cpp3("
the
found
under
rek
original
principalform
2.
the
with
coincide
forms
"
"
fl
the
B.
6.
occasionallydrops
3.) :
for
iS^'DD
as
"bu?3ri$.
throw
syllabicword,
the
back
into
Tsere
followed
fut., when
and
infin.,imp.
The
5.
shortening
tone,
r.,
PD
mono
the
final
as
"
"O?!
be
j"
"
by
^e
snaU
ne
this
taken
shall
written.
distinctive
6. With
Tsere
he
and
W""]
as
and
refreshed, 7DJH
was
put for
is sometimes
Patach
accents
he
was
weaned.
but
Patach,
ing,
for
9.
to
passive verb
no
in
which
meaning:
it belongs
the
whilst
now,
would
the
the
as
as
"i*O"*nrOpil
being
opened,
the
allow
Kal
reciprocalin
or
imperative.
an
and
mean
the
fifing A/HD
door
1, 13.
(1151^)Ruth
is reflexive
consideration:
nPTin?
participlepassive of
The
differ
of Nif.
plur. f. regularlyhave
persons
Tsere
with
once
imper.
The
8.
third
and
second
7. The
acted
does
upon
not
the door
*O^n n^pn
broken
cane.
noun
in present
take
the time
opened
the
lime,
now,
cane
into
H 7*111
broken
S,
participleis:
of the
Inflection
The
10.
63
NIPIIAL.
36.
"
Stpp4
m.
f.
'P.
m.
(nbt)
n:
f.
EXERCISE
54.
S
27
"nt?
rup^'n j^jx
34?in?^n-33f3
D^
:D3sj?
34
no
DpTiSjf
nin^ nn?
n^
nns
f5PP
39
HIPP
mischief2
wicked1
hide12
arms19
to
shadow
youth42 to
to
to
stumble5
deliver8
foot14
to
to
hide
be delivered4'* the
(theTsere
break9
to
in Pause!
wickedness10
" 14
net11
our
soul1^
bird16
snare17
separate21
shed22
Zion23
to
prosperity24
to
adversity27friend28
not, lest33
of death37
what4
other7
their
neighbour,friend20
that
at
each
meet
take, catch1^
grieved25enemy26
courts32
darkness3
to
take
heed29
neglect,forget34to
be
one's
the
sell38
there39
be
to
transgressor44
before30
delivered35
worker
fowlers"
to
be
long31
multitude36
of40
to
trust41
destroyed45together46the
end, future47EXERCISE
The
And5
vid.
be
soul1 of Jonathan2
as8
the
the
riumher^
was
55.
knits
of6 the
which
with*
children7
will
not
the
soul
of Da
of7 Israel
shall
be numberecUo.
PART
64
the
Is not11
self,I
selves
is
whole12
the
slaves23?
shalt
other
saith the
Thus2*
hand
the
city into
thou
the
Were
Behold2^
king
his
of
out
also
ye
of27 the
escape28
not
Suddenly is Babylon"
17.
Lord
separate^ thy
And5
destroyed2o.
and
thee13?
before
me1^-
from
one16
fallen
this
land
thee, from
pray
EXERCISES.
1.
sold
21
for22
I2* will
of
give2**
and
Babylon,
hand29
but3""
shalt
We
sold, ye
are
caught31 and given into his hand.
sold, thou
(fern.)art sold, ye will be deliv
(fern.)are
in all33 things33 that I have
And
ered32said to you,
be
be
circumspect34..and"
5 connect
with
the
verb
and
shall
be
7TH1
13TJ3S
15'Sj?D14T13
T"*r"
24713
'
-T
VT
22S
23DH3J?
12
-S3
Ni
31 W")n
29JT3
30 '3
"
-T
Ki.
f.
TT
-T
-:
(fem.)19S33
20n3tf
21D:
"T-:
2"rU1'JT
H'Sil 10*120
31#D
43
VT
aS?3
28
27 T3
-T
T-
26 Part.
25
act.
behold
-:
Ni. 34 tour
33
S*3
Ni.
37.
"
The
1.
principal form
the second
With
the
first
part. 7i?TO
In
"
is
allied: the
are
PUAL.
AND
PIEL
Pual
imp.
the
the
Dp"
second
*?Dp"the
fut.
principalforms
two
are
identical.
2. Under
which
the
changes
second
radical
in
inflection
the
found
in
with
Patach
""GBH
as
pieces,especiallybefore
wisdom.
Seghol
speak, D35
3. As
ized
for
to
the
the
conjugations
in
wash, *\"3
first radical
retain
in
as
Tsere,
^t3p"
destroyed and
flJTr*!^ he
three
verbs
is
broke
teaches
"D*!
*"
atone.
Piel
following Dag.,
can
he
13^
has
principalform
the
following
to
Patach
into
even
Makkef
the
pret. Piel
the
their
arid Pual
must
be
vocal
the
preformatives offthese
original Sh'va : as bD*"
other
,
conjugations
PlEL
" 37.
follows
as
n^pp
NOTE
Without
I.
NOTE
II.
The
seldom
participle
the
"
HpStaken,
2.
a
indicating
m.
m.
f.
praise,EC. 4,
"
is
usuallyfi"
: as
signification
HlDtrDp
nominal
under
In
those
dropped
as
or
s^ie dismissed.
in the last
Kamets
8.
UnSt^for HH1?^
that
:
syllable
as
word
in
he
7DpP
is
Dag.
followed
him.
seeks
n-jin
5G.
nnn
T:
12"
ShVa
is often
by
distinguished
19
rrirv
sorceress,
"
fut., when
EXERCISE
of Nif.
ending
by Makkef,
having the tone on the penult, generally take
the final syllable:as ^"CHp sanctifyunto
me;
infin.,imp. and
The
Seghol
like
have
Pual, which
characteristic
part. Pual
T. The
the
Is- 23"
npfc''j?P
radical, the
second
the
and
of Piel
forms
*JtftQ^
as
2, 10.
Ki.
Piel
in
feminine
occurs
6.
is
m.
p|
Pual
P.
8.
P.
Sttpp
and
Pual.
Port.
Piel
S.
f.
Piel
Part.
m.
65
participlesin
of the
inflection
5. The
PUAL.
AND
i%y.
:29v:n"
T
'
"":
vaN
"
ima
T
""-;
:njn
TT
nnronnn
T
"
66
PAKT
1.
33
53S:
nxo
Babylon1
to
prn itfp
rrtormx
reward'*
to
destroy'-
EXERCISES.
7^1
any
act
to
do,
show
words
the
one
to receivers
to
ibnTive'r"4
O
sin"r"5to
singhymns, praisesi"6EXERCISE
stood
Haman1
liolds, the
The
Lord
up
to
make
57.
righteous^shall hp recompensed^
rewards?
the
of
man
violence8-
on
the
earth.
taught9 ye
Miriam11
sung12 praises12to the Lord, with13
(the)lawiothe harp14- I have
preached1^ righteousnessin a great17
congregation16- Did ye hope18 in19 the Lord?
Why20
have ye (f.)not met21
the traveller22^ with bread and wa
ter?
I shall
not
lie,they (f.)will
name25
of
not
God.
lie.
This
to teach
you.
cities29 in the
land
commanded26
Five28
our
(f.)wilt
lie23; thou
The
Do
not
lie, ye will
not
bread.
The
(f.)of
91oS
Pi-
17 an
25
is
[Pi.,-un.]7DW
SDDn
leSnp
in.
PI.
1^3
is
T|T
Q#
Pi.
the
are
2.
principalform
3.).
Besides
The
In
the
in
let
THpbfT*the
all
jp
Pi. 18 13
-
second
other
the
forms
imp.
principalforms
tlie two
even
fut.
which
in
fut. is
lier
not, Ps.
Hence
After
The
fTO*
excepting
""
2, 9.
Seghol:
jugations. in
re
as
wish,
Mos-
Makkef
tone
and
!"
brins fortllj
27, 9. nntriT^N
Conv.
an(^
13"ptD'll
is
Tsere
in
form
especiallyfound
: as
verb
or
fut.
command
I made
Tj^ONJand
\ becomes
regular
shortened
may
stroyed, Am.
Before
the
shortened,
usually
more
in
cut
^PP"^8
1" 24-
Ps.
destroy not,
57, 1.
Jussive.
called:
Yav.
(" 32)
he
generally retains
5.
is
Hophal,
Hiphil by
aposop.
,NVin
4.
19^
part.
prohibitionswith ^X
I.
HOPHAL.
lengthened
expressions of
hide
AND
drawn
are
TLOplfut., 7ipplapocopated
In
"
T:
20;"HD
Dip
lomto
HD*IO
nor
same.
cognized only
a.
21
Pi.
HIPHIL
3.
12
[f.]29D'1
38.
second
6. B.
PI.
-|T
to.
S^^
f?Cp"Ji
(" 12.
is a
mfc
22
tongue
P"-2tfp|1 JDH
-T
30D'12fO
first
the
3^
4i#33
6p"?" 5|H
I-T
"
The
poor.
Egypt.
14-11:3
Pi. 23*"
Pi. 31 131
From
by the
07
-T
24V?n
1. The
in
spoken
HOPIIAL.
AXD
gathered
are
ears
Canaan
HIPHIL
38.
"
in Hi.
not
which
de
as
kingjiJSam.
Tsere
N^"f5?n
laid
ne
first person,
and
but TO^W
I
^Dp^_"
Zee. 11,
T]^'"Oand I cast,'
the
as
in the
hold
become
upon
differs
resting
of the
upon
13.
12, 1.
imp.
and
Job
familiar!
fut.
apoc.
22, 21,
him.
from
the
that
other
of the
afForm.
J"T
*"
"
"
con
and
68
P.ART I.
^bH,
nS'bpil,
as
they
receive
shall
divide,Ex.
6.
In
ever,
the
the
H
'hvn.
the
7. In
drops
and
an^
n^HI
as
she
to
recedes
put
languish, 1.
there
is
takes
to de
"Vftlffo
as
end
an
Sam.
second
contraction
occasionally,how
Vcppil^);
its vowel
rV?0
to
Hophal
tone:
Conv., however,
generally no
remains
form
cause
Vav
26, 33.
With
prefc. the
the
and
place,
in
EXERCISES.
to, Am.
8, 4.
2, 33.
form
with
Kubbuts:
as
Tl^v^nne
is cast? Da.
Ps.
8. The
are
I*1 the
^' 11-
the
one.
reg.
occurs
1,
22, 16.
inflection
of the
in Hiphil
participles
and
Hophal
Part.
Hiphil
f.
Part.
P.
8.
m.
P.
p?0
m.
f. nSt?p"
f. niS^pp?
f.
n^tppo
EXKRCISE
:n-ira
Hophal.
8.
in.
m.
oon
11
4'n
58.
20
jr
'
in
31
rrr)
30
HlPHIL
" 38.
HOPHAL.
AND
f"9
'
D^D
TVS
:nir
Dtr
run
n.
differences
the upper
master,
foundations
upon!3 fundament,
stumble*
to
cause
castlO
to
of 14 to sink
piecell
in,
saido
fasten
to
commitlG
to
al!35
collect. worms^4
worm,
words39
liftup, exalt38
be far ofBO
to
mention
to
EXERCISE
Do
cause1
not
living^
beside
my
not
deliver25
the
your
garments33,
This
woman
7r\D")
snprti
|_.-
15
t^
I
13-S2fN12
141
"
""
Hi.
Sx
27
"
HO.
5-aSnj51
-
18ir"JP3
: T
]
[fein.
10
Juss.
Hi.
411lSrD40
then50
m.
jussiv^ot:1?^,
HOB
ipi^
I-T
'PI
two
ace.
32^3
31
49 mn
mV
T
4snD3n
-
D""O
fut.
Niph.
-T
38
:
iS"
v
^7D3'3x
:
30
-T
39
:
'J3
^Vll
YT
22n#X
2313*013
I~T
50 ?x
If46 your
possession52-
mS
24
Hi.
25 1JD
I-T
nSnj
realm42
the
over
Hi. (with
-T
girl3^is hiding
""
17^or
"."-:"
Ho.
es-
(sing,f.) the
pH
is
naked3^.
the
warned45-
as
shall
strip0ff32
knowledge49?
2*1?
Ye
sons31
This
pit2i.
-.
33DT1J3
42noSfl
43Q^t73
.1133^
my
son
the
who
28
Hide3?
Tiro
""
This
took8
into20
clothe35
and
;"
355T31? 34-ni'33
-T
Hi
Hi.
26^3y
"."*"
^
-:
""
'-
28VJHN
4njv3
T
r\D
191ll^
Hi
20SS 19, 6-
praise4*
dead12
her
My
girls44are
given52 you
-
T:
she
king4!
wisdom48
was
and
master
ye.
made
house4-
Joseph.
money.
The
533^
6^J3
TT-
unto
was
you
good property51
him
daughters^
clothing the poor.
Darius40
taught
father47
to
they stript1^Joseph1?
his
to27
master
Chaldeans43-
of the
to
thy
laid11
slandered24
(pi.f.)this
brother.
and
my
is
Hide
died?
cast1^
servant2^
his
caped2^ from30
child38-
they
Potiphar23
of
wife22
in3
slept15- And
and
coat18
he
bosom10
while14
me13
The
her
hight37
i. e.
praise,
59.
son^ and
her
from
son
his
of
with
strangers to dwell*
lay5 upon
woman
hearken3G
to
lot,fate44-
wall43
over4?
".""-:
40
Hi. 37
36
J3V
I-T
DK
110.45
in*
~
Q'D^l*
7"
PART
"
1. In
Hithpael
2. The
rules
the
I.
30.
HITHPAEL.
two
principalforms
above
given
In
Verbs
as
"V!pJlB"n,for "Mpg"JVT,
with
commencing
coincide.
Before
tf,the fi is
3. Verbs
with
with
"1, tO" M"
commencing
the
^ and
sibilants,assimilate
n^rMbr
as
pret. has
Patach
wish:
final
is
oftentimes
Patach
the
be
name
is thrown
accent
in
Tsere
the
blessed
he
or-
sanc
'thyself,
not
In pause
the
Kamets:
"ITNnn
he
Ez! 7',12.
mourns,
forward
by Vav
pret. sometimes
T^inm
in^"Cliirek: *mHpnn)
13, 7,
S^p/in
hide
into
^NI^
1.
syllable:
expressing command
lengthened
Hithp, :
imp., especially in
D^nn'^X
5.
3,
?p?rV His
lDp"
55, 2.
also
2. Ch,
as
5.
the
fut, and
the
'
Ps.
the fi of
courageous,
future, when
the
in
and
pause,
in
also
occurs
self
one's
in
Patach
usually
show
to
ptnnn
as
sometimes
n"^n
^4.The
clianged into
for
jTTCDyj'
ID-' as
EXERCISES.
Conv.
is sliortened
will
.show
myself
'
great and
form
I.
NOTE
Kameth-Chatuph
of which
is
1, 47.
13, 55.
In
II.
Nithpael
n^'wIXrO
to
Ez.
Biblical
be
preform. n)"
the
theywere
riMHn
D33J1 (arisingfrom
N"^?7
to
be
the
sense
mustered,
DSSJin)
to
be
4.
defiled,Deut/i"4,
num
puri
iDH/1!
she
became
sae
Hebrew
forgiven,Deut.
23,
under
Hutlipacl(with
later Hebrew
is very
lyte, n"*"UnJ
In
as
is
occurrence
made
NOTE
seldom
Kubbuts
,
fied,Lev.
be
of very
purely passive
bered, Num.
to
or
11, 44.
Le.
yourself holy,
show
shall
ye
DJI^j^fTyaiid
-is.
widow,
she
TTVMin}
was
divorced, ^s5tV^^
this
form
three
8.
IHplJI
21,
mfijr'j to
be
times
to
alike/Prov.
be
made
was
ne
was
only occurs:
prose
cured,
etc.
^35^1
instructed, corrected,
27, 15.
6, -Forms
the
7. The
8.
71
by Makkef, takeSeghol: as
followed
inflection
JQJtf)*
16
itself,Job, 6,
hides
snow
IliTlIPAEL.
o9.
"
participleis :
of the
f.
p.
D'Stppjpo
Stsprpn|?$p_jio
f.
m.
in.
EXERCISE
SN
nn
^S
rn
nr
60.
:6S'3
7
DK
:10mS 9n"
j^.
:n
19
to
glory* to
the verb
to know3
understand2
,,to have")
anything6part7 to
self11
one's
contempt10to justify
obtain15
to
delightone's
nised23
honorable27
honor
great32sorrow33
He,
of28
self21
himself
David.
mocked10
falsehood2!)
beat*
at2
to
Elisha11-
Before
Thee16.
hide one's
becomest9
self18
works, deeds22
to
show
to
strange26
distress,
be recog
one's self
sell30 joy31
grieveone's
to
make
David
made
0
is
himself
Lord
forth^
came
we
hiding
out
and
gave
of the
himself12
strange14
unto
shall
be
not
stripped3
Jonathan
Amis
children''
Little8
Joseph
thou
61.
the door.
ert13-
self wise8
(including
multiply34folly35-
to
men
to
cloak, mantle25
EXERCISE
Behold
earn
one's
cleanse
one's self24
to decorate
to
one's
think
surely,truly17
self16
adversity19to purify20to
feign one's
to
city and
in the
his
it6 to
des
brethren15-
Wo
justified1'''.
and
disguising themselves18
putting on1^ other21 gar
ments20Always22 we shall purify ourselves23 and walk24
thine own'^
Lord.
Do
hide thyself^ from
the
not
with25
men
flesh2*-
Consider28
(pi f.)the
deeds'-^ of the
wicked30
and
f2
,PART
turn
awaysi
if in
truth
from
the
I.
them.
Lord
EXERCISES.
Do
has
not
10
i^aS
20DHJ319
is aran.
Hith.
260^
27?pfr3 Hith.
25
17
Hith.
:341fc;ty33jrn 32-l""J[?
31
^H
24
23^^
THE
40.
14133
22TDB
VERBS
PE
comp.
standing
2. When
teph Patach:
is
of the
one
gutturals
Chateph:
of the
that
either
identical
1D_
under
as
the
from
Inf.
const.
is
always
serviles Tjl^
silent,the vowel
'("
3, 3.) 1"j;n,for
homogeneous
the
homogeneous
or
Sh'va
added
to it must
be
the
preceding :
as
with
nOJ"for
for
be
Sh'va
4. If the
for vocal
vowel
it receives
("5.).
10JJ.for 10;
as
helping
The
3.
stand
prnQJ7;to
as
Hith.
with
GUTTURAL.
forms
all the
S^
GUTTURALS.
in
131210
VIL
first radical
the
When
Hith.
7on;*3
CHAPTER
"
2) s D-sop
pTjfle^paSisrnx
Hith.
n"
21?;'Part.
D^3
Chirek
and
being
nJDJfll(Pret.Hof.],TDJ^,
TOj;^In
5.
with
forms
afformatives
the
T\"
"
1^
"
before
of the
vowel
which
the
Sh'va
loses
its Sh'va
points:
from
TOJjn; n-fOJJJ.
from
6. The
verbs
Fut.
as
serve.
*lDl?'_to
Chateph-Seghol:
as
ptfTto
NOTE.
the
form
Sometimes
is
verbs
augmented
with
by
to
the
comp.
10J";HD^n.
npJMrom
as
Chateph-Patach
drops,
13DJ?.i.
the
of
future
radical
second
be
0.
The
in
most
verbs
cases
Fut.
has
A. take
strong.
Chateph-Segholtake Patach,
afformatives:
collect,
as
"1DN*
to
when
bind, with
VERBS
" 40.
7. Some
This
is most
"IpfT
to
the
assimilated }
JJVN"to
in, engrave,
cut
to
case
GUTTURAL.
Sh'va
73
under
with
|1:
the
guttural.
lOfT
as
to
covet,
lack.
under
vowel
simple
frequentlythe
want,
8. The
for
retain
verbs
PE
Fut.
Nif., which
requirea Dag.
Nif.
(" 12, 4.), \\jilllengthen the
compensate for the Dag. : as
for
^
JTTJV "JQJJ*;for*M?'1J!"
characteristic is associated
with
the
gutturals:
as
""|TTto
pursue.
EXERCISE
S'
62.
N*S:4fnj;
5sn!
I2nn
:miD^cnDi
ny
orro
njn
nxn
sleep1 to change2Ethiopian3skin4
to have
vise7
to
dwell8
S9anj;
:38vnirn"x
to de
delight5understanding-6
to draw, deliver13
to rejoice11cit}-12
securely9prosperity10
silent16
oil18
count17
rich19 to lay
to
to become
keep
a fool15 to
intelligence14
hold20
to
examine21
to
fool,simple31 to
believe32
the
words
of28
to
wrath49
hold
learn29 to mourn30
to seize35
wanting33 trespass34
pitch36
way38 prudent man39
simple40 to pass on41 to punish42
to
unjust gain44
lengthen45fierceness,cruelty46 fury47 a flood48
to
be
joinone's self37
ha(e43
to
envy5010
74
I.
PART
EXERCISES.
EXERCISE
In
the
shall
righteous
stand.
this
not
The
fatherless5
the
Lord
the
The
Lord
me,
thus24
of
and
helped20
lence32
am
these
thus
shall
you
and
scabbard41
and
and
heart
my
as22
as
the
you
have
you
of falsehoods1-
sword38
O37
Pi-
Sj?
3withl9nD3
2-
Part.
verbs
where
2.
The
be
"T
cause
put
si
to
radical
Nif. 32
24
oSx
the
in
verb.
15,14T^
"T
w^y
223
Pause
37 "IH
variations
same
in
comp.
36pny
these
verbs
the
as
all those
to
Hprn
as
forms
far
go
"P^J1,
to slaughter,for
'tpfl"f'n
HfJITJ.;
imp.
16^)1
17 1 JD
the
_T
Sh'va:
has
with
GUTTURAL.
Sh'va
taking
fut. and
and
Sconnect
25Bhn
AYIN
|r
":
4o?^
subject to
are
rl;n3
wyti
VERBS
41.
second
the
for
41^r)
Guttural,
Pe
away,
^jn
verbs
These
I will
....
Jussiv
1j5Kr-'r\")^
[f.] 33
34*131
_T
28nnSij; 27iy
"
wick
siro;*
21?,'3*7
18m.
--^
;Nif. 42
1.
[Fut. A] 10yn#
H"'p3
21lSl?Nif. 20-iiy
SDX
plowed25
Let
a 25 7, 5] 29
forsaken23
" 104,
4JT3
-"r
rejoiceth21-
rest42-
12JHH
trusted1^
have
reap27 iniquity28,and8
lying lips33,which
the
heart18
My
you,
fruit30
arrogancy36-
eous
widow.
wicked
I will forsake
eat2-9 the
to
you
raiment17
said unto
edness26)
35
house
do
pledge16
Fut.
The
stands.
not
Pharaoh9
heard1"
(in.pi.) not oppress7- And8
Thou
shalt
thing and8 h$ sought11 to slay12 Moses13do (f.s.) not
servant15,
take16 to
oppress14 a hired14
widow6
in
do
place
the
of4
63.
regularly
are
prrv.
as
3.
Pi.
doubling
of the
first to
the
for
and
Pu.
Hitli., which
second
require the
characteristic
compensate
for
the
omitted
Dag.
under
as
T]")3
for
Before
mains
cleanse.
"
II and
short:
as
y the
*1J"Jto
preceding
vowel
destroy, pTO
to
very
often
re
mock, ""insppto
In
Pi.
shortened
to
4.
and
AYIX
VERBS
" 41.
the
Hithp.
Seghol by
GUTTURAL.
Tsere
of the
back
throwing
75
last
the
syllable is
accent, which
"
often
after
occurs
Yav
Conv.:
anc^ ^e drove
CJHJM
as
"
"
away,
"
.
for "T"U*
and
rntin
word
monosyllabic
or
as
there.
with
one
the
mock
penult
minister
garment1 training,instruction2
to
hew7
to
" 105, 6.
ask18
of19
son
bless8
curse14
to
cast
to
refuse15
to
purify,
to
not3
out9
DiN"19pI
mock4
to
shall
to
serve,
(p.m.) the
the
serve
whether^
gods
of i1
my
people
said15;
to
j
v
grow
old5 to
flee11 to continue12
go10 to
deceit,fraud26
to
boast
one's
selfrs
to
to
the
the
God
which
Amorites12"
we
will
forbid1**
early13
hide17
deny,
to
deal
65.
in truth'2, and
gods,
one's
abhor27-
if
(itbe) evils
house14,
I and
Lord
change21 garments22
to
EXERCISE
Serve1
v:
to comfort, console
clean20
the
the
on
JTJ$7to
DE"
me,
JN
eyes4
tone
when
or
EXERCISE
selfs
for rr\W*"
"
pD"^ to
ministered,
"
follows
he
in
your
whose
the
serve
that
we
fathers^
landis
Lord.
should
in your
you
serveds
you
And
will
orio
dwell;
is
the
forsake11?
the
PART
70
Lord,
to
from
before
Lord,
for
God.
The
God
and
also
the
delivered25-
Lord.
the
whilst*1
lead4^
8 verb
in
you
before
the
the
g 90, 2.]
18
Fut.
Pi. Jussive
23JH3
I
~T
*~
12
DY"X3
seeking 43 #Tl
-
from
22#H3
it
ad
an
welfare44,
to
[f.J2nON
"TlSN 10
21
Q"3 y
HjS
2?TT"
Fut
""
Pi. 33 ^HD
-T
41)
Pause!
-T
-T
Pi. pret. 32
"
46
-T
Pi
}"n
I
J
1
-T;
47 Q'DD
'
26no"
Nif. 34 fio
Pi.
20.1J'J3D
"*"
-T
OKI
28t^^t^
Pu
TT
transl.
as39
with
35H^^
I-T
will
long
_.
TT
36VN3
T:
"TOWl
17 transl.
..
293T3
How
3.jn
DDT#3
'-r
trans,
"11?
13
D^HK
.
24pm
Haste
seeks-*3 your
you,
5Dat.
QVTI
How
man.
regard38 it
ye
the
of'46 integrity4?.
way
7 DX
noun
-ntf"! u'r\*2
it loves42
in
you
commandments?
my
versary^
unto
spring up26
not
the
out
(pi. m.)
cried24
bless30
drove
he
keep
to
We
out2"-
Arid
ye
(f.)does
the
serve
your
righteous. They
Truth
Iie29 is rooted
will
we
deny22
not
despise36intelligence3^will
ye
15
people21;
Do
trieth23
long31 refuse32
tliee33
the
God.
our
Lord
were
of
name
is
he
drove
Lord
for
gods;
all the
us20
the
until2?
other18
serve
EXERCISES,
1.
the
short
vowel
! 45
V
-
" 42.
1.
To
with
this
class
Mappik
" 7)
2. Their
a.
VERBS
LAMED
verbs
belong only
as
the
third
with
H"
gutturals when
them,
hence
the
n1?^ to
send,
require the
mutable
is
vowel
Fut.
"T
take
sound
therefore
before
changed
have
A:
into
as
(T^
Jl (il
radical.
final
other
every
Patach;
""
y and
are:
peculiarities
These
b. The
GUTTURAL.
Patach
furtive
vowels
1, J|,
nn,
frStf'b"
3. The
retain
is
forms
the Tsere
chaned
into
with
and
Tsere
then
Patach:
before
Pat.
as
the
final
furt. must
guttural either
follow,
or
Tsere
NOTE.
VERBS
form
with Tsere
The
at the end
of
but
NE.
jnr*
1. 14.
Job
nns
-
frequently
more
second
11, 37,
Lev.
nnsTjob 30.
n.
..
_,..
the
4. In
77
GUTTURAL.
LAMED
" 42.
sing. f.
with
ends
pret., which
of the
vowelless
nj?Dfc"
for
"
the
consonants,
EXERCISE
66.
pn rji
:n-rn
nirr wrx
to
withhold1
of7 therefore8
to
to
slay15for ever16
or
make
to
anoint2
open9
to
^D^'
xi^
nin"
dumb10
cheer,
to
to
hell11
unto13
the
face"
to
of13
the eyes
heart
abomination
cease6
in14
of19 to
of23
midst
n.
to
cause
p. f.24
oft6 other27-
the
mountains1
of
Tarshish1^
But1"7 to the
67.
that
destruction12
gladden17the
EXERCISE
upon
noon
of5
pardon4 iniquity
Behold
na^
: VDN
Saraiu.
the
And
And
David
king
of
men8
he
said:
Judah18,
did
rose
arise^
which
go?
up12
and
sent1^
thou
I flee^
to
let
you
flee
us
to
r.-uiT I. EXERCISES.
Of the
bled
thyself^
clothes29,
God
will
be
of
voice
overthrown34,
shall
walketh^o
yv"
"I"art. f.
171
that
3 part.
the
in pause
23pll
22nOK'n
30^
31(f94,2)
with
after the
noun
15
.^:p 14^^
20
36
H^3
delivered^.
verb
21713
37 Hi.
be
27
35^^
D^^
12Qp'l 11
19 part,
26Ni.
^fip
6pret.j;T
ff"n
ace.
.42oV)341
2^.H
with
29TJHja 28;nD
,HD3
nprightse
heart, is a'
own
shall
the bringerof
-|fr|
fut. pamg.
in his
wisely4ihe
8 the
Of the
tent35
trustees
Pi. of
rO3
s.
16
38 part,
thy
rentes
but^
but
10;J3D
hast
and*
hum
shall
He
of
Lord
hast
flourish37.
4part. Hi.
thou
and*
be-
aiso
whoso
the
him
to
say22
ye
(is) tender^
before2T
speak.
place the
shall
thu"2i
hearta*
thine
cause23
Lord,
(in wisdom)
w.tii
^3
article
Vav
34Ni.
155^
riDDH
40
nfer
co"v.
33n-3
part.
-tSn
''
CHAPTER
THE
SUFFIXES
OF
" 42.
1. The
IN
suffixes of the
Person:
'Sing.
VIII.
VEE13.
GENERAL.
verb
are:
1.
2.
I"' 3
"J
com.
THE
*"
ni.
DD
f.
used
poetically
for D
'""
in
t.
m.
"
(n
"
T"1
10
NOTE.
2. The
or
"
vowel
suff.
Union
called:
), to
is
are
annexed
vowels;
the future
by
to
to
the
the E.
only applied to
the
f.
:
as
the
10 D3
verbal
pret. by
vowel
verbal
("
it covered
forms
the
or
forms,
"
them.
A.
by vowels,
vowel
("
).
The
ending
union
with
Ix
42.
consonant:
the
"
ending with
immediately:
the
1*7pb''"
^wftp
as
THE
43.
"
vowel
79
killed
Dp ^??Pp ne
as
forms
GENERAL.
they
PRETERITE
suffixes
k.
WITH
the
connected
are
suffixes
Hence
Person.
causes
the
pret.
Person.
2.
1.
all
SUFFIXES.
The
Person.
with
in.
hy
lengthening of the word
the dropping of the pretonic Kamets.
undergoes the following changes:
1.
whilst
me;
3.
0 A?pinto
0?ttp(J3?
T
^riSrrs
into
"gjpT
p.
2.
as
(before^)
middle
Verbs
^pHK
forms
fixes
Tj D5
"
3.
in"
with
'
The
as
this vowel
1, 24.
"
on
this
Seghol ;
"
before
the
the
before
other
"
'
nri"
for
n^l"
undergoes
,
as
inSp^she
"haslaid hold
rUTtf?^
(fear)
EXERCISE
on
Pi. and
the
suf
suff. it falls
S^Dp^tDpD?^p O^p
,
suffixes:
In
garment.
changes
before
sometimes
fVptOp
form
for 1(iri"
1. Sam.
final
into
entirely:
away
retain
to put
love,D^'?1?
to
other
contraction
weaned
him,
68.
::"
ijrNV) :ri:
TJIOD
before
rave
suft*.
80
PART
14
:njnp
ji
nru*
fear3
servants
prove1my
to
EXERCISES.
1.
strengthen'1
my
to
salvation8
the robe
oft
deliver14
straw15
chaff16
all the
days
why10
be
to
to
carry
hurricane18-
EXERCISE
She
didi
him
For4
good
and
evil
I have
everlastingskindness^
(s.f.).
(the) earth,
Thineii
driven^
out
thee
me
hast
of
her
for2*
my
will
the
men
name2"?
do
her?
them?
him?
have
kill1^
We
(is)
has
Ioveth24
(is)
refmed20
Very22
have
have
Thine
Sarah*-*
me.
it.
asked2^
know29
not
on^o
servants
that
(s.f.),
mercy
also^
No1*
her
of 2
thee
them.
house1^.
place
they
(is)Thy saying2i, and Thy
(s.f.) know25
I will
founded^
arid
thou
forsaken
Thou
in this
killed
69.
not
-shorts moment^
with4
Dost
thee
(s.f.)
Who
them.
touch edso
has
thee, (s.m.)
us,
her?
has
her?
9DSlU
6V3p
I
vv
15
,fV3
71
8tDn
*
T
Pi. tin j
31 crn
30TTJJ
I-T
1. The
2.
131D'1
20
part.
29pret.
\-
Cholem
with
THE
suff.
'ntf ,Q#
verbs
Lamed
(Patach),
but
with
the
Pi. with
10
S^J*
_T
to
ace.
have
m.
nrp
on:
""
18 nNT
JJ1H
-
27
26
fut. A.
suff. n"3
..
26 WT
16 with
24
3HN*
""
-T
SUFFIXES.
WITH
the
SNl^
-
Kal, -before
before
17 r"
FUTURE
of fut,
Kamets-Chatuph
The
19
_T
28
ace.
...
\;
spy
1
pass,
"
44.
H^lS
i2nx
-T
1 with
2"H'
._
:"
-T
"
into
3 with
43
TT
21(f.)nniDX
221XD
Thou
5T"JH
IT
14rp!#
-T
arid
clothe6
to
righteousness5
Tj"63
other
and
J3 changes
suff. it
(includingthe
drops :
verbs
as
Ay in
sound
only retain their A
Guttural) not
even
lengthen it into Kamets, the syllable
FUTURE
THE
" 44.
:
one
becoming an open
they pollute him.
irn^J^P
3.
loses
PL
he
Tj"f3jT
4*
count
5. In
union
as
for
me
suffixes
and
its Cholem
as
is
there
union
3. person
forms
\33"Ttn IP
as
stranger. Job
pause,
vowel
2.
corresponding masc.
the
with
connection
me
"
into
changed
clothe
will
The
81
will
'3CO7? he
as
its
shortens
or
SUFFIXES.
WITH
(in 1) before
TlHDN
maids
my
19, 15.
occasionally inserted
syllable
f"
f"
instead
called: Nun
of the
epenthetic,
in^-n^.
These
Person.
Person.
Sing. c.
^-
and
^"
Plur.
13"
and
-l^"
^n
nogn
njp
DI
embrace2
to
be
attentive3
to
sustain4
near9 to put
pride,arrogance7deed, act8 to bringlips12to bind13 correction14 h;ul
stranger, foreigner11
ness6
happy16U"
nj)"
:DJ
buy, acquire1to
make
f.
^"
m.
TO.
n:q
??^ run
3.
*]" (HD"
EXERCISE
are
Person.
2,
1.
HIPP
suffixes
inferior17 to crown18
(" 85.
'2. b.)our
the
bed
far away,
died15
fathers1^
11
to
to
of5
sick
remove10
pronounce
compare20-
82
PART
EXERCISES,
1.
EXERCISE
The
Lord
will
The
ness^.
thee
of4 God
name
from
help6
From
Zion.
Now11
she
will
meet
dost
thou
ask
love
ask
his
thee
help
"
-T-T
in
the
form
to
kill
?DD'
me
2. With
with
13
thee13
meet
him,
wilt meet
Now
set
18
will
love
on
Why
HTl'S 17 Pi.133
suffixes
hus~
16 to whom
'piy
S^D
"I:
l"with
Vav
23
^DJ
8 fut. A.
IT"C"
-f
fut. A.
couv.
SUFFIXES.
with
to its
suffixes
appears
receives
signification
nominal
suffixes
as
07t?p
killing.
suffixes
under
WITH
the
my
(pi.f.)will
connected
or
that
us.
11 HPV
according
They
him,
me
They
INFINITIVE
and
love^o
love* him.
12*3
when
honor17
will
-T
^tppmy
the
Kamets
^J3
THE
the verbal
either
5p_Tj;5
infin. Kal
1. The
Thou
(s. f.),
thee
will
14
Who
you.
191^33
Alt.A. 3HX
" 45.
(art)thou
life1^ ?
Stftf 14TIK
(usually StfJtf)
20
brother
You
7"Hp
will send
me
Thou
her.
high^,
on
Thou
you.
dishonoreth18
righteous-
my
gather them,
my
whose16
will
(pi. mas.)
thee
set
I shall
When12
thee:
ask15
will
to2
thee
sustains
of
out
sanctuary? and
extremity of9 tjie heaven, thy God jpll
the
and
according
me
the
gatherio thee.
(p. f.),her.
you
band2i.
requite1
71.
form
^j,D2" J3 a
the
second
radical
sometimes
:
as
occurs
^T^DN
thy
J
eating.
3. The
infin. 7ftp
assumes
with
suff. the
to
hinder
him.
EXERCISE
nin?
9onty
72.
form
^"DD
as
THE
" 4fi.
IMPERATIVE
niiT
n;
13Dip5:12
nfiD"DT?ri
"
no
SUFFIXFES.
WITH
CDITI
njn
TT
o 18^i
pjst
no
run
Ww?
run
17
give1 the
territory7keep holy8
rise13
when
become
surround9
to
to
T3.
EXERCISE
suffered1
He
produce^
thee
after
morrow7
land.
of the
searchn
to
the
David
has
Arid*
Kuth15
it.
leave
againstzo the
Jews2i
to
of'24
thy
mother25;
thee,
when
thou
the
son,
shall
law
Iead27
thee
17
Sjl
12Pi-
231V:
22
pi. i3x
28 inf. with
3327
(before
no
1. The
2?nnjn
THE
26
in
transl.
7fcppT"the
main
unchanged
the
IM.
the
as
'3rP"*
thy going,
"jn
WITH
before
takes
Jl^tOp
Ayin
and
Lamed
syllable is retained
send
keep
1 fl'SH
verb)
their
in
8 transl.
91^
DHJ
infinitive. The
as
final
shall
IMPERATIVE
?bp changes
form
verbs
devised^
eating
21
into
2. In
not
25?JJ3X 2
Hithp.
.29 with
" 46.
and
Preserve23, my
thou
goest26, it
when
unto
me
has
sleepest2^,it
10 part.
Hln
it out'
spy
of
eaten"
entreat^
them.
Sp^n
to
Hamanis
destroy22
had
the
comfortersio
said14
(s. f.).
Conv.
4Vav
-
they
sent
the
overthrow!3
to
wrong-**- And*
them
do
to
man
manna6
the
no2
eyes12
multiply14see15
many,
from, from6
children
sons,
me;
^?NC*
and
afsk
SUFFIXES.
its annexion
form
the
form
to
"7pp and
lengthened
suff.
17C5P
re
Stpp
of ^
Guttural, the
me.
pi. suff.
vowel
into Kamets
of
:
84
PART
EXERCISES.
1.
74.
EXERCISE
ob"
rrn
:rnrv
tr'p.3
:nplV3
^wvrj^
^350
accordingto
ration5
pun9
that
ye
avoid15
to
redeem7
fear"
to
throat11
table12
the
Kemember
me,
I may
them
from
among11
far
And
said
he
draw2i
thy
for2
become
clean,
enter14
to
on"
the
to1
me
to
king.
only5 this
pray,
enemies^.
my
thy
dwellis
wrong1^
sword22,
in
thrust
and
therewith24,
sal-
my
Gather^
the Lord
people^ (pi.). Fearis
iniquityis (be) in thy hand, put it
letis not17
away1^ andi7
or
teach4
the
If14
Him.
love
to
heart13
strengthen4me,
avengeds
be
that?
rnrr
75.
entreat1
prays, and
once6"
and
and
(pi.m.)
me
truth3
Thy
cleanse,purify8 to be
EXERCISE
Hear
in
lead2
to
thy
revenge16persecutor17-
to
:7"$n
^ij;p
:y^'n TO
rinx
rio-teousness1
my
deliver6
to
rnrr
vm^D
nin? nj;T
pr
"34T!'?^
nrw*
:^j^|
nirv
thy
tents20.
through28
me
and*
come26
thrust
Hear
Hear
(s. f.) us.
Help (pi. m.) him.
Help29 (pi.f.) me.
(pi.f.) me.
Bury30 (pi.f.) her, for she is a king's daughter.
optat.with
8Ni.
17
SKI
HI.
16
abuse28
and*
through
me
71
D,DpJ
prn
me.
UDN
WJIK
^K
4Pi.
pm
i2nu;u
XT
29
"
The
THE
47.
Conv.
*Vav.
PARTICIPLE
of
participles
ni^
nominal
my
or
Kal
according
verbal
keeper.
3, Hith.
and
to
S
ion.
njp
hhtf
WITH
27
1 with
as
^HP^
9'TN
pp
2. HI.
D"1?^,26^3^
final Tsere
receive
signification,
their
#}Q
|^
25
|3
SUFFIXES.
suffixes:
i8"io4,
19ni?!^
20T^^
B^JJI 22T]3"|n aisjS^
28 with
ne
wno
and
either
keeps me,
" 49.
THE
PARTICIPLE
SUFFIXES.
WITH
EXERCISE
76.
nirr
HIPP
rrsriiN
JOHN
:D"D
"0^3 16W
n??nn
nin
nin
to
be
or
become
guilty4to
corn9 enemies10
to teach16
drink11
her,
wine, must13
new
shade18
say30continually31
devote
destruction35
be
to
ruler26
of the
the
of him
king
that
force
ing",
The
hand
seekis
Him
for
shall
be
blessed.
the
83
7DN""3
*S"
17 T
63
and
5Pu.
butso
needy29
leibKj?15
-^
3Pu.
14 "3
of28
the
the
Him23.
that
unto26
from
133
13TTX
that
2Dative=to
12 D
king,
H^Tt
say
that
wrath22
shall
be
deliverest27
robbethso
the land
in
is
that curse24
thee
who
Thee,
by8
to ask
enemy
His
They
bless2^
him
but7
all them
and
21
power
shall not
ashamed*0
was
(is)upon*
His
they
is like
ija# 4^7
therein^,
us
that forsake
who
the
For
God
our
cursed, and
Lord,
poor28
ofi?
word
as
I will curse,
lands
The
against12
spokenis unto
had
we
them
it.
help
to
goodi9;
(is)against*all
thee
because14
way:
shed^
up15
77.
give8
destroyed37-
These
the
to
confusion21
curse34
to
God3
store
hearken27
to
great32salvation33
shall inherit36 to be
EXERCISE
be
gather1*to
to
clothe19 adversaries20
to
messenger84faithful2^
servant29
to
to
the alien12
its children17
the
swear5
is)holy, consecrated
him.
part.
25 Pi. part.
24 part.
rpa
23
^N
^n
30 part,
EXERCISES.
1.
PART
86
22
part.
f3K
foj,"20)
21
29J1"3K28-Jj"
27
The
all the
verbs
48.
the
of which
peculiaritiesof the
Tsere, hence
i,
N"2
VERBS
Pe
verbs
e.
the
2.
In
they
In
Guttural.
first radical
the
have
bake,
thou
wilt
the N
drops:
five
the
the
will
I shall
"j^K
the
^]D{J"
the
syllable has
generally Patach,
3, 3.
nHK
6. B.
In
to
Vav
Conv.
with
Job
20, 7.
^3tft\
as
to take
form
tHNS
6, 1.
Tsere
distinctive
is for
accent:
S^Ntfl
1. Mos,
3, 14,
the
accent
Kal
of
1DX
with
back:
is thrown
:
^jtf"J,
S"is n'DNSifor
3.).
the
come,
for
"pK"
and
2, 16.
inf.
The
(" 12,
6.
hut
syllables with
say
N1N
regular
final
With
5.
verbs
rtTN""^0*12. Sam.
in
to
first person
N"":
1. Mos.
the
of the
Job
4.
the
form
part used
most
or
"ON
to
Cholem
say."The
beside
"1QN
In
perish.
3. The
following verbs:
quiescent in
he
eat, 12W
as
Cholem
be
to
some
K,
Kal
fut.
perish, PDN
i"T")N to
are
partake of
is ft
first radical
of
fo3)
Buff.
(beforegravr
26
VERBS.
IRREGULAR
1.
S'.^
18 Pi- Part-
IX.
CHAPTER
"
mtoS
19
verbs
the
TfX
N
to
go
away,
quiesces in
nr"stv"inx^for
*)(1N to
Tsere:
as
tarry, to delay,
StNSfor
^WN"
r".B.
3.).
VERBS
" 49.
N"7.
EXERCISE
:4mpn
T|
3niEQ
DIN
78.
:
10
#5:1 9w?n
13
'973 nnpw
SN
"v?wi
16^D
mm*
nrrx
yssh
*nxn
"
87
toTvi
:e
"-
""
16vo#
"D
T
"
^DIID^
nin'o
""
VT
lie,falsehood2
witness1
ply /iis)4fig
falsehood11
"
fruit6
tree5
82/5.and $ 83, 6;
way13 hightof14
ruins,destroys12 my
in
accordingto'24 dough25
proportion,
drive
ened28
that2
ye
the
to
shall
he
the
give10 us
fish^,
which
the
not
did
we
of
bread
is not19
with20
SVavConv.
Wfut.
15 rn
In
And"
'
23
^p
verbs
6 fern,
7T3X
22
nipn
49.
of which
said:
remember
(pret.)the
"WK
thee, but17
asses21
5 Ni.
12 HJT
"-:"
"
shall
of Israel9
of Israel
the
ISD^XD
14Di)n
jn
]."-
he to
children
The
"
1.
saith16
to thee.
to hearken
righteous
es-
who
evil
thee.
We
the
shall
Not
in
eat
an
children
eat10?
flesh11 to
nant
171
the
doings4.
patience of6
the
Ands
in vain7-
he
not
because1
righteous (man),
eat
leav
79.
EXERCISE
Say
unleavened27
sojourned30now31-
I have
out29
of16
sons
(" 85, 3)
cakes26
soul10 lie,
unto9
his heaven15
n.
expectation,
(sup
reach
flesh,body8 meet,
sword7
p.
in
dies3
when
DH
21
VERBS
are
of22
lllifS
heart18
will
not
Kish23
4^n
10 Hi.
were
n3
SDX
(give to eat)
'3
"3
TT
TT
or
his
(fern.)m'jinN
20
D;"
19^73 18 fa"?
N"1?
.
the
third
radical
is N"the
tf
qui-
PART
88
into
Patach
final
ens
syllablehas
the final
whenever
esces
Kamets:
Lengthening, 3.);N^D
the
other
fut. of all
E, and
or
for
NVO,
length
14.
("
N^?
full.
afformatives
Kamets:
(fiO)
in the
HK"D"
quiesces
pret. of all
The
3.
in
pret. Kal
the
in
as
be
to
consonantal
the
Before
2.
EXERCISES.
I.
throughout
the
middle
rest
like K*V
E,
of the forms
to
Tsere
fear, retain
fiN*y
as
"
*fiN*7DI
have
filled.
The
4.
n$yb
ntfmfor
as
Prov.
naOt?
njn
jiro
Zech.
EXERCISE
80,
J19"svpp
nx
has
nN?|H
8, IB.
contraction
by
3.).
Infinitive sometimes
The
NOTE.
6. B.
(" 12,
formed
the termination
13, 4.
F\tf
niEtT
or
j"T),
Ez. 36, 3.
"own
nj;
nin
father1 one2
brother7
cast14
find19
sweet24
to
upon
afterwards25
to
to
s"ui39 ($ -25,7)40
to
to
hate21
fill26 his
be envious30
injure34to
clean10
(thesurface)16multitude
heal, cure20
to
fathers9
profane8our
bread15
friends of29
wound,
to
bind
men
oft1
of
after many17
gravel
(" 83,
to
up35 to split,
thy hcart'll-
deal
treacherously6
againsthis
renew12
within
me13
right11
to
to
dush^G
stones28
6 ) crown32
days18
agreeable,
(" 85,
gray
to
2.
hair33
n.
unrighteousness37
a.)
to
p. m.38
VERBS
50:
"
f""j.
EXERCISE
I
heal1
said, Lord
great6 sin5-
in
the
the
camp,
Eldad
and?
do
my
him,
enviest20
the
thou
25
IXtf
8Ni.
9'rtf
Moses:
to
Joshua17
And7
And
said unto
Moses
would22
G-od22
Jehosheba30
and
and
that22
is not
ear25
intelligent
stole Joash31
he was34
hid35
in the
years.
TVavConv.
23
fut. nr\o
SI^ST
24fut.
[fern.]fTX
six
Lord
of the
house
them.
Athalia33,
from*
him
hid32
man16
young
And7
(the) men
they prophesied15 in
sake21?
isfound2^-
(man)28 wisdom
sinned
Eldad12
was
in the camp.
forbid19
for my
of9
Lord's
filled24 with26
and
prophesy
lord18 Moses
said:
and?
against*
have
ye
two
one1*
Medad14
(there) said
Medad
and
people:
of the
of the other13
name
the
unto
name
sinned3
for I have
(there)remained8
And?
campio? the
the
all
said
Moses
And
Thee..
81.
soul2-
my
89
Ni.
20 part Pi.
21
22?^-^
D'N'3J
193
KJp
U-
TT
32 m.
SO^T^IH;
ever
it should
ond
radical
for
36
35
the
take
not
receives
e.
place:
imp., i drops
infin. and
form
of the
imp.
these
2. With
is found
of this
(See 3
ye.
vow
with
"^,
Makkef
before
second
.touch.
3.
In
or
(See 3
most
cases,
lose }, when
as
the
sec
as"*",
forte:
Before
gtitt. the
(ibid.).
pX^" ^I^JT!
compensation, the
"*'"}
as
(Dag. lene);
tl" H W
occasionally:as
in
radical
of this
34 "TH
K3H
The
regular
C*ftJleave, VHJ
".)
verbs,
third
Dag.
word:
pargog.
to make
order
ending
is %
without
the
26:3
f'i).
part. Hith.
doubled, i.
is
assimilation
In
take
2"p3j -7'ri3^
fut.
verbs, of which
The
1.
VERBS
50.
"
D":^1
37
.*'J"3D
NL
29
is
the infin.
H"
"
guttural:
,or
as
fi"
H^
dissylla
"
'
when
Mjy
to
".)
these verbs
have
fut. and
imp. 0,
90
PART
many
A:
as
with
"fut.
0,
The
4.
the
EXERCISES.
^JD"to fall,fcty.
regular:
are
verb
The
imp.
"
besides
for
aiformatives
the
final 3 before
its
assimilates
for
DH^
as
(2) ; with"D^
UjrU;
of
irregularities
the
it also
Jl and
infin. of verbs
and
*?b}inf. ^535
as
the peculiarity,that
}''")
verbs
'
I.
^H,
10*? riflD; imp, fjl,\Jtf-J,
J
with
parag.
'
In
5.
njT7
take, the
to
is
analogous
to
the
of
Fut.
j"fi.
the
for
verbs
Hp^
(" 14,
Short,
b.); but
Ni.
EXERCISE
12on
always
82.
^3"
$"
17y:)D
jr.K
xp
jt] np 40:
nin? nn?
:nnir
to
dig1 a
npn
down4
fence5
to l"ite6
contemn8
all,every
thing9for.,in behalf of10 soul,life11
retain
anger13
sc.
knowledge24
off29 shoes30
chaff36
to
make
the mouth
form, make18
afar off23
to
from31
drive
properly42-
son-5
my
to
forth,utter20
thy
heart26
step near33
wind38
perform15
to pay,
of19 to pour
feet32
away37
vow14
iron39
to
my
to turn
ways27
kiss34
earth40
to
to
root
serpent7to despise,
revenge12 to keep,
to plant17to
Iooki6
an~ay21 backward22
to
observe28
out,
to
put
persons41(coll,)
substance,
Verbs
"51.
"'3*
EXERCISE
he
made8-
from
Lord
give
to
thine
give
him
to
the
dreamed23,
earth, and
deliverethsi
said
inherit3?
not
to
9fut.
lorpitfS
is
26 part. Ho.
25
fut.
rnn^
Thy
StfJ
i4Couv.i
30 fern. Hn
39^33
the
.Rightaway33
help^e.
This
my
Thou
woman
will
infra
47153
him
eat
211
sen;^-
D^JX
20
28 part.
aj"jj
12 PI. nan
i3nD"ip
22-^
^Sn^
san-a
take
And
on*
up26
we
29
I will
to-morrow*!5 -via
23oSn
and
life.
house88and
son
us
son89
ensn
OITJ
24 rm.
D;?p
4ooi'n
4innn
give
and
me
heaven.
to29
father's
our
isnit.
16TU
a* J
31 Hi.
8^3
o. nyj
irnnoy
DK
in
set
To
Lord
vow1*?
thensi
his
death32.
me:
day40 and
to
ladder25
from
devised-^5-
they
shalt
behold24,
of22
days
the
(which)
thy lips11
man-child20,
the
eousnessso
life3*
and
made-t
wilt remember
if18 Thou
all
and
vowed15
she
handmaid19
Lord
He
flesh3-
evil
from
10
And!-*
of Hosts*7?
wilt
his
tongue
speaking!2 guileis.
said
he
thy
Keep9
83,
touch
and
pits,and
hand
forth*. thine
Put
91
^n?
Hi.
pU
34-^33
SSDJST
'-.":"
into
a.
classes
three
Dagesh
jTyn)
to
strew,
py
?". The
second
letter
for
"
DD'J
pour,
class
of Hi.
Hi.
radical:
fire,to kindle, JW
on
to
'
is but
the
changes
"
=
and
divided
are
is used
are
four
e,
Hi.
(Ni. flV-J
'
spread down,
to
form.
retains
Chirek
by
verbs,
as
indicated
fi"*
to
"1^ to
fut. Kal
The
D^YCPatach
+
out,
pour
In this class
the second
as
quiescesin
all forms
from
set
is
which
is assimilated
'
e.
letter.
in the next
all have
which
comprises those, in
3"", i.
verbs
in the
""
first class
The
"""
first radical
the
of which
verbs
The
1.
VERB?
51.
"
into
Chirek
Tsere:
as
weak
and
1W\
as^tp"",
1.
PART
this
T""" and
The
of
class
this
of the
In
Hithp.
from
the
1 in
to
know.
J?T,
The
good,
In
to the
the
the
middle
the
not
-l^H (12,
for
In
2.
ing
the
I1?"
With
of the
word,
re
usual
one
The
the
preformatives
form
now
aslV,
1^;
V-
conv.
but
vowel,
'
drops.
"
have
'
syllables,lengthen
open
for
2T.).
7. b.
fut, Kal
"T^U
TT"for
to
at
as
which
conjugations,
homogeneous
changed
have
preformatives
1 is
to.
few
the
verbs
The
class.
in
now
":
awake.
to
^H"
third
into
those
at
pret. nVu,
Ni.
turns:
to be
word
letter
original1, being
the
straight,right, 3fc"
properly V'"),but
are
characteristic
apoc,
belong
for Din
T""
(fut.W
T"
wail? lament,
'"5
beginning
the
be
to
to
V?T"
verbs
other
and
verbs:
IB*
T"0
suck,
to
pr
c.
belongsix
class
EXERCISES.
in
Hiphil
with
conv
"'
171*1
3.
About
half
with
future
others
4.
drops
The
infin.
and
the
have
verbs
retain
possession of,
take
to
these
"
is formed
5.
The
the
they
imp.
fut.
6. The
to
be
second
are
Occasionally,it
or
DC^with
"P"
Kal
of the
class:
to
B^**JW
"n",
inflected
Verbs
dry, ^
become
go
like the
third
with
as
*like
Chirek
E.
:
The
"''^"
as
inherit.
to
const,
^niTO.
future
quiescent in
jfTJ^,
ft-"
the
i.
y",
e.
the
"
has
the
fern/termination
down.
POp',
parag.
LTT
to
take
possession of,
(3)" but
class:
in
like
as
7. The
verb
forms from'"jD:
Tj"to
iut,
go,
Kal
belongs to
T]^,imp.
Tp,
infin.
irregular
HjS"
Hi
VERBS
" 50.
In
it
all cases,
is
verbs
Tj^Hpret.
from
as
the
where
however,
inflected
v'2
Kal
EXERCISE
v'"
regular
are
part.
TJ7J1,
Kal
84.
niir
rot
rny?
: trNrrns
^p
rq^
i7NjD
nin
is^pin
JWQ^
ll\h]
J^nnn
nj;
'
nin
^i
"39
40 ''
41
42
jn
r^^-i *i\S"W 13
sons2 the fear of3 slander,Vin
statute, law1
both
of them6
night11to be
days16 a
kindle25
to
be
in
burn26
to
what43
weary48
every
do
pleased
to
help,
to
to
one44
bitter49-
Levite13
to
bear,
from
make
make
anything22
succor27
to
consent*0
bring forth14
squanderer,prodigal18
spread down,
sleep38 alone39
damsel9
the
to
whither31
fatigued30
there34
to
to
be
to
of8
father
good,merry12
drunkard17
thee21
before
together7the
"-jSn
to slander4
to
become
make
to
and
dwell40
thaf doeth45
to
be wearied29
to
make
be
rare46
troublesome41
thy
foot47
to
ascend33
to
grave36 together,at
weary,
increase15
lodgeall
add,
object of praise28to
praise,
one's
sit down5
to
be
one
time37
words42
satiated,
^4
PART
1.
EXERCISE
Kebuke1
not
wise
man5;
and
he
will
love
wise
man,
and
he
will
be
and
he
the house
And*
of
the
mourning1
king put
him.
on
And*
shall ask19
1-
their
fathers21
Iand29.
ters
of32
Jordan
hand
thou
God
thyself of43
day47
6 fut, A.
71HT
Labor39
father
to-morrow44;
bring
may
forth4^.
22
in
31
Hi.
37
inf. (connect
inn
t. t. come
do
36
433
DV
and
27
283
37)
42Hith.
36
.*Vav
"
verbs
The
second
DO
now
radical
1.
hence
word
Dag.,
as
The
termed
which
35
D3\D
to
inf.
your
4113J;
Conv.
48
to
over
come
SSn
do
5-2. ArERBs
18-2)
17
13_J?
passing
yy
Juss. HIT
ace.
ep-"
with
ace.
5^3^
33
S
47
J"T
'23D'J3X
32
DD'J"3^
39Juss.
Qf
SHI.
16lb"S
241
Hi. pret.
341^
over
1 Hi.
""
with
25
good48-
I "."
HI.
what
not
V1)
J3
""-[
JTJ?
38
^^
46fut.
lS"
T3J?
45 tut.
letter is
generally
similarlv
written
to
the
at
but
the end
once,
of the
("12,4, Note).
!QD
resultingmonosyllabic
is vocalized
thee
not
:
Irregularities
The
repeated
with
2.
"
26
pT
j^S
Juss.
4KJJ#
.-
Know
Boast42
We
wStfltf20
DP13X
SOHti^r
30-)5J?kX
21
Him.
u1?:^ 1QnpS 9
123
rich40-
knoweft45
know37
might
to be
wa
passed
were
ye
for thou
will
on28
up81 the
earth
the
serve41
DDtlS
dried
not
and
15
of38
your
Jordan2?
until34
you83,
people
let know25
this
God
your
hold17
saying, what
shall
ye
over26
before
thy
just man
children20
your
come22;
to
came
Lord.
of
saying1^ lay
When18
up.
Lord
all the
of the
the
the
to a
(instruction)
; teach8
hand,
Then24
from
That3^
over35-
the
Forso
his
in time
dry
stones23?
Give
yet7 wisei-6
forth15
his hand
these
(mean)
in
increase9
will
thee.
rebuke
thee ;
scorner2"
85.
word
regular
from
this contraction
verbs,
but
differs in
recedes
regular
verb
imp.
DD.-
as
for
SbfJV
(comp.
of the
for
verb
J?"J?
.:
!Dp",
like
Patach
have
excepted,which
fut. Ni.
and
Infin.
I.
NOTE
in the
radical
second
fut. DD""
SfafJ?
like
!Dp,
first radical
the
to
95
yy
of the
vowel
the
:
particular
this
VERBS
52.
"
stead of Tsere.
3.
drops,
for
for
DD""
forward
is thrown
the tone
when
this
hence
Mp!;
Kamets
(" ^.
n^PJI
as
Keject. 1.)-
T)"
fl;
"*
of the
rO2D
future
5.
vowel
as
radical,
similar consonants,
Cholem)
in
the
enters
instead
7.
ened
:niD"
With
into
Seghol:
S.
235P"
of
Dag.
are
Cholem
1 the
Kamets-Chatuph,
Before
and
the
meeting
long vowel
Thus
the
regularly
in the
of three
(invariably
forms
Poel,
inflected
as
niinpn*
convers.
as
imp.
require Dag,
avoid
to
"
J"U in the
with
Hith., which
]D5P
as
fOD
or
order
in
as
in the pret.
is Cholem
H13D
as
forms
the
and
and
rvtopn* H^P
Pi., Pu.
In
vowel
one
vowel
in
Hi., and
in
second
M^3P^
as
the
more
:
defectively)
helping
This
fut. Kal:
6.
'"
to avoid
"!)
but
helping vowel
This
radical.
(writtenfully or
the
to render
2)
with
consonants
(f)
consonant
is used:
vowel
helping
three
of
meetin^
f"QD
f"U)
^"
with
begins
aiformative
the
When
4.
DCn"
DOT
suffixes
and
of the
the Tsere
fut. Kal
is short
same
change
takes
place,
for the
96
I. EXERCISES.
PART
same
reason
IIT
He
may
be
gracious
"
to
us
shall
Jinjnf) ye
instead:
solemnize
'JtS^*Hiph.
as
it ;
"J3p?, Tsere
Kal
In
II.
to
they
the
Tsere under
I
and
DD3
DOT
"
"
29, 7.
Eze
"
he
cuts
Dagesh compensates
cal,
it
as
fut. Kal
1. Ki.
Ex.
3D*
9, 8.
and
3CV;
to
-fp"
bow
DT
with
as
occasionally:
he is
p")j
broken,
11.
in
the
final
the
vowel
syllable,
27, 2.
and
omitted
one
of
the
forte
Dag.
in
the
Hi.
shall
Dfc*'?
Dp!
Jud.
preforma
second
in
be
follows.
radi
Chaldee
18, 23.
1"
86.
rnrr
D^nS-S
lo-
^inn
Dt^
Snr
18
Sis
nin
"
17
astonished,
23, 21.
19
^p JO
head;
EXERCISE
or?
3,
has
19, 6.
embittered, Job
(fr-DD1)"
the
verbs
has
is short
for the
generally
occurs
Cliolem
verbs
Ho.
and
(according
49, 23.
^
of these
Tsere
Patach
be
in
of these
takes
gutturals:*1DH
In many
V.
NOTE
sometimes
Hi.
POD*
as
bitter,Is. 24, 9.
has
syllable
the
upon
it is hot, De.
OH*
Am.
spoiled,
are
(the
Gen.
fut. A.
sometimes
'
they
VD3
especiallywith
rnn
final
^p.3fi?P^
IV.
NOTE
the
in
Ni.
III.
NOTE
The
5.
middle
arrows.
*")"* it is
: as
preformatives
despised,G-en. 16,
am
forward
of
examples
24, 24.
Job
lifted up.
are
Chirek
regular verbs:
as
found
are
into
thrown
with
as
"
is chosen
b.)
here
not
'"
}"
n""
afformatives
NOTE
is
accent
The
9.
Kubbuts
or
nri
"
V'tfAND
"i?"3#ncnn?
Di*n
t?"' nin?
n^n
nprn^'N*
j ^S wx*n
44
("24, 3.) to
Gibeon12
der17 thunder18
to
covenant
my
door34
turn35
to
beat
down49
to
bed37
be
he
The
Lord
of12
the
rolled*
fendi"
keep
the
stone5
from6
will
defend!"
wicked
Sisera22the
desireth13
city,to
Lord,
Hazael34?
us.
the
Lord
them.
was
(He)
to
save39
to
do
to
the
save20
mouth
of 7
Jerusalem
you,
it.
2^' shall
And
of
thou
The
u.
And
Lord
He
wax26-
compass30
wells.
soul
him
I will dediscomfited2!
that trusteth27
about30-
Bc-
will be
gracious33unto
Israel.
And
Syria35? oppressed3**
graciuus37 to them
whom
the
God, that32 He
king
the
neighbor is not fa
will 'I begin16 to mag
mercy
in the year.
me
evil, his
I pray
break, make
feasts to
his
this
defeat21
ST.
tliou slialt
of Hosts^
in
i*
to
terrified,
dismayed47 to recede48
vored
thun
cause
astonished,confounded50-
times2
And
p. f.
to
Arnoritelo
I will increase/"3
laws, to rule38
n.
be
thus27
measure32
begin43
open,
(sc.life,)to
confound20
to
so,
to
inscribe
to
EXERCISE
Three1
valley15 Ajalon16
("96, 2.)42to
embitter46
Almighty45 to
rnrr
outcry, cry
my
moon14
year25seventh?6
as30
hin"e36his
name41
evil40 my
still13
narrow
commit4
roll,to
to
then7
festival23 seven24
celebrate22
void28
28
wi-n
DW
works3
many2
stay, stand
to
25rm"3
:jm^43Sr?D
n"S
weakened6
fur help5to be languid,
sun11
29
21!"jii
"? :4(7l.n
mn
be
97
nsrr
adverb1
^y
rS"n?*^S
^Ofi^
mix
mn
VERBS
53.
and
blesseth^a
had
compassion-^
(js)blessed40:
13
and
on
(he)
98
PART
whom
thou
downH
e^D
curseth-u
5pK
is cursed-12.
soul45?
my
EXERCISES.
1.
hope^e
Vav
thou
y?J
Conv.
Why13
in-*7 Q0d
keep
to
D'S
'VV
14 HO.
fut.
"
no'S^iT
ia#3j
isnniK
pn
iom.
"-T
yty
20 Hi.
19 pret. with
Vav
Conv.
24 Ni.
253
26JJ1T
27part.nD|
se
40 Pu.
Pi. fut.
39
part.
:47i?
45
53.
"
class
the
those
verbs
compared
similarity or
points of
Conv.
Hith.
VERBS
best
are
Vav
fut.
nn#
the
15
Conv.
1, DDH
fut.
233
Conr.
Vav
41
fut.
related.
second
To
this
radical
is V
difference
be
can
TJ"^
29npn
42 Ho.
i"y
the
with
""
^n
37 fut. with
QrH
nearly
are
Hi.
fut. DDD
43 HD
AND
of which
with
ace.
16
21 tut.
SOPL
with
yy
^y
Si J
22"OCTp
subn
321
44
belong
which
(f.)-B'SJ
23 Qnn
pn
orn'joyrn'rr
17 Pi. inf.
Wy%
ODD
33
fut.
pj
"p3
Sn1
46IIJ.
To
cast
JUfl
feast
them
art
rendered
the
most
conspicuous.
In
The
1.
in the
pret. Ni.
These
weak
the
tween
and
esces,
cal:
for
insertion
and
6.
cases),
rare
peculiarities
originatefrom
letter 1 cannot
and
as
retain
its
Cholem
and
with
instead
Dj"5"
of DlpT5inf.
B.
3) f
Hi.
an
verbs
open
before
Hi.
not
principle,that
Dip
power
be
following vowel
either
drops or quia
recedes
for
"
D'jTT,for
to the
Dp;
first radi
fut.
D'lbn ("
syllablebecomes
diflor from
the
consonantal
between
(not even
preceding vocal Sh'va,) the 1
These
and
Ho.
vowels;
now
in fut. Kal
helping (union)vowel
afformatives,but only in Ni.
6.
Dip? (" 1T2,
Chat.
vowels:
of the
two
pret.
" 12,
long
(Tsere in
consonantal
5.
monosyllabic.
Kamets
forms
4. The
Kal
y'ty-
preformatives have
3. The
in
is
stem
2. The
the
with
common
D^pN
ibid.
3.)'(Kamets-
VERBS
" 53.
The
a.
vowel
quiescingin
has
NL
Patach
NOTE.
In
t^'13to
verbs
occur
" 12,
be
Cholera
Part,
B.).
TUX
as
b.
middle
with
6.
Hi.,
in
""
for
"
pret., and
in
the
0:
inf. nto;
fut, is al
light,tf13
to
come,
came.
Dp*" with
is
and
E.
no?
be
to
he
and
Tsere
inf.,imper. and
the 1 of the
verbs,
apocopated
8. The
with
fut.
some
quiescentin
ways
in
(for runs
ns
nnp,
DlpJ
\ " 12/7.
for
Kal,
it.
Cholcm
final
99
AND
Vtf is longer: 1 in
in
vowel-letter
b. The
V'y
Vav
Couv.
DJT1*
gutturals 1D*1"
The
9.
usual
form
paradigm:
in the
and
of 2.
HMplpp;
3.
like
form
fern, is
pi.
pers.
given
is sometimes
jrjfc'jtl
with.
met
Several
10.
double
the
modify
verbs
Vj; in
first radical
with
common
as
signification:
IT^H
the
to
Some
as
the
pass
to
Note
y"y (" 52
night,
thus
rest, (T^H
to
cause
5.)
J^H
to
to
complain,
murmur.
Verbs
11.
quiescent"
'"J?, Verbs
have
having
twofold
inflection
(H
having removed
and
Several
H).
possess both
The
NOTE.
Kal, by the
he
forms
fut.
"veVbs
(Vy
rel, Kal
*"y :
of
understanding,Job
Not
II.
and
and
seldom
Kal
v'#): ^U
Hi.
D1"*
to
to
they
are
par
syllableof Hiphil
occur
VJ7 and
radical
of
Hiphil can
signification
only:as J^
givesthem
NOTE
verbs
of
in Kal
characteristic
the
second
for their
and
J^ and J^
as
be
he
"
from
distinguished
understands
that of
(Kal), DTDn
32, 8 (Tliphil).
Hi.
rejoice,Kal
in
agree
and
and
Hi.
Hi.
sense
2T\
etc,
in
these
to
quar
100
PAKT
EXERCISES.
1.
EXERCISE
88.
5Din
DIB";~"DIOIK
IK o
raiS
18Dnpc"17nrn
pK
|
23iD"
niir
noDra
T
"
""
"
:;pr
"p
IK
12npt?
K1?
I5pton
DVJ^
21pn
"
n-Sx
K^r?13iy?
:16irv39njn
:221KDD
:
SD"
9n?
^x
nnn
DHN*
nin*
*-
wy
^"
25Sba :
IK
vn^'Nn
43
42
nn
JJQD
nin?
^3 : DysTi
y 61niKn
to
honor6
turn14
lished19
to
to shake33
move,
put away38
raise45
placeof the
be rich46 "
prepared,ready54 war55
that3
the
they
Lord
may
spake1
search4
lies18
found,
to
be
to
shout
at
to
the
with
stones
his
help,victory56deed, act57
to
to
totter,
joy37
of41
to
to
head43
re
put,
first44
attend48
to
kill52
bring,lead58-
89.
Moses,
land
re
exult, re
wait32
to
(prop,to come)
head, hence:
to
saying :
of Canaan.
to
to
to be poor47to mark,
preten,d
desire,lust of51
disappointed50
to
up5
firm,estab
26, 6.
EXERCISE
And
tell17
to
rise
to
open-eyed12blind13
shout, sing36
to
to
wrath30
grief39 to set40
(from CrJO)
pretend
deaf11
hair4
gray
.away29
turn
vineyards35
anger,
.to
or10
his throne22
up, fix24
soft28 to
set
raise34
to
mouth9
establish21
to
joice26answer27
make8
to
(of a building)23to
void
Sends
And
men,
tin?
men
went
up5
and
came6
they
returned?
from
they
And
days".
wordis
thou
sentest
less^
the
be
And
they murmared20
God
that22
by26
fal!25
Let
And
the
the
sword.
raake28
us
and
ed33
(and went)
of
(" 101,
3.
n.) -Vr\
~Sx
tf'X
32
nj? J
38
with
31
Vav
T-l1"? IQpartic.
Ni.
20
26
25
30
nj"3
Conv
^3 J
SS^QVlC' 52Hi.
^D
"
51 Vn^
-
few
some
2.
All
the
on
sev-
that
saw4^
the
and
earth
50
third
29
18
8)
96.
(" 116, a)
22
28
35pret. 33^
pam?.
34
(" 90, 2)
pret.
fut.
to
T^
would
|J}3 27
stay
all
-(31
Conv.
Vav
1 Pi. with
eat.
3^
Bffcn
I7
God
"3
D_2S^
that
night
nS
-T
:-
Conv.
Vav
("
did
he
42
49 Pause
41 H3N!
^\
!
lS"
48 Hi.
40
Hi,
CD^p
#H
"
The
t^D3
(" 84, 2)
31
pret. n^
43^3'^
Conv.
Vav
1.
article
23
36H^1^
-I:
44
45KT1
Conv.
Vav
37 npT
4""n3y
the
Pi. with
Q-lD
with
and
him
11 Hi.
21^
earth:
the
the
from
arose
before
he
arose^s
house
he
thenso
God;
Iay35
and
anointed^
and
washed^1
he
fast-
he
perceived4^ that
he
and
and
David
And
Egypt.
into
pass42
to
land, to'
another2?,
from
up
came
died.
Thenso
dead.
was
child
the
whispered4?
servants4**
child*9
it
to
of his
raise4** him
And
one
nights*
all
elders^?
the
to
not**-
clay that44
enth*s
his
him39,
to
would
he
but
And
earthse.
this
childsa,
stayed
And
Egypt.
return
us
foi-si the
God
(pret.)and
in
let
Would
to
us
said
they
captain29, and
went
the
upon
And
besoughtso
David
brought24
Lord
hath
said
of
land
the
in
diedas
land.
the
in
and
against2i Moses
had
we
Neverthe
good.
dwell"
that
strong^
whither**
land
the
to
came
we
back"
brought
and
surelyis it is very"
and
us
people
wherefore
said
forty9
after"
land
the
Moses
to
came
and
himi2
to
of
searching
And
it.
searched
and
land
the
into
radical
54.
VERBS
,"S
"
of these
verbs
was
originallyV
of
1,
forms
ending
with
the
third
radical, change
into
102
I.
PART
tl-
H^,
as
Kal,
3.
To
ty
for
which
is
forms
all those
ative, (fi,
EXERCISES.
the
fO)
in
active
other
original*
Chirek:
afform-
consonantal
as
in
part.
pass.
This
returns.
IV^
the
in
"
in
conjugations, promiscuously
Chirek:
only
with
ending
the
"
pret.
Tsere
Passives,
as
in
future
'
Sehoi:
as
4. In
n
the
3.
in order
"
sing, pret,, fl
fern.
pers.
to
avoid
the
vocal
repetition of ft :
the
into
is commuted
HD^Jl
as
for
nrfo,
5. Before
17^
6. The
,1
) the
fi
drops :
6. B.
(" 12,
as
3.).
quiesces
in Kamets:
imperat. f.
all the
in
*"
^jYUprop. ^|,^n
for
TOfb
p|,
afformatives
as
in Tsere:
as
JlS^H^ etc. ;
fl^f.
11703 ^ etc.;
H^
"
"
part. f. in Seghoi:
fut. and
nSjlK
as
etc,
7. The
inf.
ni^n, ni?^
titty,
as
The
8.
the
vowel:
avoid
like
vowel
with
the
is
Pe
from
I.
Sometimes
^ie
fD'!lan^
NOTE
open
*\rV\
II.
the
and
it
Kal
as
he
and
first
was
off
and
and
but
Kal,
htf'
Hi.
to
(formed
the helping
guttural'
syllableis
affected
not
kindled, IITI
and
he
by
the
rejoiced,
encamped.
The
of
preformatives
syllable sometimes
and
flV
which
^y_,from Jl^Jp,
rv?#,
is used:
Guttural, "y"\
guttural: as
an
7^,
as
NOTE
throwing
in
preceding Seghoi, whence
would
arise,having three consonants
helping Seghoi
by
formed
is
future
the
Hiphil forms
one
conjugations with
all the
etc.
apocopated
with
in
ends
const,
she
wandered.
has
the
Tsere
as
|")^
and
we
turned
NOTE
helping vowel
The
III.
3^*1
as
forms:
10.
N'T
and
rW
to
inf. const
nVH
fut.
fut
rViT"
11.
12.
niqn^
,
The
suffix:
nV^)
for
he
^75^
pret., the
with
"
live.
V
nTty
fut. apoc.
as
has
me,
pi. DfTO
with
suffix
has
preceding
In
me,
imP- "T.0;
Yav
TT),in
23
pause
various
Piel
vowel
^V (from
(from H7i),
^j1??^'
third
me,
person
invariably
Piel
changes :
drops before
to
the
fern.
sing.
form
H7^
it shall
consume
90.
rush
nj;
Conv.
Hithp. nirj^^n.
("n. Btog iv.)
answered
the
EXERCISE
DfVTTl;
down.
bow
attached
made
two
WQili
thee.
^yn.
is
Kal
fut. apoc.
he
"^J" (from !"ttj")
Hiph.
has
with
suffixes,occasions
commanded
fut.
^V?;
'IT,
fut. HW"
the
mute):
drink.
with
'
Ynnt^(forinn0
of
first
NTK
pi. pret.
inf.
the
case
to
gave
apocop.
in pause
VT"
2. pers.
he
prefixes DVH3"
apocop.
annexing
he
*1"^J""
ered
Conv.
Yav
pret. 2. pers.
be.
termination
the
the
see,
(original
IHJfOto
nnty
13.
the
to
*fT"
as
to
with
JTrT.with
imp.
fut.
JIT!
HiSn
in
(a liquidbefore
and
captive,f^\
took
he
verb
the
In
9.
and
omitted
be
can
103
t
sound
radical is softer in
fth
VERBS
" 54.
njn
22
cov
PART
1.
w"
:D*D
104
rnrv
'
3onp"rn
build1
buy2
make
to
g-oldof?
for thn
weighed6
lame19
swer18
silence24
to be
do25
to
tion, correction34
*}% vj.^3a
sun-dial
no
down21
of26
of anger
breath
possessor
an
shadow
help,assistance44
to
want,,
in my
and
do5
them,
and
make
you
less child.
to
Joshua,
be
with
Only22
thou
saying:
thou
he
mayest
which
Moses,
it to3"
from
book35
I will
thee:
right
law
and
do
thou
mayest observe42
If
thou
to
he
to
And
stop from,
to
the
Lord
spake
forsake
nor21
according
to43
alli5 unto
the
to
that2^
of
day and
the
to
law,
turn2^
left33-
out
thee.
all the
to
thee:
according
return
father
courageous24,
very
or32
at
cry14
thee,
therein
do
anger
perhaps39 enemy40
afflict^
not
depart^
not1
meditate3^
lord37
coramandmentss
my
with1^
was
hand31
shall
thou
therein.
shall
fail20
to
instruc
possess46.
servant2*7* commanded28
my
but38
ten
not
observe26
shalt
4.
turn42
to
keep4
cry1?-
strong23 and
the
of the
his
As18
to33
unto
graciously1?
you,
9
multiply you, and establish 10
afflict13 him
surely16 hear
keep
to
turn?
Ye
you.
If thou
I will
me,
I will
fruitfuls and
withn
covenant
my
thenG
an
91.
and
statutes1;
to
2U
enemy28 thirsty
owner,
" 89,
per-
17
laugh23
to
fast,adhere
possessor,
without45
EXERCISE
If ye walk2
to hold
of
be
to
another
the cry
of27
of,rnind
degrees)41 to
be
to
ear16
clouds5
of11
secret
weep22
to
man38
angry
of the
words4
death10
stop15 his
to
equal-0 to break
the
(literally:
desist43
drink9
to
to wait14
declaration
increase3
much,
drink30
give to
do
or
Ophir8
reveal13
to disclose,
son12
to
to
rttflt?'4
jrrirr 82w
-33irrn
6n^p
to
nnS
^NE^-ONI
34nis:3
EXERCISES,
-not
This34
thy mouth
T,
night4^,that41
all that
is writ
Almighty14*
thmi
shalt
built
be
Lord
spaceso. The
do52
unto
Lord,
is
on
thanSG
large
III.
in55
trust54
to
in
the
(" 101,
can
put confidence5^
to
in
me
what
105
space46 I called47
answered4o
side51
my
man?
me
confined
the
Lord
the
ANOMALOUS.
DOUBLY
From
up4S-
Lord48;
the
upon
VERBS
55.
"
the
Thou
man.
1.)
hast
and
built
that?4
Pi.
HJ.T
18^X3
25infin.
6Conv.
11
10
with
Hi.
with1?
24
321
Conv.
Vav
(fut.A.)
yDN
Slprp1
30
23
l""
50 arm
T:TT
48 n1
73
Pi.
HIP
72VUD
47 with
acc,
with
22
pm
brought
IjSn1'nipH
fut.
2Kal.
HJ'T.8 with
Conv.
14fut.
p^_ 21^1
20111.
28 Pi.
27
291^0
HI*
^D
36
S7,T3^
Vav
Conv.
p^Jf 13
19
nS^
34
ftit.
D^
26
H3J^
35^30
63
Conv. HT3
533113
52
DDH
62
rTH
61 1
60 with
SpD
69
Pi.
pT""
(" 83, 9)
verbs
anomalous
51
on
inf. ^
my
59
67 hath
68'TT
42iut.
43^
=
to
me
inf.abs. (g105 1)
was
side
to
66D^3
74 with
inf"
-T
"
"T^
75
DJJ
"
'
ANOMALOUS.
DOUBLY
VERBS
55.
H^
54HDH
70 Pi.
71HJ3
44^
4onj3
76
Doubly
it
Vav
x-jp^46^5
553
"
"
and
38 Conv.
56("91, 1)D
i'DS 64 with Vav
looked^
TT
4onjjr
he
S-jSlXD
Q.1p9 Hi.
(" 85, 4)
41'IVDS 40nl7'|l71DDr39H:n
it, and
grapes^,
4fut.
(fut.A.)
ace.
of
16inf.
17ir"pj;V
SsbKD^
H^
prot.
r\X
midst
forth?5
the
in
tower'2
bring
grapes??-
7HJ3
thatso
me
should
wild
Hi. H""3
at
"71 a
it
forth
12
sore59
have
two
ing"to
Verbs
N"3
of the
fT'S
and
N"D"
6.
H"Sand
K),
n?'"
most
a,
fut.
H"1?
and
HD^
with
inf. nlDPI'
H5K
Vav
frequent
to
to
occurrence
of this kind
H^
particip.Ho.
T|*Vimp.
H?p5
HDJ
H3H
to
Conv.
are
part. H^D',
,
apocop.
bow,
14
t|H,
incline,
fut.
Kal
Vav
Conv.
imper.
d.
"
|T^
e.
N*"'3 and
""2,
Hi,
tut.
i"l{",with
N*"
Piel
Eeject. B.
ft"%
to
*"", HI*
thanks.
fi^ty
ntttfand
N"", inf.
flit. Kal
go
ret/K'^
Hi
and
tO?V
D"1,
X"h"NEty
X"S and
Conv.
Vav
H^.with
and
""
c.
EXERCISES.
1.
PART
106
fut. NW
throw,
to
fut.
VT_1 and
3.), Hi.
fut.
Ntf',
"
Hi.
to
confess,
to
give
iT^iS with
suff.
pret,
^"|1kX,
n*jin,part, niio*
/. yy
and
^wS
lSt* Hi.
to
Nl3Tto
cause
come,
to
come,
EXERCISE
Kal
pret
fut.
ND^HND,
lead, "bring.,
pret. NOrT*
92.
i^*^^
nni^
nirr
jD'Sj;
itrn
DID
to?? DW.
26
"in
"7
niiTTi^
:43nkxr
nn^j; nw-n!
tg
in
bear11
men22
of21 wise
to
prosper28
to
confess29
to
withhold24
to
mercy30
obtain
to
oppress15
of19
to incline20
beat25
to
tell39 to
to
the
to
right
ask, in
($81
speak40to
the
to die26
incline31
to
to
of the
out
to
pervert18the ways
to
paths6
afraid10
beasts38
the
terrogate37
be extortionate14
to
teach4 ways5
to
to praise9 to fear, be
give thanks,
vex,
of3
mountain
set, direct,turn23
to
hand32
to
to
yoke12 youth13
cover27
to
of8
10T
GENERAL.
the
up2
bosom16
words
of1 to go
word
the
the
Ix
5f".
"
1 .)43
serve44-
My
son,
fear1
bear2
thy
shame3-
within?
eous
them
EXERCISE
93.
Lord
and
the
wilt
city:
thou
be5
fifty6 right
destroy9 and
also8
shalt
in1?
answer16
bring
forth23
would
not
get thee
with
of the
Lord
thee
take44
that48
know4?
be
with50
say
52.
her
she
and53
head
Jehu
came
face66
to
who?
in
the
And53
eunuchs?1her
threw
the
wall74-
foot?3-
is49
glanced60
the
there
and
he
on
gate64, and53
said
glanced
out
on68
said, Throw?2
the
Who
(some)
horses:
lifted
two69
her
down.
of her
blood
and
he
trod
may
shalt
heard
tired59
And
window62-
he
and
I will
and53
(is)on
him
earth
Jezebel56
eyes
the
at61
out
and
and53
her
the
Lord
thee
thou
what
and
Jezreel55
window,
down:
to
the
and
Go
thee
teach51
and
came
at63
And
God
Israel.
in
thee
all the
not
with3?
me
smite43
I will
in
I know34
day will
"
land
the
to
to
come
thee4"*, that46
thy mouth,
(ofit):and53
hand, and
Arise27
coiriest to
This
Hosts40-
from
Jehu54
return3"
Thou
Who
light.
little33 lad32:
shall
He
nations26?
and
in36-
my
there
Amiss
land29
(am)
of
head
of
spear38? but39
into42
thine
the
to
many
Lord, and
the
King
come
or
and
deliver41
this
I
out35
to go
sword
name
from
out28
in
Trust22
Thee,
fear 2 5
shalt thou
after 20
incline19
to
righteousness24 as
thy
kindred3!-
thy
(how)
a
quarrel18
not
therein12?
are
report13? neither15
false14
(judgment).
wrest21
of
bear
not
Jerusalem
king.
there
Peradventure4
the
the
up65 his
my
side6?,
(or)three70
So53 they
spirted73on
her
under
108
PART
7}lf\3 BD'Bfon
ir^|16njy
15 and
23 Hi24"l|Tp?
Pret- with
33jbj}32
l"j
42J
1JD
41Pi.
47fut.
48^
65
[" 19. 6J
59
Hi.
67
^X
Utf)# 13j?Dtf
not
c.
SOmtf
3irjrnSlD
45Syp44
461
yV
SN|np 54N"n;.53Conv.
58
[transl.she
65
66D'J3
fut. with
aim.
with
made
pret. with
Hi. pret.
C. 1, nrj
72"0^"
Y^
633
71
iHTO^D
26
Hi.
with
with
50
C. 1, HT
H^
J"
C.
1, rD
D#
49
fnt
61^3
62jftn
70
34fut.
pret.
57 Hi.
^3
25fut. K
D\U
35 inf. "r
43
-|1D
64 Pause
Dip
inf. gl 3
C. %
51
Pi. 13T
52
36
373
Hi.
27
28 tfr
29fem.
N^j
fut.
12,13^3
38^jn
391
(g 57, 5 3) tffrj
fern,
2 Jerusalem
22HD3
i , xr
40nW!JX
fut.3D'
74-|^ 73
3}rra^
4^S'K
5^
EXERCISES.
1.
60
69
fut.
Hi.
D'J#
C.
], 0
X:
CHAPTER
NOUNS.
56.
"
AND
FORMATION
1. The
more
nouns
derivatives
Verbal
verbs;
other
nouns
from
rw'n
bow.
2. The
with
a.
By
is effected
derivation
the
or
Vocalization,
from
Tj^Oto
erally the
second,
thief,from
DJJ
or
part
gift, from
tcTknow. Nouns
in
derived
as
the
same
|DJ
to
derived
HD'p archer,
as
manner
the
or
of
all
the
of
vowels:
as
TlSp
of
doubling'of
two
of
radical,gen
one
the
radicals:
as
33 j
to
from fptf
quarters)'
Augmentation,i. e.
more
modification
reign.
or
By .Reduplication,
By
JH"
most
called: Denominatives:
are
together from
c.
The
verbs:
king,
I.
HJnD
as
nouns;
the
for
are
INFLECTION.
a) Primitives,b) Derivatives.
are:
numerous
from
GENERAL.
IN
the
formative
to
gather.
prefixingor postfixingof
letters VfOENrT
(nomina
one
he-
emantica):
"
as
eastern, from
3.
StOpthis
contains
Twhich,
tives",
being
in verbs
part,
attribute,
wise,
Vtf :
the
Frequently
as
seized with
is
born,
3\T\
object
an
as
derived
when
^DN mourning,
NDD
un
cooked, done.
7^5
of
VitOp(partic.
mid.
verbs
0)
'
few
natus
intransitive, but
are
verbs, passive:
clean, fp|old,
"
adjectives,
the
nouns
transitive
from
either
D1p""express
and
that
he
rottenness,
these
Stpp"
for
(cf. act.
participialform
wise
or
DNp
substan
as
adjectives
many
old
attribute
the
or
Dp
as
of the
pS"!p
front.
come
class
"
stand,
By Vocalization
a.
109
GENERAL.
IN
50.
"
only in
as
use
intransitive
substantives
as
passive
and
7l"!j great,
StDp(regularact.
Stpip*
"
7lDp
tives
partic.)(cf." 35).
'
nifc^D
as
adjec
intransitive
(Chaldaizing)(pass,part.) 1.
^^tpp'
passivesubstantives:
to bind, to fetter,(it
prisoner,captive,from ^IDK
by being always
SltOp
distinguished from
TDK
as
is
while
noun,
dignity
Tp5
are
or
ed:
often
thus
time
T"p
as
of
time
latter
officer,TJ13
an
season
the
in
'
plowing.
hence
the
Tsere
the Kamets
immutable).
j^p
the action
"
"
howling,
of abstract
meaning: 2H5
plPlVlaughter,3^)
border,
cf.
overseer,
hence
T'LDp(forb'Ktpp
ALDO
as
of
participleonly). 2. Names
formed
as
:
TPp^ a sovereign,ruler,
is
which
harvest
used
"
00.
"
"
writing,
military post,
110
PART
3. b.
EXERCISES.
:
.By Reduplication
^9p (Kamets
sense
1.
immutable), a) adjectivesintensifying
the
occupation:
TOtt
of habitual
nouns
(for #in)
smith.
bodily
7t?p"adjectives,denoting permanent
(forBnn) deaf.
*T)#blind, D^N dumb, Bnn
defect:
7l"3p"
a
small
class, adjectivesand
:
strong, substantively
substantives: ""1123
one,
Vtp[5adjectivesand
substantives:
"
fettered.
Instruments
in
77tpp.
nouns
nrp$
which
the
brood, knaves
young
third
radical
is doubled:
JJgg?quit,undisturbed;Mjn
fresh.
green,
StoStOp
nouns
of action
*VDX
pH" righteous,
V"'i an axe, a hoe.
*n
which
radicals
dotib-
are
'
1 Sb^^
^
led
i.
e.
an
(English:ish).Many
specified
for the
of
reduplication
the
ening
shine,
vowel
to
glitter;
"]CD(Arab.) to
radical
for *]"$"
fj^ljp,
bind
of this
about;
the
to
color
class,compensate
by doubling
DD13
inclination
nouns
the
blackish,denot-
from
band,
(Arab?)
to
33
a
length
or
fillet,from
S^f/for^3^5, Aram,
to
con
fuse, Hebr,
3.
/??/Augmentation :
c.
Prefixed:
NI.
from
as
np"
preformative
to
give
idea
frequently,it comes
of an
:
who,
objective
either
what.,
it is related
somewhat,
or
sition 3"-=
in, %,
note
the
occurs
on.
something, somewhat,
1) in which,
2) by which,
3)
at
which,
Ill
expressed by
action
the
which
on
or
GENERAL.
IN
" 56.
the
is
root
performed:
1) r?3tp
rifices
altar,(from POt
an
where
stand) where
one
vessel
for
(fr.
which
take)
to
stretches
one
(fr.^"
to
to
III.
is
"
sibilant
of the
IV.
it
what
is
taken;
forth
the
hand)
"
are
return,
reply, (fr.
south, (fi\JO* to be
to
give
arm;
b)
easy
intensify the
to
often in proper
formed
converted
from
into
the
on
pro
initial consonants
two
(properly deceiving,lying,
up
comparative and
*"
3J3^ drying
lie),IftK
the
first of the
the
bracelet:
been
to beat
hand.
prepositive,a) usually
nunciation, when
Some
stretch
pray) PO^II
return); JOTl m.
right hand).
his
(fr."TO
by
"
prayer,
3W
to
II. H
with
to
pulverizing.
instrument
an
mortar,
HpS
booty,
Jllp^/J
3)
open)
to
lock; "Tp"
opens
pieces,to pound)
to
e.
stands.
one
2) finOD
which
sac
there
lurk)
which
on
offered ;
are
where
i e.
sacrifice)
to
from
is
i"n# V
action:
3ft
regular Arabic
to
form
superlative).
names:
the
as
future, the 3.
substantive
pHV! Isaac,DpJ^
Tl"
to
as
Jacob,
having
*"iny*oil,(properly:
p.
m.
s.
shine',
lighten);
3H*
adversary, enemy,
Dip*?!
EXERCISES.
1.
.PART
112
Affixed:
1. The
is j"f"
important
most
(to which
the
responds) : tins, besides indicating
is
appended
a)
hearing
njfi?(#the
sense:
H"
or
cor
gender ("57.)
lem.
infinitive,to give it
the
to
jl"
substantive
b)
fljn knowledge,
to
convey
abstract
burning
2.
D1"
of fever.
heat
or
Kaniets
a.
meaning
(the last
frequently immutable). These
D"
"
p, 07
f"
"
exterior
6. Concrete
and
not
abstract
form
terminations
f^3
latter.
p")r?Nbinder,
nouns
often, the
so
building, pDJH
hunger, scarcity.
c.
Diminutives
(from #'N)
p{?"tf
e.
neck.
^NW)
termination
adverbial
an
as
man
suddenly,
DNrUP
-
times
many
occurs
little
before
day
yesterday.
D"
old
an
"
tained
*"
^1"V
under
'^Vnty an
words
D3H
in
the
p^
part, b) Gentile
Egyptian
The
"
H1
JlHDi^
form
is either JT"
feminine
woman,
vain, DpH
and
nouns
Israelite,
n.3J?a Hebrew, HVV
Egyptian.
have
that
re
emp
a) adjectivesfrom nouns:
north, "nf7j-) lower, from
forms
this termination
rilir) the
the
to-morrow.
northern, from
4. fV"-
adverbs:
mostly
it, are
tily,vainly, DmTO
3.
ending,
accusative
Hebrew
abstract
or
patronymics
nVO
Jew,
IT"
an
HHVQ
an
woman.
rV^N"") the
nouns:
beginning,
^N'D^O(El
pound
words
is
King),
appellativesare
darkness
5* The
(theappended
primitive
inflected,to indicate
for the
are
as
T|^^N (Ab
rare
PP
most
part proper
is
King).
nouns:
Com
jT^jpNOhorrible, frightful
well
as
the
derivative
nouns
are
THE
" 57.
grammatical conditions
the
".
twofold
1. A
of
113
and
gender
of the
relations
attributive
b. the
number
These
noun.
latter
are
genitiveor possessivecase
the preceding word
which
in
noun
put in the
follows
the
attribute,with
an
GENDEII.
Const,
as
is
joined or
"0*1 the king's
(" 11),5.):T]^"PT
state
word.
i
2. Suffixes
appended
are
"
.
ter
genders are
gender in Hebrew
2.
The
of the
cation
The
can
and
masculine
word.
my
wanting.
be
ascertained
feminine ;
a) from
neu
the
signifi
DN
father,
its termination.
from
:
by signification
of
names
noun
is
b)
noun,
Masculine
3.
a.
gender
two
H!fJ
GENDER,
THE
57.
The
to the
and
men
in
males
general:
as
7]^5king.
common
and
ains and
months:
b. The
proper
as
month,
ain, CHI!
of
nations, rivers,mount
DJ^ people, ^H3 river,"in mount
nouns
jJ/^5Canaan,
|TV
of the
t1.
d. The
per,
4.
names
of
names
of metals
rndj? lead,
and
has
masc.
yean
Spring.
D'DX
as
which
termination, hence
most
ending with original radical letters can
as
"UljJ.agarment.
quently be considered masculine:
nouns
3)
a
ending
Nouns
with
cop
fern.
are
characteristic
no
Hebrew
WQ
as
by termination
Masculine
5$) The
seasons
Jordan,
the
i"l"preceded
by Seghol:
as
fre
"Tib'
field.
j) Most
|__:as
of those
v\yy
Hebrew,
p"""Nthe pupil of
5. Feminine
ending
nouns
the
D1H.3
with
ransom,
*"
,
D1
"
D~
"
]"
or
|5")p.sacrifice,
a
eye.
by significations
15
114
Names
a.
I.
PART
of
""O^p queen,
and
b. Common
females
and
women
EXERCISES,
general: H"*N
in
IT3J"a
female
gazelle.
proper
nouns
of
countries, cities,towns
as
woman,
Assyria, Dv"HT
Jerusalem.
In
NOTE.
the
case
people or
nation
to
(applied
the
people)Jews.
of the
Names
members
1*
6.
Feminine
I. Nouns
"
onyp
of the
body,
termination
by
with
114,
HI^H
as
Iw", 3, 8. and
i^T.19,
which
10.
are
in
pairs :
as
HODI"!
foot.
hand, 731
as
masculine;
PS.
nrrn
or
rnirr
iirip^
c.
of countries
names
accented
the
final
syllable H"
"'
T
wisdom.
II. Nouns
after
and
with
gutturalsfi"
with
the
the
:
as
accented
unaccented
nipJ7
final
"
"
H^
fl"
J"VO*7"
kingdom,
7. Many
K
nouns
fire,Tpl
are
the
HIIlD
used
in
the
JlHIlK
as
end,
arid
nj^ll^Dacquaintance,
crown,
ending JV
syllablefl"
"-:
morrow.
both
genders
as
fin
wind,
way.
EXERCISE
94.
onyo
nin
o^
ni. nx?
29n
:~r?
nb'y
nin^
^i
27nrn
in
NV
nir
THE
" 57,
115
GRXDER.
37njn 36[#
n"
Syria1Damascus2
Aramaea,
leaf5
sprout, blossom6
to
session
of 10
B.
gold24 the
of25
mire
out32
street26
nnp\
of33
ravens
I)
H"
made
be
to
shall
and
of12
mart
he
beg6
brought^
ravens^
morning,
bread
to
and
in the house
weighed
his
pride46
for
the
land.
The
7
to
shall
nulling
Elijah1" bread
in the
will
an
plow4?
not
nothing7-
have
flesh in
and
the
Tyre11
evening.
them.
rejected14
of God
the
by
Their
silver and
gold1"- The
wan
hand
the
call
landir"
gold
was
of18 the
forth26
him
then47
be cut
cometh
off50-
Tabor-"
month.
'K, Pause!
round
rest43
HebronGO
the
6S"
ear
When4**,
end4^
out
whole
to
land
the
city
of
water^i
of Ethi
SivW
mountains.
\^7
the
quiet40;
The
river went
are57
in 38
about44-
shame48-
coinpasseth^sthe
8inair"5 and
eye'"2sees63,
have
("88, 4.)
Gihon52
second59
harvest, and
past21) the
gave
cometh4^
wicked
Hie
The
God
the
opia^.
(for
of
hope32
morning.
and
in39
trust
rotten37
man'dieth,
endure35
may
is
in
hath
putteth
fig tree25
and
be
to
Hjn
95.
flesh
the Lord
to
nations.
them, because
the
broken,
be
to
(the)cold2 (the)sluggards
of1
reason
therefore5
("91, 2.)
tooth,masc.36
eagles3-1*
waver38
to
EXERCISE
The
than1?
more
("97, 2.)22
valley34 young
accentless
pos
mother31
HHp' obedience,respect^0
st. of
const,
city9 take
man.40
unfaithful
By
p. of
be
to
the
]?}Q" with
from
(part m.
n.
out11
valiantlyss("96,4)29
pick
of*
inhabitant
dispossess,drive
to
follyis(" 12, 6.
to
with7
Samaria4
Israel)3
of
(thekingdom
retained)(" 117)15preeminence,excellence16
of Hi.
(H
Ephraim
of
isr"7
graves6*-
hears.
5 C"nv.
4^^n
Sy""
rSp
By
roawju
of n
PART
MO
ISpart. Ni. OXD
20 vnO
19
28 inf. with
jrU) 18
27
3 (" 106, 2)
36'33
371
11
^Hp
M
34
""
24
I*-
32nSnifi
SSQ'jiX
31;"3
'"' VT
to
give
50Ni.
n-1J
rest
Hi.
42
69
58
47
48-n'Sp
56 113^
57f"77,3j
Masculine
I. The
NOTE
IN?
44
52
33D
In
45, 9.
Ps.
^"iX
and
thus
2.
Nouns
H!)J^orthe 'final ^
with
^"
of the
ending
3. Nouns
the
4.
plural:
51
Fli. HDiT
ITT
from
D'D1D"
"
DID
"
^"
as
as
p^*JJob
^"\ Cant,
18, 2.
8,
is the
^ithout the
after the
'2.
Syriac:HCS
,take
only:
is omitted
as
and
DH^'^1'0111
indicated
by
in !"T"
this
drop
syllable when
rijtl
(part, act,
from
DUfT
as
b.).
noun
from ^
D'V?'
: as
is
add'"
few
(" 82,
ending
Conv
later Hebrew
Lord
39nj1
seldom
More
^H.
-T
DUAL.
AND
"
nU"
asHTDO.
"
pp'J
as
pne:
-T
well.
1*2.
3,
Tt
*"
43 with
3'3DD
13
"
Tl:
21
29t"Bh
Conv.
JOpr,
53 part.
plural sometimes
mnsc.
31, 3. Micha
common
ing
quiet
a)
mpn
"
their
with
45 part.
nil
IT
54*^3
form
Dagesh
v. 1 46
bo
to
PLURAL
nouns
*jp
40
D#3
22
31
3013K
feminine
Prov.
Con
65'J'D
THE
"_r"8.
1.
4iroS]0
""r-IlT
~T
I-
(" 85,
ace.
n^p
23
SQ'SS;?
Ni3
with
1,
VV
DS^l'lT
4gr\'""nX
part. r\"O
Conv.
15
25 rUiXJl
~T
9 part. Hi.
lOirrx
12f
DV"IN
gjn
v-
pS
35
26
rVJ3
T
38
12
Sj? 17 3ri7
T_
EXERCISES.
I.
form
from
H^n
encamp.)
to
4.
tions
Fern,
into HV
pi. nlinb
5. The
tion
in H"
nouns
from
Hi) HV-:
Nouns
(" 72.)nnj;
as
with
ending
j"V"
hence
the
JT"
"
HI
these
change
termina
rnrJD
pi. rinlH;
crown,
precept, pi.nny..
is to
be
considered
as
contrac
H^3P
two
D"
rTTiri law,
as
fern,
"
into
"
fern, terminations
the
latter, thus
the
plural from
the
women,
in JT"
nVJirtfl
f.
and
the
HHDJ*
IT"
lowest
and
"
form
parts,
" 5$.
II.
NOTE
Some
PU'KAL
nl^P
por
*"^P and rfiJOO'from ^39 Part',
fiiftN/from
H/pN maid4 servant, D'N^t?
kingdom, pi.
for
tion; fiiTOX*
"
D'Stt,
from nStO
for
as
:
pluralirregularly
the
form
nouns
117
Dl'AL.
AND
HINDOO
lamb,
"
for
fr"m
flTOP*
"
HTDP
'
"."
Such,
fold.
are
from
or
mother
QX
from
both
terminate
often
sisting naturally
the
(especially
in D'
inate
hands
"
HI
plural
and nlt^S)^
D^f"5^J
'
as
bodies) term
animal
or
ending:
Dual
the
D^"l
as
feet,DH*
tongs, snuffers.
dual
the
instances
number
the
simply
and
49, 8.
the
in
of human
members
few
P.
Misclma.
fern.)representingobjects,con
artificiallyof two
parts or in pairs
called
"
and
D'dpVj(m.)
In
8.
or
back-bone, spine.
in D*"
(bothmasc.
7. Nouns
Spraclieder
znr
in both
used
Nouns
letter ;
H1N
JTVT^
fr"m
niTV)N"
hifrOlt^'
*i"n;
"
S X or Jl,
similarpluralterminations by prefixing
as
HinDX*
in the
language of the Mishna:
common
very
two:
as
denotes
not
two
days,
D)OV
pair, hut-
two
DT^ti^'
years.
the
Chirek
word
is
9.
In the dual
III.
NOTE
being only
ending the
rests
tone
helping vowel,
the
on
penult(" ),
the
drops, when
which
lengthened.
Many
the
in
only
occur
nouns
of
form
plural :
as
plural
in HI
j"TnViN
")X3
as
DiSt
or
112
cistern ; JJ
night; Titfblight;1DO
p^'P
habitation;
"U
rain;
treasure, pi.
IVIN
roof, PO^P
s"at, throne;
ND3
their
form
nouns
rnasc.
JV-iHvision;
dream;
of
number
considerable
10.
altar ; D'l/H
ITi^ tablet;
stick;
DlpO place; ^pDstaff',
fast,
trumpet,
fasting; ^ip voice; Dip encounter, battle; *")"}"it^
horn ; JH^ a table ; DL^ name,
curved
etc., and vice versa
many
fern,
pi.
woman,
cake
of
in
nouns
DW;
dried
] darkness
as
!"U^
\*3$ stone,
D'JDX;
D*~
figs; ni'iD'la
;
Jl^V
dove
bee
n^D^
y^ar,
f h"1
brick
pi. D\?l
H^5
law
or
egg
;
H^fl
tile ;
wheat
Jl^D
word;
',
IKS
P.UIT
O,}
EXKKCTSKS.
ant:
fi-tree
rnj'fc'harloy:
flax:
etc.
EXERCISE
D'MnS tfSD
nnS^n
96.
atos
T3
j? 07^
i?
j^
^"ccj :36nio/p -35^3"x34npj; 33pT-rp
nani
njn"
jn :n?rr
n.
out6
p.1 light,swift2
oiHce
of the
Gaza8
to
Samson5
roebucks4
to
land9
fetters
to
of
a
prisoners1'2
running, race18
8.) captives,
of skilU5
men
down7"
bring
to
( # 107,
of3
one
favor16 chance17
happen18
to
priest21possession,
of
men
tongue19tribe
of--
estate
through, put
copper10 to grind11
bore
priesthood,
srnoke'-4
the
tectli-3
the
understanding14
of-0
de-
to
a
dream37
drop
seven38
of44
ears
of
corn39
bucket45
the
small
EXERCISE
Lord
The
hearethi
horses
pared5
him
is no8
God,
ethio
the
are
the
secrets11
and
the
men
thoughts9
of
the
dust46
balance47
to
full42
count48-
D7.
poor2to
cane41
up40 stalk,
come
run6
of
heart.
And3
AbsalonH
before7
wicked.
the
J
pre
There
him.
Clod know-
wl^mcutsis
are
pre-
digged18
and
ert
built
Uzziah17
and
in
abomination32
(are) an
tongue35? and
devisetli37
swift39
in
running40
breatheth43
lies44 and
Job49
the
feet to
7"J3S
stiff..
with
12
Ni.
'3")S
lin^Sl'D
pret. TJG
SD^
31y?^
32n3j,"in
37p:irt. ^'"\n
fr.
39
V-n
44[1p*^
bef.
the
"
Pi.
15
1J
29Nri'
3"1
"
purl.
8 there
..
wicked.
and
orphans52
and
is
no
Vtf, before
22-"3K
21
HJprp
"1J1D
38[beforo
26^
2771271
34
493VX-
:" v
Vtf
before
the
20
pi.
him
to
[was]
part, he
SSnrDIN,
of
his
suffers
a.
word
an
Nouns,
in
the
genitive
fut.
Hi.
pretonicKamete
the
42
n-13
41
1^'
Ip'uJ.'
in
^"
rijTlS^11 by
c.
Feminine
46 only
"3
in
plural
drops] rOttfTIE
40
n"'1
to
run,
45 Pi. part.
pS
I
in
the
drops]
STATE.
CONSTRUCT
it
change
state
construct
the life of
with
into
H"
("UpD
as
camp,
camp.
change
nouns
of its form:
soul] T^DJ
:
standing
,1"
loving
waa
47
THE
alteration
19 113
""
48318OD
59.
[" 108. 1J
""
ending:] [33$
"
1 part.
|V3N
noun
[an abomination
33
D"l
43
["9"J#
The
are
blind50
..*.
heart
tf^S
^p^r
13
Iv
MJTDSrp
pi. ending]
501?t"
P33
(that)
the
the
"
'I
lying
among47
28[g96,4J
861DB^
36'pJ-D"T
witness42
QiSfc'SK Sc-onv.
9711310
part.
drops] 0*12
[the Tsere
23
10
"" "*:"""
IGconv.
171JTTJ?
183"n
inf.
nfe1^
T
24
Cpart.VO
......
to
sevens
that2S
feet
of the
(is) father
are27
yea^o,
to
"
widows.
of the
judge
God
lame51-
There
discord46
eyes
poor,
des
mountains
blood36?
(shallbe)
the
to
the
false
fools.
cattle21
lofty34 eyes,
soweth45
(he that)
father
in
iniquity,
of
mischief41;
to
in
much
innocent
sorrows48
Many
was
shed
thoughts38
that28
the
liateth29:
Him33:
that
hands
brethren.
Eternal
unto
and
husbandry25-
loved
the
(things),which28
six**?
of
vine-dressers23
he
for
Carmel24:
back15
Jerusalem
in
wells19*
many
(also)and
husbandmen22
the
stripes14for
towers
119
STATE.
CONSTRUCT
and
for scorners,
pared12
And16
THE
59.
"
it
into
Pharaoli
final jr"
t""'
as
*H
living, life,
change
it into
fl"
as
120
PART
'
plural
d. The
into
changed
NOTE
undergoes
terminations
shown
in
49, 11.
the
horses
the
word
st. sometimes
const,
23, 18,
in
arc
of,
eyes
const,
EXERCISE
is found
state
with pa-
tyjflgPs. 114,
'2.Mos. 15, 6. fy
'tt
D*"
following" ".
4. Mos.
1^
as
the
and
D'~
changes, which
poetry the
In
EXERCISES.
'DID
as
vowel
or-""
ragogic 1
dual
:
will be
IT.
1. Mos.
'"
The
I.
NOTE
arid
I.
5. Mos.
8.
33,
16.
98.
ran
n^r
nn^nri
Sb
:26npin
nin? 30n^7
nrir
i7!irrNirii
^^5
^90
25pyvv f?
D?S
l^ jn
'
'-pa
_
hedge, fence1
poorest sort11
tutelarygod
land19
a
wall,
p. n.12
of the
mightySO
number21
idols16
lion22
the
weight27 an
rampart26stone,
fear30
Lord
of
wisdom1
smote-*
the
m.4
n.
to
carry
captive5
poverty, hence
the
to
to
man
give ear,
to
Ephah,
imagine31to
maketh
first-born5
to
listen1?
appearance23 horseman,
EXERCISE
The
p.
save10
to
Phenicians15
liquidmeasure)29 the
remain9
to
of
(a
rider2*
measure)28
corn
counsel32
fathers18
morrow33
to
the
to
the
my
run25
Hin, (a
camp34-
99.
his
Egypt.
iace^
to
The
shine2-
The
inhabitants^
60.
INFLECTION
said
to
David,
David
took10
"
of
Jebus7
Nevertheless9
All
Israel
mon,
to
do
(of) the
that
saw
of
is far13
of
wisdom
the
Solo
m1^
was
and
she
to
came
heard
prove21 him
hard22
with
man24-
Lord
the
Cain32
Moses
man
the
9Conv.
in the
* Hi.
TG3
"
vv
ifrnn) 25D1K1?
'T-:-
TT
RULES
" 60.
struct
graphs,
2.
cause
These
which
the
to
moves
greater
or
22
changes
changes
are
forward
fut.
21
HDJ
io-dS
nrroa
\
W.
"
SIJK^ son^'i
OF
MASCULINE
NOUNS.
Con
mentioned
with
noun
in the
vowel
considerable
-\-\X Hi.
i2?rjr
pirn
HTH
INFLECTION
of the
was
IT
"
the connection
state, and
addition
3 D"J3
ss-iiy 32 pp
formation
keeper30
the ground34- And
land of Egypt, in
of the people.
eyes
HDJ
"
23i;*tfD
vv
THE
FOR
The
1.
24 "Oil
-34n:rm
*(T) drops
tongue's (request)
Abel29
tiller33 of
13
:
the
great in the
and
63'^
to
tongue.
a
very
7DW
Spun
was
was
Pharaoh,
of
eyes
answer28
of the
answer
sheep31 and,
the
the
(comes)
: the
(transl.)
271
a.) from
righteous.
queen18 of Sheba19
The
Solomon
God
is
3.
(" 79,
prayer14 of the
the
hither8-
come
of Zion12" 'which
castle11
Lord
judgment17-
fame20
slialt not
the
but27 HehearethJS
the wicked:
of
The
city of David.
the
Thou
121
NOUNS.
MASCULINE
OF
suffixes,in
preceding
para
changes.
less modifications
in the
form
of the
word.
very
seldom
affected.
The
are
grades
representedby
the
const,
5.
Two
state
occur
the
in the
in the
two
change
forms
of
of the
singular: "Q*!
and
be
re
vowels, which
construct
state:
the construct
16
st.
in the
plural:n^
shows
the
In
a.
1.
Run
122
well
is
of
the
H^TT* the
the
In
6.
classes:
ultimate
Chirek
vowel
sing., and
retained, but
under
of the
vowels
being only
short
therefore
penult
as
helping vowel.
two
distinguished
are
corresponding to the
higher grade, corresponding to the
re
properly it
rejected:HITI,
are
changes
lower
is
forms
two
penult is
in
vowel
ultimate
plur. both
st.
construct
as
the
of these
fr.
"im,
the
b. In
the
of
that
comparison
sing,
st.
construct
jected and
ened:
The
EXERCISES,
grade,
const,
state
const,
state
plural.
7. The
following forms
grade: the singular
lower
with
forms
forms
with
light suffixes.
plural forms
According
the
with
according to the
suffixes,the femi
state, and
nine
the
inflected
are
to the
suffixes:
grave
the
plural
higher grade :
DDfT
as
const,
st.
sing. D?rf" const, st. pi. 'gjfi (prop. 'Dpp), fern. HEOq
and
pi. D"DDf" with light stiff,'sing,
plur."/Mp* '/MP:'
,
with
suff.
grave
above
rules)see
NOTE
nation
ing
For
I.
NOTE
II.
as
pi. Dp^/P^p
having no
nouns
well,
included
not
in
distinctive feminine
are
termi
masculine, except
that
mains
61.
"
1, With
DECLENSION
reference
OF
to
foregoing paragraph,
the
the
changes
vowel
are
nouns
Nouns
with
immutable
CLASS
II.
Nouns
with
mutable
vowel
CLASS
III.
Nouns
with
mutable
vowel
CLASS
IV.
Nouns
with
mutable
CLASS
V.
The
ultimate
and
Segholate
as
in
the
follows:
vowels.
vowels
penult.
forms.
exhibited
classed
I.
re
NOUNS,
MASCULINE
CLASS
the
the
66.
Feminine
*)N5
in the ultimate.
in the
in both
penult.
syllables:
FIRST
" 02.
2.
This
division
sake of brevity
fourth
this
immutable,
ment,
2.
In
Paradigms.
:
the
For
first,second, third,
DECLENSION.
FIRST
62.
"belong
all
sometimes
are
similar
being
of which
nouns,
as
Ttf city,
3,
to
POD
Spp_
belong
Dp
derived
6.
Kamets
mutable
Note
is immutable,
p3J thief,
for
terms
difficultyarises with
forms
Kamets
the
the
vowels
the
are
voice, B*Q*Jgar
*7ip
hero, JTpCJ'todestroyer.
Some
mutable,
use
*TQ3
vowels
will
in
1'2:"
fifth declensions.*
and
To
is observed
we
"
1.
DECLENSION.
^,
from
4.).
standing
executioner,
Kamets
D^p
and
for
ty*5D'.
^j;ND
*'
nin
run
these
immutable.
Tsere
and
1^
im
are
standing
for
like
writing.
^'*1")',
^H
EXERCISE
and
as
^tpp_,
^j^the
^Nt3p_"
^Npp ("56, 3/a.b.):
forms
In
DH?
Tsere,
sometimes
and
and
and
100.
To
engraver,
the
form
artificer,
PART
124
smallbeginning1
put,to shame7
flee13
"to
harness8
to
increase3
to
to
go
escape14 a spoiler^
high2-5
(" 96, 4.)
("83, 6.)
counsel, and
wise
be
est4
stood
his
in
head.
the
king
horseback18
goeth
out25
not
and
strength (lieth),
and
poured36
said, Is it
it
14
7'P#S3
TUB
Hi.
brought
12
liorse of
him
done
all the
5Conv.
princes44 of JudalH5
4 tut.
ntransl:
D:J
great
of
oil35,
him,
the
And5
inheritance41?
to
bound32
anointed39
hath
Lord
said
thy
kissed3*?
and
the
lamp24
vial34
pro-
unto
mightest be
took
on
city, and
it be
thou
head,
the
His
fi^N
!3np
X13
his
head
And
and
Samuel33
upon
(be) captain40over
Babylon 43 slew42
8Pi.
'wherewith31
because38
not
the
arid the
thee, wherein3*)
pray
Then
afflict thee?
to
me,
off9
cham
Her
king delighteth to honor23.
Delilah2"?
And5
by26 night.
Tell29
Samson28?
their
king
shall
and
Jerusalem.
of the
street2o
Thus22
him,
the
whom
man
the
through l^
before
claimedsi
the
may-
cut
took13
to
arrayed16 Mordecai1^
and
city-7
ran,
and
saw
David
brought14 it
apparel15 of
the
took
him8
slew
And
thou
David
Philistines
fortified
that3
And5
and
the
when1"
Philistine
Hainan
instruction-:
Philistine'
And
pion11 was
of the
receive!
be
to
101.
end.
thy (latter)
the
upon6
ofmail^
coats
back, return^
hence
give, to wm/ce'-6 fortification,
copper29to give light,illuminate-'50
to
EXERCISE
Hear
put on11
to
to
to
near**
control
column28
EXERCISES.
1.
and
thee
to
king
of
jn
["101,111. a)]
that ('3)
their
-n'33
champion
Conv.
10
QfpJD
I-T
T|
transl.
18 to
193
2031JTP
21JOP
bring
horseback
on
331
Hi.
whose
in
honor
the
is
king
29
Fli. parag.
4.
36
("51, 1. a)
pr
'
44D"V!P
27 nV1?"! 26
jl^plfir
"fiV 34^3
plur. *]'$;
43
S^3
v
*T
T;
28
: T
delighting,delighting in 3 VSI")
:
""
25
honor
41
1'^Sn:
-T
24
31
-T
1.
Under
68.
this
are
SECOND
DECLENSION.
included
all
nouns
here
22
DIG
T
23
1J
H^2
(g96, 2)
3"n'".3
38 "3
-T
with
par.
"
39H^rD
40 1" JJ
nr"S31
V-.l*!
IT:
nD.2)
T-:-
15
ID"1
"
33Sx-,D^32Ni.fut.npK
42t3nJt*
^/^
16 Hi.
J7OT1D
"
having
fl, 71^31
T
mutable
"
DECLENSION.
SECOND
C3.
"
125
.
vowel
or
in
the
with
Nouns
blood
D1
(D3?TT)
with
b. Nouns
hand
roof, T
D3"T)"
CTV"
"
The
when
doubling
lengthened at the
JDr time,D|P|
with
Patach).
as
words
Monosyllabic
Kamets,
is
word
the
Kamets:
monosyllabic,
either
are
immutable*
are
I.
mutable
a.
vowels
preceding
their
Ad
syllable; they
final
end:
Kamets
(" 14,
shortened
is
as
c.
Short,
c.).
Nouns
with
H5
mv
Patach:
12^
dual
"
breasts, *Q
DH"*
son,
son-
with
d. Nouns
which
Patach,
double
radical
final
the
OS^'p judgment,
as
with
(forDHfc")
final Kamets
Several
33113 star.
.or
Patach
the
double
nouns
D^IN vestibule,
last
a)
pride,
quiet, subst. wantonness,
f|^^ a(^j"
a'liiy,
b) ^"TiQ threshing-sledge,
p^l^'
1*^%'
gift, D^3r*^'
|7l wheel,
"
in
Ad
III.
B*$fy.
Monosyllabic
with
nouns
drop
also
the
Tsere
with
the
only in
Other
construct
plur. suffixes:
grave
^..'
D"V3?.''VJ?:'
the
st. have
1) Several
final
altar, TOfp;
fore
DD
nouns
the
/pP
your
retain
as
this
D5
Tsere
of this
state
plural,
tree, ^#,
n
^.'i
kijid,
hence
^|Vi?.'
knowledge,
the
const,
HJtp
J3 some
staff;DJnii/Dyour
the
IJ^I
couching place,
pip
suffixes Tl
of
nouns
Patach:
Chirek
Tsere.
nouns
as
DyVt:' 13 1)ack"^.'
mutable
in
the
class
in
IJJ^p tithe.' 2)
of these
sign,
take
wonder.
Be
Seghol : as
3) Some
plural absolute:
as
126
PART
descendant
double
of the
the
last
third
before
Nouns
the
doubled
D'"*S"*
generation,
plain-orchard, 1
Cholem,
final
writer,
changing
radical:
skilled
person
also
these
the *, when,
double
HIPP
nn^Ji
Ad
VI.
in
2)
of JT'7
With
n"b*
Observe
guttural
which
in
H"
tirely
before
nXT"
with
suff.
downwards,
from
is
few
the
forms
the
^DD);
149,
the
for
the
suf
^?"?p
Pause
Lamed
guttural
')
derivatives
other
H"
"'
r\$T\
as
H7J^D
from
and
state
with
local
plural).
en
state
HDD
as
H1?]/*?
"
original termination
the
H"
const,
r\~-
from
upwards,
stiff. ?TMQ
drop
HKI
as
verbs
HVp. enc^
seer,
(" 13,
"
7.
a.)
thy covering
(s^nff-)
(sing.) Is!~30,23,
^pp
the
const,
with
taken
with
in
With
afformatives:
"
with
Hithpael,
1) ^yCpp'
of
and
the
HtSD
stranger,
the
Thus
Ps.
and
that
^l.plur. D\\h,
instances
(erroneously
Creator
of
HD3
as
Ca.
TjtJHD(sing.)
2, 14.
VtTJ?
his
2.
EXERCISE
l?^
nin?
oi'ten
which
T]5"1kX 3)
in
in
fl"
any
restored.
(as 'from
Piel
account
terminate
*"
D'JEtf
DHIIT.
here
Participles
change
In
and
fourfold:
are
4) rj5\X (on
VII.
Ad
in
nouns
is lengthened:
D'HIPP
an
hieroglyphics D^'0""|D'
"
f?
Ayin
.
word
Jew,
Tj,D5"
3$"
the
Kubbuts
into
hight, summit,
derived
Participles Kal,
exception
fixes
the
belong
it
D""Hp
as
Several
4)
"
TD.5P palm-branch,
as
with
V.
sacred
in
EXERCISES,
consonant:
cultivated
Ad
I.
noN-ri^
102.
:nin?
"
: rnrr
crj
127
n,
nint
-try nrw*
DECLENSION.
SECOND
63.
:12^prtnp "^s^'
ninptps^o
:npN
desire1
supply: my
compassion,pity6'(^97, 4,)7
in
gird1?("85, 1. b.) iniquity18
to. be
few21
little,
become
or
minion,
be
strike8 to become
couch, bed11
to
to
rule25
on3
to wait
kingdom2
to
dance14
to
to
ashamed5
be
pledge9debt10
niD
intoxicated, drunk24
torch23
envy'22 a
to
of"
the power
surety,
to
help,assist28 without29
do
to go
out,
extinguished30"
EXERCISE
the
And1
and
it
manded
the
to
Keceive7
scribes2 of the
written
was
Jews
king were
according to all
and
to
instruction,the
my
struction.
103.
The
angels of
the
called
that
at3
that time4?
Morclecai
com
of the
provinces6in
fathers' instruction,our
Lord encampeths roundabout
the
rulers5
Philistines
them.
And1
the
just and delivereth10
together11to fight*2with13 Israel.
gathered11 their camps
of thy camp,
Lord
in the midst
The
walkethi*
thy God
the
before
give up16 thine enemies17
Jethro2o,
thee; therefore1 shall is thy camp be1^ holy i". And1
heard
the priestof Midian21.
Moses' father-in-law^2,
(of)all
that God
had
done
for23 Moses, and for Israel,his people,
to
and
deliver15
he
Blessed'^5
my
hands
thee
said:
and
to
I, thy father-in-law, am
war2^.
my
come24
strength26,which
My refuge^,
my
deliverer30
to
thee*
teacheth27
and
(He)
128
PART
whom31
in
The
me34-
The
subdueth33
is
thy keepers
upholdeth3?
with
not
I trust8'-*;who
Lord
Lord
evil:
but
STINTS
*r
My
trusteth44
in his
heart
26
4fem.
-p3
-j^H13
23
part.
30
Pi
CoS3
part.
22
m'n
21
(doubles
nDU"
35 part.
S, Paft- tyh
41 with
45
[doubles the
last
40npty
lh
cons.]
34
39
28
"
"
27 Pi
S^p
64.
declension
1. This
in the
vowel
ble
Tsere
in the
Pi.
vSn
I
18
-T
rm
IT
TT
part (6 96, 8)
"]^S
(6 96. 8) T\^
32
pret. HDH
(" 96, 8J
37 part,
43 part,
nfrj?
36 cone.)
^OD
42 Pi. pret.
46 part,
"
DECLENSION.
comprises
final
| .-
3, part. HD3
THIRD
10
-|T
"
.47 part.
"
iconv.
59IJT1P
:
33 part.
38 part
HitO^p
44 with
UpPI
SOn/V
pi 3
^V
the last
29
2120
QnS
12Ni.
IT
3113
(own) hearths
that imagine46
33
r\y
25part.
IIV
reproach-
poor
14 Hit. part.
24
meftdle*9
(is)joy.
l--r
Kal.
thy shades^.
son
of them
of peace
snip
"
bvj
15Hi.
16 mj
fallss.
the
the
enyn
]~r
-r
is
Lord
the
under
people
my
moeketh41
counselors47
fnpS
part. run
IT:17 TX
(is)in
the
to
that
He
Deceit
fool.
all that
Whoso
rebels40-
EXERCISES.
1.
all
with
nouns
syllable and
immuta
an
mutable
Kamets
or
remembrance.
fit"Ot
2.
Kamets
The
state
const,
or
Tscre
of the
penult
invariably when
and
wise
with
suff. fainS
like
forms
In
"
the
is
word
middle
as
pHS
dropped in the
is lengthened.
radical
is like
ruler, leader,
with
4.
a
suff.
few
nouns
of this class
as
C?vC-*
measure,
class of
week
PL
DD'
and
ni3'"
const.
THIRD
" 64.
5. In
double
tliis class
comprehended
are
last radical:
the
DECLENSION.
129
several
which
nouns,
as
'
'".~:
"
tie,D *7*")n
"
6.
several
In
derived
those
verbs
from
suff.
flight,with
of the
nouns
HUE
fear,pi. DHUEJ
'
fortress,with
*T)VE
sufF.
DUE
as
"pUp;
form
r|"11VE;
plnE sweetness, pi. Q'p
EXERCISE
104.
nS :np"ip nrip
sn
nijoy
T
16
mrr
:
"'npIT trnp1
srnpI
nirr
l^Kb{?S
"inn
nirr
T
:iDipaD
|
:
-Sist
: H73 ni^i^nin^ jn 91073
22
"
"
21
njp
: 33
34 ^
iN*
to
=
raise1
His
to
bend,
bow
majesty fillsthe
the fullness
down2
whole
earth)
of3
glory,majesty* (supply:
remembrance5
is
wantonness7
delight,acceptance14
ignominy8with9 lowlyio faithful11 weight12 perfect13
nest19
wander18
mighty20 word21
proverb15to conceal16 to search out17 to
to
touch23
healing26a
dream27
behold2'3
vision3l
and
the anointed
to
eternity
=="
forever and
man25
flyaway,
foundation, basis32
to priests,
kings,)24old, aged
(applied
vanish28
hard
ever33,avaricious,
"
hearted34
17
riches35
but36-
130
PART
1. EXERCISES.
EXERCISE
Our
Redeemer1*
One
Holy
that
he
the
as
dream
The
of
(he) a father,
master16;
unto
dew21
upon
eth23
the
the
and
scas25"
of the
people28-
not
fellow43?
taketh
that
stands^0
"
16
nor
He
7 mn
D'DFl
with42
right
15
14
1O3
Hosts
of
God
of their
Lord
44n2"|Pl
4a;n
mutable
still-
waves2**
reigneth^,
heart40-
of the
341KD3
|9'DSl'vS48
the
33JOO
Ni.
fut
evil to
his
totter48-
11 tut.
"U
'2
PDH
("101, I. c.)
10
n
I
19
part. HT3
18
the
cons.)
vowel
32
S.3 25
belong
nouns
in
the
last:
both,
first, or
as
^HJ
_T
(doubles
the
last
cons.) Q"1
with
39 part.
47 part, in
Kal.
const,
13H
state
"
31S3*1J,"
30^ing.
37
p^
46 311
part.
45 prct
p
IT
FOURTH
9
..
17KTb
("80, 5)
65.
Stf'JI
IT
TT
last
40^3S
LD1D
never49
his
neigh
20J
the
(doubles
tipret.Sjl
^y_
in
ri"IX
12
.
(that)
poor.
[strong shortening of
this
26
He
doeth
nor
Kamets
Tsere
DK1
28
"
in
hand
21^
p'i'1
I
22
Kal
part.
13
JTN'
JIIDH
1. To
his
shall
(tilings)
Stf
27
^D
35
50iut.
in
"
part, n^^
Q^S
36Q'Jpfi
"and
S, p?"
with
-T
pret. Pause
(he)
As20
reproach44 against
the
part,
.51
Lord
king.
The
23 Hi.
plur., doubles
29
up45
jmar
if I
name.
noise
tongue,
these
-.
24
his
doeth47
at51
6 Hi.
of
the
truth
speaketh39
hackhiteth41
God
favor22
if then13
and
the
hon-
darknesssi
and
bor^;
saith
night).
son10
master^.-
despise19 my
(is)the
of
shall
about
Him32:
(are) round
right
and judgment (are)the habitation83 of His throne34walketh35
uprightly36 and worketh37
righteous
that
ness38*
fear17?
them
honor15?
of the
noise24
and
eousness
He
the grass
tumult27
clouds30
(is)mine
priests,that
O18
his
servant
nations3
vision
is my
distress^
(of the
the
name,
of all the
that
vision7
inherits
where
you,
and
night
where14
(is) His
multitudes
Israel
(his)father, and
Hosts
of
The
uprights shall
oreth11
Lord
of Israel.
fight4 against5
105.
Sj'S
Nt"'3
T
DECLENSION.
of
or
two
with
with
syllables either
Kamets
Kamets
in
in the
the
with
second
first and
old
"CTJ word, DD^ heart, JPlJ
2. Vowel
Kamets
a,
nrj,
drop:
'pr^'jpr.
suffixes
the
before
sing, and
state
const,
in
changed
syllable,are
last
the
in
Tsere
and
b. Kamets
the
syllable always
first
the
in
Tsere
or
131
DECLENSION.
FOURTH
09.
"
Dp" |p
in
"
sing,
In
c.
Patacli:
into
plural
the
the
const,
4. In
few.
Segholate
suffixes:
l"ranch,
in the
st.
const,
st.
const,
const,
st.
const,
st. "1DD;
const,
Some
st.
^^V
of the
nouns
wall,
0.
of
nouns
suffixes
Borne
instead
e.
e.
g.
y^V
Dp^pP
is Patacli
on
rib,
vowel
in
'
and
7DD
"
the
before
st. and
J^and JtTp_;
t]JJ"
J^V
and
Segholate
form
st.
const,
"
form
take
^tpp
J"|rOshoulder,
const,
st.
the
st.
const,
^14
t]r\5;
^M
T]T.;
st.
robbery,
^Op retain
of the form
Tsere
in the
plur.
T^TO^(but
^DN*; DDtr joyful',
^'ifindelighting,^")H
also
"?{?)
EXERCISE
2rnr
const,
state
const,
uncircumcised,
7*JJ^
g.
Hpl,
as
^pp
form
in the
used
^; Tj^Nlong,
nouns
suffixes
helping
Clrirek:
of
the
"sirff.
D?5^;
with
as
grave
vowel
helping
smoke,
Jt"jj
as
J'Sjrwith
5.
2%
(" 00.)is
form
the
drop:
Tsere
the
as
before
and
plur.
and
Patacli
.plural is
the
retained:
guttural.
of the
fp3 wing,
In
the
are
HJW'" ^'
"Dpn"
account
3
state
Kamets
plur. final
but
Tsere
and
final Kamets
tZ. In
before
and
33
\\X."
1T1"
as
100.
tDdjTjS
orjS
jn^ nin*. :nr^: nin?
3*3D"S rSnp nin* :bn
:nn
H?^'forgetful,
132
PART
EXERCISES.
1.
S'pgn:8""no nS
7p5'n
S
"C
mrr
T
"
nan1
I7
p?n
29
: H33
the summit1
ness6
to
break
to fold7 counsel8
forth2
four9
soft
flesh, body5 quietness,
wing3 lightning4
Pual
he
made
wise, hence:
: to
7.)
little10($ 83,
(by bands)
spider*8
worthlessnes8; lowness25
catch19 ($ 76, 2.
to
(a peculiarspecies,small
locust
Word
had
Lord
had
and
and
be
them
given
of TheeS,
deny9
not
me
deny
poverty16
(Thee)20,
poor21' and
vain).
Fear
want26
to
these
God
and
and
say,
them
fear27
Iove29
bless29
thee
thy
thy herds33-
and
corn,
bless29
thee
thy wine30;
Speak
ye
to34
heaven.
(transl.the
Who
is the
the
saints24:
If
and
do29
His
covenant.
and
oilsl"
heart
of
Lord
Remove
of
lie)*4:
be
full 1 9,
lest I
or
of my
Grod
for there
(in
is no2^
hearken28
ye
them,
to eat,
required?
Lord?
multiply29
thine
the
word
name
Him.
Lest
the
The
I die 12!
riches18-
of
Israelites
before"
not
steal22* and.take2^
the
the
And2
(things)have
lies
nor17
forever.
corn
Two6
(them)
vanity 13
me
stand
upon
(of) the
me"
circle21
107.
manna4
wicked.
the
from
give
down3
d.)
assembly29-1
circle,an
shall
God
our
rained
from
is far
far13
of
ornament20
conjointly24
assembly26'to rejoice, to play, dance
an
EXERCISE
The
($ 82, I.)16
locust
edible)22upright one23
and
(# 89, 4.)
dance28
to laugh,rejoice,
(Pi.)97
rock15
to
the
Lord
thy
And
He
will
thee:
he
will
flocks32
and
Jerusalem,
and
thy
call unto35
her,
the
transl.
from
19 fut.
y3"
25
there
pK
no
i6$jo
171
Wffy
is
IjntfS 7^W"
9pm
24
30-i#VVn
29
35
"3^
(generallymasc.
make
originalvowel
")9P'
the
the
short
was:
By
^'"Ij^*
second
t^e
regularly changes
^"3p
l?np become
2. Tlie
words
3.
The
second
of this
On
resumed:
NOTE
the
as
I.
Kamets
in
rj^Q
"
vowel
declension
the
being
"
The
in
an
Tsere,
ir
it
does
originalTPO
T]Sb
1$P
a
in
now
only
the
,
under
however,
pause
thus
TJ7"?'
as
becomes
Patach,
being only
"
8r"jp
.
helping vowel,
all
Milel..
are
of the
lengthening
"
to
added,
been
"
Chirek
pause
order
In
has
vowel
Seghol,
with
helping Seghol
of the
Cholem,
into
/cm.)
called
nouns
one.
("
short
the
Kamets-Chatuph,
36 Acre
Segholateforms.
i, or
a,
addition
consonant,
xSo
consonants,
vowel
term:
syllableis lengthened.
open
first
a
helping
dissyllabic,
hence
32
T
37
the
following
regularly Seghol,
pret.
XT
33
originally three
had
vowel,
them
to his fearers
large class of
the
embraced
are
20 Pi.
DECLENSION.
FIFTH
66.
Seglwlates, which
one
fut. #T
IT
fern.) ^
here
(gen. masc.,
"
but
12 rut.
39
this
27
J/'Ettf
ace.
34^
SN
pi. suff.
with
21 Ni.
'2 C.I
"IB D
-T
28 with
C. 1
with
3 Hi.
|D
isxr#
14313
pro
41D'Si)3 40nS
1. In
pret.
5j;n
ferflfl22pret. 3JJ
IT
31"in]T
the
io Hi.
23pret.
imp
""
D'jTtf
sins*3-
all her
foH2
of
received^
hath
she
for
hand
accomplished37,that
is
warfare36
her
that
133
DECLENSION.
iniquity39 is pardonedss,
her
FIFTH
C"6.
"
word
the
original form
is
if
Hence
He
local
Segholate,
"
as
n^""!^
to
the
land
(T^lNt
134
I.
PART
N);
HJV3
In
the
in
originalvowel
4.
the
the
to
house
NOTE
segholate form
is
sing, the
state
const,
II.
kindred
5.
words
form
of three
second
one
shoulder
T]S/9"
1"p"
forms
They
From
the
as
CH
the
7. From
the
NOTE
the
II L
but
in
8. In
rally stands
ei-able
DjX
under
(5.vowel
and
absolute
In
the
and
plural
the
before
form
of two
for the
had
etc., with
forms
with
"
as
consonant)'
with
forms
con
final
the
is
radical
the
grave
suffixes:
grave
of
one
as
the
retained
is
absolute
plural
in
*2*7'2DrTp^O"
suffixes;as
'
"
^Q, the
Seghols, as
original Patach
Cfrirek
first gene
But
(?f?b)"
originally; as
Tj^pknee, D^
suffixes: ^IJpjHp?
consid-
"J^p garment,,
rain,
hp?
remem
with
two
Seghols (Tto)
some
Seghol ("lipp)
(most of which
Seghol as the original short vowel:
?
marshy
are
number
the
D^
""Dp
plural
the
marsh,
the second
man
"
sing,p'pg,DJP^O
the
ink ;
"U^
the
When
st.
and
those
after
vowel
one
"O|
1H
aspirated pronunciationof
the const,
but
with
st. :
const,
all
as
and
state
thing,in
Segholates in inflection:
the
plural
light suffixes:
vain
class, embraces
this
^ftp gain,profit,
room,
this form
taken
struct
moisture
with
agree
of
B"3^ honey
Ig^
the
breath,
consonants
as
place, and
9.
When
is accented:
If"
o,
apartment,
an
plantation,
plant,J
are
unaltered.
remain
6.
EXERCISES,
are
as
and
Pe
"OK
Tsere
gutt.)
witli
have
pinion, with
rq^, r^n
DECLENSION.
FIFTH
" 66.
135
p^npart, pgr?delight,h$,caif,i#
fat,
against,(IIJ^Gen.
help, 'Tty*valuation, i^ before, over
against him, i. e. the counterpart of him),
2, 18, 20. as over
ten
*|JJ"#
etc.
salvation, rHK
y""
Patach
the
JHJ seed,
as
second
radical
^tppand Sfcpp
forms
of the
vowels
guttural,both
is
When
way.
radical
second
the
under
vowel
is
radical
third
the
When
10.
is
Patach;
are
as
^tppwith
form
Kubbuts
handful,
V^/pp
,
letter
guttural takes
D5
p as ^^?K
" 45).
(Inf.with 'stiff.
work
^|
tnv
the
plural absolute
The
two
D'BntP
and
whence
3)
nouns
D^'"Jp
the
guishable
in
lengthens
the
before
all the
and
the
other
rVt'
forms
V=1
; a
P.**adversity,with
with
15.
suff.
I.
absolute.
1 into
before
is
"
the
*
T:
only distin
1 the
Kamets:
as
death,
DVJ
as
vowel
JT? olive.
into
*3in;fV3 house,
const.
-The
of
the
D^j, with
verb
H"S
^pp
form
preceding
suff.
Scgholates
With
unchanged:
1 and
with
"
T:
the
article).
"
remains
contracted
are
thong:
Patach
the
also
DrinnX
Patach
but
holiness, have
"Hp
"
sing,
s]"ears.
noun
"
T'J7and
With
WtTlN
makes
14.
way,
The
with
(thus always
guttural:D^HpH
without
tent3
in
as
7iDp vocalizes
form
instances
middle
suffixes
the
before
13.
few
The
Kamets
iS^(alsolS"|^)
fpp
greatness,
12.
in
suffixes:
before
inflection
the
^tjphas
form
The
12.
In
power
a
diph
hence
const.
suff.
exhibit
the
136
three
originalforms
EXERCISES.
follows:
as
'Vt|"'Vn"
suff.
such
II. From
was
originally1
inn,
IPO
"yfT,
arise
mt^
suiF.
IfU^
radical
^jin
of which
1PQ
from
the third
"
H$"
pause
"Vn"suif. "Sn
in pause
from
"
in
H"
^P
of JT
nouns
H"
0"T])" vH
"nS;
I.
PART
phi vyy$
108.
3T
:nin
nin
? rru
I
:nii^
mn"
""
ninn
rrn
-
;2
n
itr'
T"
now
nio
26
nip
an"n
SD
^ vfc'sp
the
fruit8
person
down17
Sj;nin!
^orn
SbS
or
addicted
("93, 7.)
to
thing14 the
the deed*9
magnificence18
wall15
stone16
sacrifice
to
break, pull
("83, 4.)20to
flatted1
to
to
bear witness33
flame
burning35 the
flame,
early
afflicted'-28
scoffer32
company31 scorner,
vehement34
hard,
seeks
($93, 3.
early,diligently24
direct, prepare26step27 poor,
seek
to
spread22step, footstep23
137
DECLENSION,
FIFTH
66.
"
to
testify,
of Jah, i. e.
kindled by God36-
EXERCISE
His
holy3
cometh
thy foot12
as15
he
cording
saying,
to
his work18-
have
is Mil*
do
thou
what21
hills 5,
will
so16
sent
to
sentest
to
not
of the
the
to
Hiram20
And19
heard
earth
render17
I will
me:
to
He
Lord.
done
has
earth.
The
totter11-
to
the
goodness13 of
and
heaven
made9
the
to
eyes
(bless)
from8
help (cometli)
help7- My
my
innermost2
my
up4 mine
I will lift
Lord, who
suffer-"
and
soul1,
my
name.
whence6
from
the
Lord
the
Bless
109.
to
man
him
ac
Solomon,
for21:
me
do
eagles39?they
through43 the
were
(and) I22
of
breadth46
and
(with the
art.
inn
19Conv.
5 in
262Tha
27 Hi. TV
33tnjV
32^^^
ITT
portion51for
rny
hy)
18^3
jflJ9
17 Hi.
24^
25pK
31 with
1"
inf.
3^
xfrj
the
23}'3n 22
30
flesh48
My
strength50of
(is)the
ever.
15"1#N3
j3
14
plur. ^
(part.H^J7)
of
maker
16
in the
it and
of
thee.
unto
(but) God
faileth47,
length45
the
heart, and
my
in44
Arise, walk
lions41-
stronger42 than
land
heart49
my
all
29
D#D
fern, #3 J
")?#.6 j'KD
fc^D
38
4"7
37Ni.
Y13
43^
42
36
[naa
"
35with
naj
art.
pi.]i3i
.51pSn
I
."
""
34 Part.
Q^J
50 1"
41
Ni.
pi, rn,
493n"7
T
18
"
with
art.
138
I.
PART
THE
" 67.
The
1.
masc.
FORMATION
feminine
suffixes.
FEMININES.
OF
termination
affectingit
noun,
EXERCISES.
in the
same
manner
DID,
appended
is
Jl"
as
HNVlO;
v.
like H"
penult
the
like
the
H"
it
When
tives from
in
is
u-et
the
Jl"
CLASS
the
as
undergo
as
follows
vowels
H7bp
jlTTtJI
"
H"
mutable
:
as
from
IV.
derived
Nouns
III.
as
rQ^D*
*)J^; rrnpX
strength, from
CLASS
become
becomes
and
"
*| (Deriva
and
into JT"
"
Kamets
less
change
than
before
or
fem
statute, law.
HpH
|T
the
Tsere
before
njTiyrighteousness.
masculine:
man,
be
FEMININES.
immutable
with
Nouns
fern, termination
nation,
in
of
Seghol: TD
contracted
nouns
II.
Tsere
becomes
are
classed
are
with
Nouns
termination
CLASS
Kamets
FT$yj
OF
feminine
and
ones,
I.
CLASS
and
Seghol
^ne
exceptions,
and
nouns
DECLENSION
inflection
masculine
Deci.
(fornp^')"nni^'(forrvpt?).
" 68.
In
Patach
to the
appended
^7
few
C'hirek 0")
r\"^),
i-et
w'" rvyp
inine
with
sound:
Hj;
"
Decl.
a) the ante
b) the penult
TTU;
for T|^5'
v^zTj^b*
JlfTfi,fijll^D;
rTTV^
as
Seghol: m"
in
wall, from
rn."U
as
ft", modifies
ending
preceding vowel,
Seghol:
fern,
Seghol
like
comes
II.
(TV!*.
toneless
The
light
^p, ns^QjD*?JN
np^Jti
Deci.
'
2.
the
in.
the
to
from
from
word,
the
segholate form
of
TPO;
wo
rnj"3 a young
saying, from T)pN; Hptfl
ptfl
"
Nouns
in
DECLENSION
FIP^T
69.
"
ft"-
tress; flg'tfwife:
njrO
" 69.
the
in
st.
const,
Before
light
syllable
"
NOUNS.
ft-
"
139
ftT}^ mis
as
DECLENSION.
is commuted
Kamets
into ft":
Patach
suffixes the
"
FEM.
coat.
the
H"
becomes
ft"
FIRST
declension
this
In
OF
of ft"
TlpID
as
unchanged
in
all
HpH
being
but
"
as
in
const.
an
D3fiD;lD
open
The
"
forms.
"
He
local (H"
"
ft"
"
as
"
the
changes
fern,
termination
ft"
into
"
from
J"irn!p"
PPO
n.
EXERCISE
(bitter
fountain).
p.
110.
zrbn$:nS^ioSn
HMH
^T
rnrr
nnin
nisi
nir
: 13
secreti the
chamber6
to
v$ np^'
heat12
only13silent
mouth22
push,
unsearchable26.
thrust
circuit10
rising9
to
resignation14
(i.e. perfectly
resigned)
praise21his
22
hide, conceal11
to
np^' i^i^i
nmo
down23
4$ 108, 1.)*
near18
to
unless24
utter19
righteousness20
delight95searching,
140
PART
I.
EXERCISES,
EXERCISE
My
soul, waits
(is)from
He
defence?*
I shall not
(is)my
Thou
(is),(sois)his might 10.
'
man
ships11of
to Thy name
of the
He
Him.
vationG:
the
thou
111.
Tarshish
0
earth.
with12
God,
and
and
the
The
him.
Baanah26
chamber
and, Jo, my
behold, your
selves4o
to
have
ye
sheaf
God,
DID
also3?
and
Go
And
himself4?
[doubles the
last
34 Hi. n-1D
C. 1, nn^
with
part.
have
ye
cons.] ;ui#p
33
39
33^D
unto
this
47 f^PI
1. The
as
6nj^t#'
46DKD
words
in the
2. When
in
house,
the
time44
scorned4^
of
all
of
your
evils4^
your
Kal
3^J
*"
44 n
totTW
SECOND
123
21
37 QJ
21? l^jfl
QD^
nrrjx
|3
30
lomoj
93
20[part.]^DJ*
^y
29
part.
"
43 dative
42
"
28
JT)],H^x
and
SOfplur. D'"
33^
Hi. fut.
y"
41
\ ~;
DECLENSION.
and
drop the Kamets
inflection,
excepting in the plural absolute:
of this
8h'va
paradigm)
from
Pause!
38Ni.
4mpjl
"N3f
31 HtSD
(as
Re-
bed3_2chamber33,
day
out
you
32 IIH
fut. 3^0
" 70.
Tsere
of the
you43 in
save42
saved48
48
And
upright^ ; and
prostrated tliemthe gods, which
and
cry4!
22
40Hith.
of
way
stood
isnn
35 Pi. D?^
the
endur-
troubles50-
your
8Ni.
and
who
the midst2^
surrounded39?
sheaf.
distress4^
ends1?
and
arose,
sheaves
your
and
b.)
in
his
the
According
path24-
in
we
my
their
bed31
his
on3"
thou
not
into2?
came
of h.
Behold,
shatterest
king Iay29
(in the
As
so
ing2o forever.
My son21, walk22
wicked; refrain23 thy foot from
chah25
salva-
totters.
wind13-
east14
an
hope4
declension
but
Hl^'"
precedes the
a
npny.
helping
vowel
termination
is used:
H
as
"
--,
"
3.
immutable,
nt^'3?(the
declension:
the
comp.
witness
ilNVp
;
T
*'
nit
are
first
nj^'pSrequest ;
nVJO
re
v
^
'
something
stolen ;
overthrow;
nD^np
4. Several
nouns
^theSegholate
np^Pp
n^N^D
T
n^?bX
darkness
etc.
in
const,
take
or
const,
'
the
f]"
"
st.
i*l!3^Jl
'
and
'jlp/pp^
before
suff.
suff.
with
"
i'
n^DlD
:
chariot.
"
government,
"
HytTpP
"
war
ornament,
""
norj3
cattle,with
suff.
const.
mistress,const.
n*)tpj?.5
rn'lljl
const.
nDH1?
^PD?^
W^D?5
^^
crown
EXERCISE
112.
nin
:np?p
nin
"
n^NII fig;
as
jlfliD^pj
work,
M^|
gall; "1i3l^burning
nfiJJO
plague
kingdom,
hight;
Jl.'Dl^ pool
T
Hllp
71*13^something
family,
nnBJ^p
T
form
',
unclean
(fr.
pure,
(UN)
curse,
strange, (fr.itf);,103
foil ; ilNptD
robber
n /M
'
the
to
Dagesh), HJH
(fr!
TU);
saw,
^p
ni3
lost ;
belong
Tsere
n^HS
pfen
of
and
proach
TO);
feminine
darkness
(for i*"O*tJTj)
iTDJ^n
to
words
141
NOUNS.
Kamets
these
all
hence
FEM.
OF
words
following
the
In
DECLENSION
SECOND
" 70.
142
PART
22
:23pn
1.
2l
EXERCISES,
20
'
38
sweet1
sleep2 laborer3
to search8
to
exalted4
be
to
35
36
37
city5snare,
gin6righteousacts7
search13
inward
chamber,
messenger17
part14abomination15
the multitude18
honor19
the
the
breath,spirit12
the want20
people21 destruction,
prince23to know, regard24the life25 beast26 ground27 to be satisfied28
than all30 a watching,guard-"
throughout all ages ($ 91, 3. b.)29above, more
that travels35
one
ing31 issue, result32 slumber33 folding3*
poverty36want37
ruin22
of
man
shield
armed
with
shield38
EXERCISE
The
and
Lord
will render1
his faithfulness4-
tention8-
How9
to
land
Andie
of
his
man2
of a
lips-5
sing10 the
we
(in the
strangeis land12
113*
every2
The
shall
stand39*
to
a.
righteousness3
fool enter6
Lord's
st.
if16 there
be
(fut.)in
sin17
the
land, which
And
inheritance27-
subtlety29 and
peth32
his
the
ear
hath
Lord
thy God
giveth
he
said, Thy
brother
taken30
the
at33
(is)the rage38
in the
(is)an
right
of
shall
man39?
day of vengeance42abomination
ones
(is) His
to
the
he be
his
not
be
therefore40
The
Lord:
he
with28
delight43- My
stop-
also
shall
Jealousy37
will
the
that
(for)an
not
sacrifice- of wicked
but
man
defile26 not
came
answered.
My
body22
for he
thee
he
put18
con
song11 in
into7
spare41
ones
of up
rigteousness I hold
3 6
prayer
TflnlPDECLENSION
"71.
fast-H
will
and
(is)in
9TK
5H"3^
6fut. K13
3 -"I 73
16 Ol
l^X^H
Hophal pret. ma
...
26
S3 part.
I .-
21
HpS
1,
36
29HOnn
""
45m.
71.
The
in form
by
the
"
is formed
""
king,
as
the
of the
like that
const,
st.
inns
np)
niD?"
and
the
to
refine8 seven-fold
comprehend19 a
the scales22
the
like
Segholates in
D'D^D^from
with
suffixes
114.
the
exult3
($ 92, 4.)9
palm of
nr
comfortio
his hand16
measure
hill23
3,
changed
'nyfyp
nn^i
to
pret. with
: 0.^x03 23nijn:n
nin;nin"x-^
rn^S nirr ^piniN' :24vnij;i
np.^i ipp
"
so
nh^nvhin$h
to measure15
361
"
ending, remain
plural absolute,
masculine
HD^D
from
annri
of
of the
EXERCISE
x^SDSITDX
27
feminine
exception
rVD^-p
queens,
but
"
addition
unaltered, with
flSfi
DECLENSION.
THIRD
of this
nouns
44m.
HSJI
T
"
19prot.
283
37,"lKJp
HDH
vv
Ttf
H
T~:
39 ^3J
401
p1? 20^
12riO1K
..
Hi.
3^
""
30Conv.
31HD12
DDK
1 Hi.
13 "OJ
T_.
23nSSp 22pS3J
T
2BTK
I TT
v:
14pret. 33*1
"
breath.-*?
my
SHpIV
irWEX
ISnfUK
.
24 part. pass.
251
Pi. KDD
which
143
me.
lOHi.-Utf
18
NOUNS.
let it
not
FEM.
OF
of
to
the
an
ruinii
Edeni2
span17 to
Ephah)-0
depart25-
furnace6
mete
to
the
out1"
weigh2l
144
PART
1.
EXERCISE
The
land
of Canaan
and
of
water
of Gibeon5
outer8
worn
land
(is)a
115.
garments8
the
took
of
mountains
them.
Israel,
shoot
shall
ye
your
fruitio for2i my
(am)
for23 you,
will
settle^
said
in
the
They
went
going
the
up
SnoSfr
nb3
fern.
17
16njJ3jJ
sing. W
27Ni.3^
-
33
34^10
3")s
40
6 fern.
c.
st.
1'Sp
culine
and
32
solute
the
vowel
(g 83, 4) nS^D
as
nn#
jS"! 12
Pi.
22
HT
but
shalt
be
pit.
damsels41;
2*7
HI
The
"7 20
N^J
29
nn"ip_303
wSl'KB'37 !|K 36
st.
vowel
'
18
:
3^
m.
^'flV 35 Dual.
c.
suff. 'JTlOKto.
st.
In
(o)
ft|?ife":.
pi. hwi;
the
is
re
pi. ab
class, that
(which
D'57?) drops:
of the
mas
unchanged,
of this
nouns
the
(""""")
plural termination
trace
19 nS
T
sing, remains
originalshort
is Kamets:
a
I:
9 part.
with
generally agree
const,
the
Hj?p3
T
l"Hn
u^"
("75, 3.) 21
as
nSn/?,pi.
in the
fil^lD^p;
preserved
plur. nl^3"
plur. iSfy^ftflT^f^'
n%
sides35
DECLENSION.
FOURTH
preceding
"
hast
of the
3 IBB
T
following is peculiar to
fi"
found
Tty3J
Ho.
39
with
rn.5^'P"
form
the
cityand
31 Piur.
of this class
Segholates
masc.
in
the
13
23
("55,4)
suffixes the
as
sides
; I will
two
Segholates.
appears:
S#
14
24Conv.
rhp
nouns
before
S^J
TT
" 72.
1. The
the
two
T"
15Pi.
"'-(
Thou
yet3? thou
25HJ2
26DnV
T
built,and24
water.
r63
TT
to the
122
the cities26
state31-
north36;
the
ascent40
draw
out. to
shall be
grave38; to the
to the
down39
brought
and24
you,
appointment34; in
of
parts)
remotest
bear20
go
of
and
of
For, behold,
formers1
your
I will
mount
unto
the ruins28
afterso
thy heart
sit upon
(the
and
Ye, mountains
Israel.
I will turn25
and24
you
of
their feet
upon
branches1^
your
people
inhabited2^
be
shall
forth18
And
My belovedio is like^
leaping13over14 the
val~
rain3 of heaven.
worn**" shoes6
upon
and
const,
in
"
state
" 72.
NOTE.
DECLENSION
FOURTH
There
several
are
Tsere
and
Kamets
absolute,
FEM.
OF
in the
appear
145
class in whose
of this
nouns-
NOUNS.
plural
penult: fnrO
chapi
nroin
H?31$o
knife,pi.rrtSjHffii
reproof,
pi.niySpp
ring" PL rnj^tD; nj;Spp"
pi. nwjwlnjftib
ter, pi.nvunis;
carved
work,
pi.Hlp^D (as if
ilpJPDnurse,
plowshare, pfdr.nifchDO
-np
fiT^
rn"'3 draught,pi.niTj?3
^tppin
As
2.
in
terminates
the
from
Tsere
in
ates,
Patach
either
suffixes
("
or
IDlTb;
2#; ^|?.^5nurse,
masc.
if the
W^
D!?^ (infinites,)
the
ihpTO.from
masc.
termin
masc.
^O^b
suff.
with
fTtpp'O
before
takes
"
Patach,
plur.
Astarte,
Chirek, if the
);
"
Chirek
or
masc.
Chirek
or
Hp^'p);
in fi"
form
general,the
from
'the
from
p^D
masc.
"
^ Seghol occasionallyoccurs :
H^ (Inf,from ^H)
thy wife, otherwise
^ri!^'N
Ttfl^'i*
has Seghol with all the suffixes 'fl?1?*
^?*?
^4^2'
Before
3.
suffix
the
as
"
form
4. The
M~
masculine
has
with
ngtlj (masc. trin^),
suff.
cially when
njDriD
In
5.
either
H
"
the
is most
use
and
Kubbuts
}) with
as
absolute
forms
two
of both* in the
only.
frequently used
sembly and
thought
the
words
many
in the
(espe
np.^DOdivision.
measure,
by the
words
certain
in
is inflected
in
In
the
rr$y_"const, nn^;
absolute,
both
or
the
cases
const,
H"
exis^
of the
form
and
H"
state:
form
as
in H"
PnVJf
as
rnfe'#and rrj"%"fCy"BQ
do
HDxSp'work,
HD'jpOkingdom"
rij^pO*
minion.
EXERCISE
116.
:5nin
p
19
.
146
PART
I.
EXERCISES.
HIP
onrnn
|Swpr
22ni:n
nirr
rb
ION
blossom1
the
glory, honor7
the
dog8
male
handmaid13
to
servant,
law18
return9
to
mistress14
kindness20
kingdom19
the
vomit10
boyhood21
to
the
Israel, when
The
seer4-
gladness6'hut
the
Hezekiahs
And8
should
made
shall
of their
bray 21 the
est
with
corn25
kingdom,
foo!22 jn
the
part2? from
and
millstone36
time
of)
that44
so.
7rnn
he
the
and
write
ennnfr
14 ll;
him
(of
the
clothed
them.
he
the
skin
And
crown1"
thou
should-
the
ground-
his foolishness28
not
(is)an
de
everlastingso
when41
the
he
throne42
copy45
cast35
woman
head,
BnSnfrt-crnih
ISnj'n
Arid**
(endureth) throughout32
Ahimelech's38
sitting)upon
they
Jerusalem.
among^4
12
imp. pi.
with
inf.
and
sitteth
of his
2 with
an
ace.
all33
upper3?
shivered39
of this 'law
bn
us
perish.
Israel, thati2
took
his
(shall be)
shall
Though^
kingdom^
he,
ones
skin14
mortar23
certain34
it shall
shall
15D"1S
the
fe
let
corned
ones
at
Ands
dominion31
And8
upon
his
Lord
his head;
Thy
Thy
And
all
pestle26^(yet) will
him1^
generations.
skull4^.
off1^
(transl.in
spake,
wicked
wife16
ordinance1^
from
king
he
for
his
lord12
fall,ruin23-
righteous
of the
and
mine
keep
of
garments13
thus
letters1** ton
House
crown6
profit17the charge.
went
man
expectation^ of
the
to
come
Lord
the
hope5
wrote
the
117.
Agoing)to
go
in
vain16
increase22
to
beauty5
repeat11master,
to
dominion15
EXERCISE
Beforetime1
tree4
olive
his
(about (the
kingdom43,
in46
book.
.40
rider,hence
lit. the
36(331
SjJ45r"J^D
44Conv.i
"
DVplJ'-.a
aQjToa
nS:3 3723?
35 Hi.
rpSaa 42
plural D'nN
HID)
from
VrttsV-
sutf.:
DJTHg'
?|'t?N'.
^111^
(pi.abs.
5.
DlOn
6.
J3 son
c.
st.
st.
p,
nj3
seldom
-f^j
p;
suffixes
With
11.
sutf.
with
from
(forH^^
suff.
^3, with
'J3
Num.
24,
b^3, const.
T]^3;'])lural
*",
iein. from
suff. W3;
J3^ const,
const,
be derived
(supposedto
rV3* with
st.
^5"arid 1^3
once
house
8. JV?
build), const,
to
etc.
daughter (forn.53"
suff.:
const,
cf. HlO*
nTTN*
the
suif.
stepmother,
3, Gen. 49,
with
from
contracted
but
Makkcph
7. J13
also
not
stepfather,with
DH
before
"
"
4.
from
plur. DTO*
st.
st. H3'
niJ3"
|"l!D to
const,
build),
st. TO'
suff. ^3.
with
9.
maid-servant,
iTDN
plur, niTON*,
^3
10.
11. H5
const,
mouth
(Prov. 5, 4.)
B.
^N
st.
const,
st,
n?iS% with
suff.
\1D^
nlHDN.
vessel",
plur. D^3-
mouth,
my
1.
sufT.: 'HX"
but
TINS
plural ending,
st.
suiF.
with
suffixes
Srave
const,
THin"?.
from
32
^D'3N
nlflX
3.
and
nin^
st.
const
with
TUX,
const,
33
40nSjSj 39 ^V*J38
with
^3^"
TUX,
const
IjV^34finX
NOUNS.
ON,
i)lur-ntiK"
brother,
2. HK.
26
271?D
st.
Q3'3tf" Drp38'
nlK
H"y
of
28
inf. D
41 with
ND3
IRREGULAR
73.
father, const,
2X
n"%
S?
43
Derivatives
A.
1.
upper)
the
30
147
XOUNS.
IRREGULAR
" 71.
const,
st, ^' with
(prop, for HKD^
V? and VT$; plural D'? (from Dwfl)
'
and
HV3
Derivatives
man
(from
(Jud. 3, 16.).
from
tTJN)
Vei'bs
,
const,
^"J^
"
st,
C'^,
with
suff.
suff.
I.
PART
US
EXERCISES.
In
2. rt"*K
(forH^NX
woman
Derivatives
C.
from
day, with
1. DV
suff.:
"
D.
*plS
derivative
H^K*
st.
st.
*$NT\
with
dual
10, 4.)
from
suff. ^N*)"
-
E.
D'P water,
c.
st.
c.
st.
st.
HJ".
(for ^K^
("14,RisingIII.)
suif. Vt^N^
with
once
T
*p and
EXERCISE
:2nWfp
witl1
v']/"
st-
"
2.
const,
Y'Jfand
*P" with
const"
D3'g"JN.
with'suff.:mx"
^N%
oV'W'
first
D'u^X (probablyat
reappears,
"
*P*P"
suff.^p?
w.
^P^P
"
118.
xnSffl
pni
trto^SJD^D t^NnS4jn
.^33 r^Soj5P^Onnj;
D^8
^iri3^3^fp
nninn
IN*
nin*
^ijSkx
inheritance1
the
n"p
^':N
prudent2 wreath3
bird-cage6judge,defender7
birds,a
brood11
:rjS
^ijSef
jri^
egg12
to
grace
apparel8garment9
crouch13
her
can2
find
price5(is)far3
virtuous1
above4
chance
to
be10
the
part5
young
of
EXERCISE
Who
119.
(a. w.
woman
rubies.
The
heart
of virtue
of her
1)?
bus-
THE
" 74,
does
band
blessed8-
her
wife ; and
his
to
should
words
of
is my
wife ;
slay20
me
Jerusalem
from
ne?zar26 had
gardens28, and
and
give
bear32
daughters
your
7pret.
D^p
11 pret. with
19
pret. with
following
(6 77, 3) 18
3, HD3
16 3
17 "nj
15
into
exile
nSi
Hi.
^X
30
Hi.
iV
29HpS
.35
to
"
1.
The
must
be
ders
the
const,
to
2 fut.
into exile35-
IT
be
c.
i.
nSj
e.
Y^X
PL" with
21^
Conv"
1^3,)")3etc.)S*3
fut.
(g 108, 2) J^n
-T
"
cons.)
Hi.
20
Vn
jj
27
^DJ
33!"hl
34nr3^-*l^;X
32
NUMERALS.
cardinal
either
considered
last
may
of the
peace
1 12(witli suff.
^2np^"1
"
sons
they
(doubles the
are
as
nouns,
or
The
ordinal.
having
two
gen
state.
CARDINALS.
2.
Masculine.
Feminine.
CONST.
nntf
the
blessed
call
13 Conv.
THE
74.
that
pfpp
8 to
91
23 ^SD
"
com.
cause
numerals
cardinals
and
28
plant2?
for your
wives
-T
24n"DT1
T
wives, and
ye
to be carried
(g91) Q
14 3W
IT:'
Take29
seek33
you
(g 93 Note.)
pn^'
TT
31
IDD
rhtf 10
ljyj
T;
25 to carry
caused
I have
cities,whither3^
saith
Thus
and
take
And
(are) the
(inthem);
husbands31,
to
daughters.
and
sons
them;
; and
daughters
and
begetso y0ns
the fruit of
eat
of the
Nebuchad-
Babylon
to
feared
men
Israel,whom
abide
and
ye houses
Build
Lord:
the
exile25
of18
prophet, sent
the
Jeremiah2-*,
of
he
These
"01-21 Rebekah22.
into
carried
(him)
the
(saidhe),
lest
the children
to
asked
sister: for
isi9 my
letter23, that
the
place
inie
abode^
Isaac^
of the
men
said, She
he
She
say,
place
the
And13
Gerar^.
And^
all^2-
jhem
excellestn
thoui"
call
and
up?
virtuouslyijbutt*
done
have
daughters
Many
arise
children
Her
her.
in
trusts
14y
NUMERALS.
ABSOL.
nrrtf
CONST.
"iru*
ABSOL.
"in^
2.
3.
4.
EXERCISES.
i.
FART
150
Masculine.
Feminine.
ABSOL.
CONST.
AUSOL.
CONST.
trton
5.
iltfon
"
7.
yyy
8-
9.
10.*
K
nnx
11
N*
"
rnety 'fifty
n""x
12.
3*
13.
14.
*p
i"K n^
21.
0-
st.
10"-
,/1Np
300.
B.
500.
3000.
(myriads niD^plur.)
,(EZ. 45,
16.
17.
is.
rr
19.
20.
,D^'^' 60-
y
and
Hundreds
,[("13, 6.
j^
1J3
30-
40.
c.
15.
,niN"
^g^
2000.
10000.
13-1 ,nD!in
20(J-
40()-
HHN
.-
,fj^
1000.
or
,0^X^3^4000.
"
90-
.D^pTl
Thousands
pn
50-
'D^'PD
~T
-.-
,CNeh. 7,
7-2.
N121
" 74.
THE
Ps.
*fjij?
68.
NUMERALS.
18.
in
stand
NOTE
from
and
13
From
1.
NOTE
absolute
the
to
numerals
The
II.
the Tens
from
900; but
800,
The
connection
of
the
Hundreds:
and
unit
is
GOO,.
f}
to
700,
MO
iri=
in the
seen
st,
Unit,"
from
==
more
const,
The
"
masculine,
letters.
by
the
in
T| 7j 500, Q
usuallypfi 500;
decimal
"
to
"
"
"|
"
P*'"] [
denoted
are
30000,
the
with
feminine
the
; with
state
20000.
DnJ?.
kX D'
etc.
units
incl. the
19
to
*$*
DTn3"])
100000.
1000000.
151
etc.
table above
.
For
15
is
viation
for
numbers
5=2000,
3000
this last
"
being the
thousands
the
higher
(or {O=
as
and
abbre
1000
etc.
(}"?") of the
termination
The
III.
H"*
alphabet^used:
dotted
=
not
the
Note)^^For
18.
("
HirP
the
NOTE
and
employed V'D
numerals
with
masc.
feni.
nouns
is the
nouns
(H
) is
"
(" 75,
adverbial-ending
dropped,lest
it ba
1.
Before
Note).
considered
the
as
feni.
ending (J"| )
"
3.
MASC.
FEM.
FEM.
MASC.
/ 6th
7th
sth
wt
9th
From
the
instead
used
without
the
01*
of the
the
ordinals, and
found
are
numbering
T^T nj"j"?3Gen.
4.
cardinals
eleventh, the
article,they
especiallyin
rvyin
8, 4.
Syntacticalrules
see
the
the
before
months
article
noun;
and
and
are
when
after
days:
it,
as
H^3*1J*!
DH^R.DVS Hag. 1, W.
" 92.
EXERCISE
rrrr
both
of years,
and
with
follow
4th
^3^1
120.
152
PART
I.
EXERCISES.
:nirv
5npg
nin^S6ni^?n
Kin
^n
nS
njn
DV
DI* njn
15Dn$5n
D^jr
18?)n:jt'n
,"j"p
pr?y".
how1
to
flight2
appointedfestival3 between
to
bread6
passover5unleavened
the
a
put
memorial11
make
an
sound
of
week7
the sickle8
humble17
to afflict,
expiation16
a
for
measure
EXERCISE
We
(are) all
of
man's
sons.
father, one
strict rest10
only,but14
expiation15
dry goods22121.
We
(is)not*,
(are) twelve
and
the
breth
little
is
ren,
sons
this
whole
three
and
sand
hundred
their
three
hundred
our
one
to
evenings,twilight*
standingcorn9
convocation13
trumpet12 a
the two
and
three
score,,
maid-servants,of
hundred
beside4
their
one
man-servants
whom5
thou
(therewere) seven
and
thirty and seven:
they hads two
five singing-men7 and singing-women7-
forty and
Their
hundred
horses, seven
thirty and six:
hundred
two
forty and five: (Their) camel s9"
their
mules8
four hundred
"
IN
" 75.
Two
asses.
went
women
enth
tions
(are)in
in
bread
second
of
year
aftei-28
and
Whenie
women
shall
your
satis-
be
not
spake
Lord
the
come29
were
abomina
bake19
the second
(day)of26
sev
I break"
eat, and
And
He
in the
Seven
wicked.
woman.
they
buyii
serve:
shall
twenty
in2?
month,
land
of the
out
Egypt.
6 to them
(in
5 of whom
(were)
10'3
limp
17
first
the first25
on'24
Moses
the
was
and
thou
nothing^-
ten
ancl2i ye
oven20
one
Eve23
fied22.
the
shall
of the
bread,
staff18'of your
to
Ifio
out.
free' 4, for
the heart
hundred
seven
brew^
the
thousand
six
five:
thirty and
153
GENERAL.
(doubles the
breaking) "130
my
243
25-IHX
23n-in
.29 XV
15
inf. 3
22t"3fr
21 Conv.
7 part. Pi.
and
fem.
j'K
pi.
19pret. with
20 V-ifl
suff.
masc.
13
U^flH
DJH
1
2f\K
3"^n"3
cons.) Stt-l8TJ3
last
16 with
Conv.
"-t
T-
TV
4"^P
H;7N
28 with
inf. and
suff.
out) *? 273
(aftertheir coming
26
XL
CHAPTER
PARTICLES.
"
75.
GENERAL.
IN
The
syllables,of the
D^M
of them
The
6.
separable consisting of
primitive:as
already treated, as
have
we
2.
I.
most
words
entire
and
partly
are
the
poetic
"
^3
not
local i"D
the
manner
(b) local
and
temporal
terms
mode
of
actions:
tN
as
as
D"2""
(with
n"t""'
then; (c)expressing
HD
thus, #}
20
par-
EXERCISES.
I.
PART
154
of
fitzfr
why, J^IID(compounded
terrogativeadverbs
hast
and
terrog. HO
thou
of/Gen.
seen?
fTh"'"nS
sooner,
On
truly.
accus.
rtiJ?K
time), j"|73 wholly,completely"
adverbs in D"
56
("
"see
hundred-times"
Prov.
a
hundred-fold,
On
derivative
of the
Some
3.
of the verb
or
signification
with
connected
rived, are
suffixes
with
Cf.
10.
17,
the
in
which
include
which
they
adverbs,
from
noun
suffixes:
Nouns
formed
Adverbs
2.
3,
HND
adverbs,e.g. fift1}*)haughtily,HiD3 safely,
often
are
20, 10.
are
prop, at the
(fr.fij;time,
what
Fern, forms
NOTE.
of the in-
behold
^fi
de
are
fi}fi behold
as
the
lo!
I, (properly: be
hold
me)
as
or
am
am.
st.
\i#,const,
there
"
he
is, DD^
ye
^N*, const,
st.
is he?
verb
4.
D\X
to
be
they can
appear
5.
they?' The
are
am
was
or
T]^ thou
not,
art, 1
thou?
1\V where
of the
substantive
art
force
adverbs.
of
greater number
prepositionsare
^VK (subst,the
and
"between,
f'J(^3 separation, interval)
or
const,
st.:
as
from
nnjTO
as
prepositions:
beneath, rU\*D from with, i. e. from, or they
be connected
abbreviated
The
where
where, H^K
accusative
near,
under, from
suff.:
in the
side)by,
^^\X I
are.
Prepositions. The
nouns
suff.
where
is
not, with
PN
with
as
other
prefixes:
prepositionsbeing
thus
nouns
D"7'JD"3
"
can
take
suffixes
(the
suff.: Vinr);
with, is distinguishedfrom
fiX
the
particle,that
sative
(filX): as
with
V1X
behind
thee, VinX
(^
suff.
^3,
with
suff.
these
To
he-
TjHHX
me,
but
T]^
with
also
pi. inasc.
Dp^i^ntt1?'Dfiti'3*
^3,
suffixes:
HJJ, ^"U""
suff.
poet.)w.
o#
over
upon,
ac
^X, vSx,D3^?N
to me,
far as,
as
me.
etc.
^X
to:
fern.
and'plur.
1#
him
poet.)towards,
j"3between,
T)X
me;
accu
originallyplural nouns,
were
prepositions
Several
6.
the
HX
is commuted
|uffixes
with
former
with
the verbal
suif.,seldom
nominal
155
GENERAL.
IN
" 75.
8.
ah !
HH,
Interjections.
^X
posed
be
hist!
DH
be
as
it! followed
I pray
; used:
particles: X^ H"X
I
pray
now!
also
the, Vo~Sx
alas!
H3X)
to
give) come!
\\*
sup
always
^ of
far be
I. with
the
the
I pray
nay,
or
not
XmX
and
thee
inf.
to
oh
to!
silent.)
JD:
thee ; XJP1X
sentence:
now!
with
do.
let
X|"ni)SN
so, I pray
of
to be
go
person
it from
say,
from
on!
come
of HDJl
Piel
(Imp.
Atxthe beginning
contracted
: ^
(itis
interjections
as
violate,break
by
^ nV^H
nifcVJp
XJ
HIT
pi. 1DH
tTyhfi(fr.7^fl to
far
from
(Imp. of
hush!
nj1""IX,
Lord.
'
^H
"ttl"" ^H
HNV-
HpS'
contracted
^'"1X ^'"ISf
my
and
vocalization, see
to
Poll
its
unchangeable.
are
! alas
woe
Other
with
and
conjunction 1
the
conjunctions
The
Conjunctions.
7.
On
go,
woe
X|X (written
I pray.
I.
PART
156
EXERCISES,
EXERCISE
-ox) *hn^n
rnrr
122.
^i^T)k\*n^}
D^-DN
npri w"y
:S
ptr :n"jiM
vrra
on?
ni
nSnr nx
-
one's
to turn
ling,hired
to
be
"
"
laborer6
nin"D
wio
"
angel3to
the
Inquire1 (after)good,
ands
the
""
so6 the
have
ye
law
vain13
vain.
said.
he
remain
Deborah16
judgment.
Israel; so that23
to roll9
to act
m.14
hire
wickedly,
the Jezreelite15
123.
do
abode
us
pen14
and
children
Hezekiah
after24 him
of
was
and
Lo,
certainlyn
irii2
the
Scribes15
the
we
Beth-el20
of Israel
none25
(is)in
palm-tree18 of De
between
trusted
you,
(are) wise,
sayio"
ye
under17
Bamah20
live:
(is)with7
the
night*wages5
over
n.
not2
God
(it),the
borah, between19
Ephraim21; and22
for12
and
How9
Lord
of the
made
the
Lord,
"
price19-
EXERCISE
as8
supplication,
prayer7 to, unto8
money1"
("91, I.)17'
n/ppn
:" :rh
^75
herbs16
nnjn
in
came
the
Hke2"
in mount
up
Lord
him
to
God
her
of
THE
" 75.
kings
all the
To
of Judah.
give his
shalt
thou
SUBJECT.
(and
hire28; neither
thee
unto
14
15130
22Conv.
Lord, and
6P
5 to
the
20^-^3
26
before
setteth
his
heart
PART
T
it.,
against
"
1 with
ace.
lOfut.
|DX
18 ID
24
x'Sl 32
33
34fut
11
pa
25^
103
2^
Sn1?
upon
thee.
day
down29
go
call34
he
unto36
4fut.
Conv.
sun
sin
verb
art.
lightsuff. )D3,
35 pret. with
.363
with
the
the
lest33
his
at
servant,
shall
soul)
it be35
with
connect
13""p.^12
BJ?
273
his
the
2lDn3K
2813'^
beareth32
it he
to
hired
the
157
plur. const.
NJPJ
part.
31
^IlK,
"3 j?
30
1HX
231
S^
II.
.
.
CHAPTER
ESSENTIAL
THE
PARTS
form
subject of
The
of
substantive
finitive
or
or
the
indicated
a.
By
h.
c.
the
third
person
g. il"'N
is called
is
the
he
(some one)
By
the
the
The
in
the substantive.
definite
employed.
subject,the
subjectis
then
third
third
second
of the
it is
fiNt*7
fcTir^
Gen.
woman.
By
By
place of
is without
person
of the
called
person
his
person
called
to this woman
2. 23.
sing, active, e.
Gen.
name.
of the
the
the
Ho.), e.
she
either in
proposition appears
in that of an adjective,const,
sentence
impersonal construction
SENTENCE.
SUBJECT
supplying
pronoun,
2. When
OF
THE
76.
"
1.
I.
plural
men
of the
told.
11,
active:
1.
future:
Sam.
as
g.
IDI^N*J"
9.
as
VT^A
19, 21.
and
158
PART
there
shall
fin. with
no
one
the
latter
till
thy coining
The
stood:
4. The
and
it
passive, is often
NOTE.
ginningof
of
purpose
When
5.
action
often
has
for
subjectit
Dfl it
was
following
back
is made
under
to
warm
me.
accusative:
Moses
clause
or
prominent as
as
(ace.)
some
4, 18, Ex.
active
in
the
be
the
is used
passive or
subject can
TjTlHTpT K^
subject at
ject: as
to
brought
g. Gen.
the
regard
comes.
with
often
sentence
e.
; with
occurrence
connection,
the in-
by
or
Moses.
noun
7, 25,
person
construction
was
back
one
happened
found
it
D^-V1
brought
one
Isa.
frequent
sing,
impersonal
ng'OVlN
of
till
pers.
VT1
as
thither.
go
phrase
third
SYNTAX.'
the
3.
II.
be
for the
intransitive
32, 5.
conjecturedfrom
verb
same
treader
is used
the
sub
as
shall
(some one)
not
tread.
1. The
the
copula
THE
77.
"
is
COPULA.
gether :
^Il|the
""Nn
as
expressed, the
generally not
shown
is
man
relation
by placing
great
them
of
to
is
good.
2.
as
The
verb
shall
ception of
be
the
subject,which
or
you,
Lord
3.
n?D("
among
The
serpent
thy prophet,
verb
be
may
among
be, is used
to
B"rrin
the
Dnj? rrn
Aaron
JTH
third
still
not, Ex.
or
more
convey
the
the time:
rV?T
con
proper
non-existence
or
pfJN
of the
forcibly rendered
by
the
to
verb
pers.
pron.
pronominal
N1J1"
idea
be
the
to
predicate:
as
N*n"
DH
"
entirelyand
be, is employed
the
distinctly point out
in the
"'*
17, 7.
of the
person
adjectivestanding
to
existence
the
the
fn""n|ilidropping
expressing only
ambiguity and
crafty;^^
was
or
exactly define
as
Deut.
us
to
"l^ll tOJl
to
noun
TTT
avoid
or
Da-
THE
" 78.
vid
is the
the
king
PREDICATE
David
subject is
whereas
king,
from
remote
more
is
it
or
the
Jos.
ance,
second
person,
DTfal*
Kin
n^N
DH
these?
THE
used
God;
HEPf
pers.
Gen.
thy reward
DJfl? the
(shallbe)
the
When
2.
within
participleor
ive in
from
cle
otherwise
2. Sam.
it has
The
17, 7
soul
II.
freedom
Kings 8, 5.
in
this
construction
external
form.
7. 5.
of
verb, sub
of
derivative
is
article
is defined
counsel
with
:
person
OI" tne
Lord
the
is not
hero,
is
other
sense
good,
ibi. 10.
subject,when
JlJttJlp^'$3
gender
woman,
the
the
adject
distinguished
by the arti
Nevertheless
correspondent to
this it is
thy father is
Ps.
pronoun,
(exceptingthe
X^" the
and
respect than
9, 14.
adjective,adj.
an
for
15, 1.
Eccl.
few.
tftthis (is)the*
son,
Gen.
great,
sadness,
worcl
are
WITH
in that
even
g.
what
AGREEMENT
predicategenerally agrees
for
12.
e.
Esth.
in the form
or
no
SlirO
^TpN*
melteth
pronoun,
is'this?
ITS
or
JiriK
as
Zepli.2,
-H^N!"Tjn HD
16.
JlVyil POID
my
demonstr.
(were)
predicate
noun,
are.
first
copula, particularly
as
or
3.
very
it
copula:
Dfltf ye
pron.
of the
BJ#p little,Itf
tl3T\jl much,
men
the
as
either
stantive,adjective,
adj. pron.,
as
subject is
SUBJECT.
predicateappears
adverb:
the
AND
THE
1. The
Israel, are
25,
PREDICATE
preceding
their inherit
of
29.
than
the
with
are,
21,
Gen.
when
3.
union
in
these
" 78.
art
as
usual : as
predicate
n#N the fire-offerings
(coi-
be
can
of the
use
forth
comes
Nin
Thou
This
4.
Even
13, 14.
159
taken
the
the
God
Lord, the
when
used,
inSrrj
*rib$nirr
Kin
Danes'?
lectively)of
be
could
TPf
TtDH
"c.
AGREEMENT
ITS
AND
and
tl"tyl
ad
an
lyimber
Hebrew
allows
languages,
more
than
more
using
to
the
PART.
160
SYNTAX,
Exceptions.
4.
a.
II.
When
the
person
D'p
predicate commences
the
DJ^n W*l^
tives used
with
in
verb
frequently take
the
people
important
word:
governed by 'jp^the
n31N!TfiK and the
the
multitudeof
Adam
d.
vice
case
D'l
FlD^T
tyHV
wisdom,
has
often
versa,
sueth.
(every
Prov.
to
locusts,
D W
the
erally
takes
with
all the
nearly
days
of
the
of different
rules
plural:
genders,
D'NtpH
*^?
n^s
nouns
a)
is
sons
to
rather
the
third
than
;
the
HfttO
second, and
W
JTO
anc^ n^s
It gen
I and
daughters
the second
HiTCM
pro
they
b) When
preferred to the
they are of
(were) eating, Job 1, 13. c) When
the predicatefollows the most
important,
persons,
first person
pur-
or
PlbS^'
Vy\ W
masculine
the
D'1??^VHl^
as
one
no
observed:
be
must
as
several
to
are
the
*]TrjW: ^DJ
J^n
flee, although
man)
predicatebelongs
the
sorfrSolomon
erence,
the
2H
32, 7. and
and
In
DHpr*
1.
following
nouns,
feminine:
wicked
25,
the
When
are
Job
singular joined
wicked
my
the
brought
5.
subject,but with
the genitive is the
were.
verb
^3
with
always
created.
the
wind
east
teach
years
joined
D'pJT^^H^
with
manner
same
often
nn
13.
as
is
Ex.'10,
it, in
to
as
blood
thy brothers
with
agree
genitivebelonging
more
of
not
as
substan
versa
the
predicate does
the
vice
verb
plural
and
saw,
v:
The
third
masc.
b. Nouns
c.
sentence, the
let
us
different
i.
the
e.
in
pref
make
VERBAL
ri3~iy I
tliou, Gen.
I and
covenant,
the lad
and
only with
it agrees
31, 44.:
will go
one
1D"W
and
V$y\
(came m)
Noah
came
DHQ
"pHK']
Gen.
yonder,
the
as
d) Some
the predicateprecedes the subject,
of the nouns,
most
frequentlywith
especiallywhen
times,
161
ARRANGEMENT.
for the
others
sons
5.
rp K^l
as
and
his wife
spoke and
Miriam
and
^31^1
22,
Aaron
(spoke)
.
1. As
most
is to
stress
the
word
words
and
3.
The
When
it is
good
b. When
out
with
Subject, Predicate
thy sons were
eating
^3
inheritance, Eccl.
verb
and
O^
connected
with
Isaac
Tt*1 and
*
the
but
came,
man
but
was,
adverb
of
or
stand
predicate:
before
D^ri^K all
the
his work
which
*")fTbtfbthere
p*V"Vi)
was
nOty'rj I my
*
.
God
not
etc.,
an
particleslike
prefix, and
as
I- came,
^^H1
JTH
negation K7
rogative pronoun
regular: as
and
pHV^
N3
an
is
succession
*)the
N^
had
'is
; with
Vav
Conversive
with
wisdom
11.
7,
*\$$"
iniquity is
my
r6pJ3Dtf 'nMnVoitO
4, 13.
this 'connection
r"JN
sentence, the
of
adjective:as "j|j;THJl
an
an
it is
When
every
great; Gen.
c.
succession
natural
in the
are
as
created, fWiTgJ
normal
independent
and
and
a.
simple
the
sentence:
be
In
2.
be
which
upon
most
to
word
leading principle,the
D'rfjN JO3
as
ARRANGEMENT.
VERBAL
79.
"
inter
*D?
^X
^3
in^N^/p
H^'N*
created, Gen, 2,
left any
green
3.
thin
keeper?
for T! languish ;'H^PPJ D^pHafD D^l?n
peradventure there shall lack five of the fiftyrighteous.
d.
When
TIN
am
verb
stands
in
brother's
jussiveor
the
construction
"21
is
162
impersonal: as
D'"H
gether, rhtfp
VT
4. When
the
let there
the
or
I taken?
6. Of
1. Sam.
thing,
when
*"VJ"D5whose
two
the
inheritance
an
2.
of
:
this
of
the land
as
Jos. 1,6.
done
Sam, 9,
OF
this
us
that
as
JT5
T]St?n
the
same
the
the other
of
rule
obtains
person
stands
S'rpf)
HfiK
D^HTlN
shalt
thou
'3
divide
for
I may
do
be found
the
of God
mercy
80
the mind
of the
IL
PAKTS
THE
of the
OF
SPEECH.*
ARTICLE.
omitted, when
following genitive, or
t^6 house
tdfthe
rules,
foregoing
only confuse
article is
a
have
ass
3.
THE
"
person,
thing
CHAPTER
suffix,or
^I^TlN
whose
or
people
to
Many exceptions
are
but as by giving them, we
would
student, they are omitted.
VinD1?'0
as
I taken?
one
NOTE.
1. The
object
interrogative
pronoun
verb:
to the verb
for unto
SYNTAX
predicate,the
an
have
ox
pO'l^ rtipyw
him,
the
accusative
he has
VnjJil
unto
the
precedes; and
relation
f"\NrrriNnfn
to
12, 3.
the former
in indirect
drawn
luminaries.
with
accusatives,the
besides
be
be
subject: as
The
1P
^Hp.1?
shall
waters
subject follows
object connected
prefix,stands before
5.
SYNTAX.
11|^the
II.
PART
the
if it is
king; 7V3
is defined
noun
a
my
proper
by
name:
house; DH^DN
Abraham.
*
be
The
dependence of
the parts of
speech
proposition.
and
the
several
student
the
parts of compound
has become
influence
which
sentences
acquaintedwith
the
they mutually
cannot
syntax of
exert
in
THE
80.
"
103
ARTICLE.
substantive:
determined
Vn^n
3.
as
the
(the Hight,
vocative
NOTE.
Except
the nominative
the
The
H
as
power:
year.
article:
as
of
the
man
1fl5":
as
avoid
Ambiguity
am
baker
king
^W^ "!3J^a
song,
or
of the
king;
TH^ *11D|0
servant
of the
of
song
or
servant
is
7)
O"'N"
circumlocution
^^ ^5^ I
of the
baker
Tib??1?
nt^'^the
D'TOtOn
; the
executioners
mean
may
the servant,
king;
of the
baker
D^raisn
^N
David;
by the omission of
ex
; though sometimes
1HK
tf'DJ a prophet, or
is indicated
Hebrew.
or
to
as
joinedto
been
David
article
officer of the
David;
have
of person
HgX.
baker,
not
Tjn
the
"1Yin
numeral
sense
used:
this
the
article could
the
house, "^K
the
or
T.
when
not
JT.3 a
as
in the
nouns
king.
H^'H
takes
often
case
indefinite
pressed by
C"X
king
6.
large -house
mv
occasionallydemonstrative
high city).
article has
The
to
names
the
pttD^n
5.
VV3
of the
house
they belong
Proper
4. The
^"UPf
as
attribu
pronoun
H^H
song
of
officer of the
executioners.
ing
one
|T
: H^tO^n
the
another,
T
On
the
same
^yy.
:
]7^?nithe great
signs, and
of the
nhfcm
stretched-out
9.
repeatedbefore
when
even
D'nfibm
-pro
nprnn
be
article must
The
8.
wn
several
follow
nouns
gender or
number:
as
niogn
n^'s riVn^n
| "/
trials which
wonders, and
the
thine
eyes
saw,
strong hand,
and
and
the
arm.
as
relative pronoun,
see
PART
104
II.
THE
NOUN.
the
the
neuter
GENDER.
81.
"
1. For
that
one
feminine, however,
the
heard
has
who
such
inine,
in
as
Hence
either
form
ph
for
wrr;
njn
of the
n^j; ^
nxr
it
God
for
*JT1
this,
was
(thing)have
one
%^7Kt2"'
"infcs* ^*J.
^n-n^
njn
was
--
Comp.
n^j;
fearful
great and
the
exiles
singular is
"IpDcattle;JK" small
2. When
is modified
these
:
as
the
shall
"
1. The
abstract
stands
often determines
exile
as
things (magna
the abstract
When
either in
ending
singular or
conveying
nouns,
sense:
fication
the
from
nntf
^Kfc"
the feminine
often.;considered
plural, are
2.
understood,
or
(ph masc.)
HNO
s, 14. and
i. MOS.
Adjectives with
the
for
"
Latin:
predicate
*nfJ1 and
11, 39.
nNO
Lord,
"
fem
20, 10.
Mos.
neuter
"
irn;
rnrr
nrvn
ruxr
fijn "O^il
I desired
1.
Israel, Jtul.
in
ph
/JOb^3
as
""
custom
in
the
being
expressed
speech
in the
commonly
verh
"
a
the part of
and
for bicfe""ad)C,
triefeS,
sentence
feminine
the
takes
J?lDt^*p
JlftO
negotiurn,a thing,
res,
most
give
mustered,
are
as
omitted, and
as
fact a).
res
antecedent
an
thing? (*O*1
German
factum, for
that
frequently:
most
it, is employed
with
agreeing
them
as
among
here
be considered
must
of
passeth
used
is sometimes
masculine
UJT
-Diyrr^
DHIp^rrSjf
every
SVXTAX.
82.
often
concrete, the
for the
gender :
timenda).
as
W?V
Obad.
possess.
"
signi
W2J!
antl
1, 20.
NUMBER.
used
in
collective
sense:
cattle,flock;tjp3silver;H^H
collectives
D^DH
et
occur
in
as
wheat,
money
pieces.
has
dignity
or
this
To
ly takes
in
God
to*wander,
verb
Plural
God
the true
to
express
of Majesty.
Gen.
Sometimes
At
20, 13.
with
frequent
most
*O3
fV^aO?
D'li^Jjf
as
created.
construction
the
ever,
the Jebusites.
the verb
JD'?f?$,TViN
Wftn 1gftf3when
plural
me
article,very
employed
it is called
meaning
singular
beginning
the
is
the
helong:
".
instances
plural in some
majesty, hence
The
4.
165
3. The
often
NUMBER.
82.
"
the
plural
stands
caused
God
later
In
period,
how
avoided
was
as
polytheistic.
'jnat" fr"m
st.
const,
of
(antiquatedform
is
form
tne
is em
addressing the Supreme Deity the form ^'"1^
ployed; in accostinga person of rank 'fltil(with Patach)
In
**T" the
c.
of U"IN
! instead
Gentlemen
Sir !
ancient
Almighty,
strong, vehement).
D^'ilP
d.
the
bj7?Lord,
e.
pluralcommonly
the
occurs:
^J"j}
my
but
master,
connected
master, superior,when
as
with
0^^?
V^J"5'
Words
occasionally
the
in
the
with
plural form
occur
as
and
singular signification
fiiftj"^
DfJ^
=
or
nOfDJ vengeance.
The
to
power
their
language,
idea
The
(a
formed
as
in
plural.
singular or
5.
^S) ^ier
husband.
the
With
suff.
in the
by giving
^nC""
to
give a period a
more
musical
9.
compound
plural of.a
noun
or
const,
the
first
state
noun
the children
"33 Israelites,
plural
termination
of Israel.
PART
II.
THE
"
83.
CONSTRUCT
1. The
nised
by
CASES.
STATE
genitive having
the
SYNTAX.
AND
no
THE
form
proper
preceding construct
state:
in
cannot
GENITIVE.
is
only
recog
fjpV"J)5Joseph's
as
sons.
2. Nouns
the
cattle
the
and
const,
horses
state
of
the
be
king
connected
be
cannot
by *);
translated
ID^DI Tj^gn
not Tj^p
1p_3"but
")p_5;
PTgK)np#P
onyp, but n$fcrn cpnyp ^o np#p Gen. 4Q, i. 'or
Tb.~5.Nouns
in the
onyp TJ7P7^$x/h$xr\i'ri\)$"n.
^H
D1D1
genitive may
be
of heaven
earth, or
struct
and
state
is
Several
connected
usually
more
repeated :
words
in
j^NI O*pt^
as
pNPTDl?
of
WIT!
land,DPHDN
'
days
of the years
agree
with
of less
ing
the
th the
heart
"PT^'
""
as
the
as
importance,
noun:
the
with
4. The
as
thy valleys
genitiveis
HIPP nK-V
Egypt;
5.
The
const,
Chutzoth;
6. The
terial is
are
the first is
case
the
follow
full,prop,
the
being
be understood
Lord; DHVP
day
the
when
genus
^JTJthe
=
which
to
Wa7
rules
is to
nouns
are
be
defined
Euphrates: ril^D
the
in appo
by the
fiHp the
city
deficient
substantive
objectively:
against Sodom.
used
PI^PPh? PlVin?the
a
(are) the
predicatemust
in
valleys
of Sodom
st. is often
expressedby
people
following participle:as
ruler of the
Hebrew
these
The
and
to
of the
cry
sition, especiallywhen
species:rn$
^D
sometimes
fear
the
fipy.t
of the
other
is full.
n^t^'PPthe
DVH
day; DIP
the
con
73
choicest
thy
the
each
predicate is governed by
in connection
IX^OTj'pDJ/^
IPpp
of
""
principalnoun;
choice,best, especiallywith
choice
of the chiefs
Jl^NIand
""
follow
may
first
possessor
in
construction
POp
word
f"lNPT'pfriOD!P#H 'pftjtf
as
as
the
in
in
adjectivesa)
genitive:as
the
ma
dish
silver,i.
of
STATE
CONSTRUCT
" 83.
silver
e.
AND
THE;
dish;
PO
iron
the
mountain
prudent
Participlesor adjectivesto be
defined by a following substantive
nearly limited
stand
in the
31? H^^
eousness;
with
adverbs
broken
of
of
(prop, doing
Sol. 7, 10.) good
these
does
who
of
(Song
of
the
Gilboa;
The
9.
and
ted
137
st. and
its
hand
hence
const,
of God
be
can
genitive:
the
st.
JlDIDh
; the
the
local H
the
EX.
noun
har
is sometimes
which
omit
,""'follows:
relative
4, is.
of
(cf.9.).
inow
not,
r^D^^nzTN
interposedbetween
the
must
as
into
adjectiveor
follow
little
children
land
const.
genitive:
book
of the
of
the
king
the
law,
^iSp"JD
a) prepositions(8) :
into
n*]t^n^0KTl
the
the
demonstrative
the
T; this
D'fl1?^
Occasionallyintervene:
b)
year;
96^ 45T.
word
third
st.
cfr. "
8.
fourth
i^Sn"^
Often
supplied.
adjective:
as
const,
h^n-T? KjiW
qualifying
good
be
interro
pronoun,
Mnpt^ip joy of in
HH
mountains
; j"}^J5
T!#T
sentence:
followingthe
^ty
No
in h.
(a man)
whole,
must
PS.' si, 6.
10.
noun
'TO"^ ^
Ps.
of
joy
as
capable
numeral:
the
one
little
daughter?
word
any
these);an
wine
even
of silver.
st.r'W
whose
'" D3
demonstrative:
gative or
be
and
F|p5"3j?Jpa
fewness
const.
right
in the const.
stand
brethren;
genitive may
preceding
the
defining
the
in
word
The
8.
fig*
the broken-heart
can
or
of
or
st.:
^Nfi
masc.,
substantives
as
meaning
Dwelling
tne
const,
pursuers
of heart
considered
subtantive
fO??
st.: D'flN
*ne
being
Infinitives
pTif'"*t1the
form;
of
of
man
more
counsel.;^N*j"l il"
in
man.
7.
beautiful
mountain
"*N
lie, for lying lips;^Jfi?
understanding, for
ed.
vessels of.iron,
thy holy
for
thy holiness,
of
V?9fc"lipsof
*\fi$
fem.
v3
167
i. e.
as
GENITIVE.
of Canaan.
the
tent
of
Sarah
PART
168
is in
breath
also
as
occurring (a) in
especially
^7^!
books
the
of the
governing
Jon.
1,
The
meaning
of
as
Saul,
or
latter
njftt?'?
DHb^l
of
jTil to
to become:
as
words
ambiguity,
84.
HITT
the
:
(literally
separated from
is
sign for
verb
^D^D1?DWH
the
by
governed
great
city
second
year
God,
of
the
of
80, 7.
cf. "
DATIVE.
is 7N
the dative
when
be,
followed
its abbre
7,
or
by ^ has the
in$"
^e~
tneJ
flesh.
one
; the
as
Chronicles
kings
avoid
common
The
2.
T#
pff^S fi^iTjl
to
viation.
come
another
the
"
1.
of David
in the
DTI??'rtf^'3
T|*7{p7
3.
(d)
king,
of
enumerations:
one
noun
inserted:
words
of
of* the
days)
herdsmen
genitivesfollow
many
the
the
on
wliile
by 7 ")gJK (which be
indicated
D'Jpn the
^N^.n^
Tpj?"ilbfp psalm
long to): as
by ^ alone :
CH.n4?Dl*
all the
"MjH?|
TIDPU
me.
genitive is
11. The
SYNTAX.
Sb ,'"?
after
c) Tjy yet, still,
my
II.
with
suffix of the
same
as
person
is often
ture:
as
It is
here.
ye
is done
3.
e.
for the
By
of what
i.
I will
^-rj1?
go; "tr?|7#
noun
of the
benefit
e.
HD^S(Job
plainly;
g.
J^
11, 18.)
1. The
or
without
2. The
a)
After
accusative
DK
" 19,
accusative
verbs
85.
is
it.
subjectperforming
adverbs, which
says,
"
rtflDJ^Qt? abide
dativus
formed
are
the
go
becoming
express
safety, i.
the
eye,
safe;y-fy
e.
much.
i, e.
ACCUSATIVE.
employed
for the
4.) after
transitive
stands
indicate
to
denoting abundance
nearer
verbs.
the
or
object(with
remoter
want
}OO
object:
to
be
,
TTD
njpnrur^fi niJDjn
*)pn
to
want; ^"111 to
cease,
with
an
ace.);7bt^'to
lose
After
verbs
which
all
those
gird,
and
to
crown,
Vfyj
to
accus.;
f\Qy
put
plant,
to
latch
or
verbs
the
After
of
the
After
do
to
^D| to
punish:
to
or
verbs
requite,recompense;
to
.passionate
to
sc.
to
accusative
The
3.
one
stands
build
DVQKPrnj*
built
an
The
make,
stitute,
with
to
to
4. The
the
hill ;
field.
entrance
accusative
a) the
of motion
the
express
off
gird; ^DJ?
to
to
sow.
questioning
"1/3^7
to teach
; ^Vfitn to
^NC*
to any
to
to reward
one,
recompense
D1?^'
to
appositionwith
signifyto make,
HJM
and
with
the
the
are
making
or
form,
to
the
stones
day
dark
set, constitute/jrO to
make,
nearer
to
he
with
give,
con
usually constructed
convertingof an objectin
more
specialthing.
any
swers
H^J" to
to
two
7J^3 to tie
in
which
D^
verbs
with
ornament;
HV1? DV he makes
altar; Tj^'nn
night.
unclothe, to
to
cover; VJ^h
stripor put
to
"Un
em
to punish.
5"OJ"
verbs
pQ?p
an
one;
be
to
milk;
are
t^J^n Hi.
good or evil
retribute,to
objectafter the
as
or
HDD
sow:
learn ;
pn
any
clothe
to
in which-
teaching, commanding,
to
over
off
cover,
for any
answering : "15*7
and
of
sense
(with fjp,
rarely
(children).
on,
plant;JH|
to
y"}
crown;
sandals
the
the
clothe;D^'B
to
cover,
to put
garment; il'ljf
leave
garment,
on
in
7|7il
signifyto
denoting :
to
with;
swarm
to
bless;
to
flow:
braced
c)
to
satiated;JH"*'
C"|tb^^JH
conceptionsare:
b)
be
to
and
creep;
169
full, to fill;
y_y"
to
J^9*T.
ACCUSATIVE.
85.
"
as
is also used
adverbiallyand
Whither?
questions of place:
Bfth I^JJ
they
H^H
H^H
Where?
of the
D^H
NJH
SrJKrrnn9
D^V
tent,
b)
the
after the
went
the"people
up
questionsof
to the
out
went
and
{Oil1)
then
he
time:
22
an
verbs
top of
into
the
in
the
sat
How
long?
170
PART.
SYNTAX.
twelve
DVl^
II.
^jfining
DIpN nS'9'rm'rr midnight
at
thanks
of mood:
thrust
Ex.
Thee";
DJWT!
unto
BhJ"
Dj^ljjt
How?
I will rise to
c) the "luestions
6'
B''"UH^
give
Ex.
he shall,
1.
11,
16, 16.
NOTE
16"
When?
out
you
D^HfrO DB^-fland
as
positions:
"
Ps.
Ex"
^T#
served.
they
years
T:
"
answered by pre
frequently
more
abode
we
in tents.
"'-
"
'"
30, 6.
NOTE
II.
How
old?
d) To
verb, or
the
relation
I be
III.
NOTE
5. The
as
This
is the
J3^
he
action
^H-3^
N92D
(asto) the
Greek
synecdochical.
ace.
expresses
the
means
86.
"
A
D"ON
thou.
sometimes
^D^H i""tnye
stones;
with
expressed by the
this action applies
part to which
to, as to):V^TTIK Jl^H he was
greater than
accusative
struments
1.
the
of the
throne
extent
indicate
(concerning,in
diseased
J
B^fTf
D'Jpp'lD'JB^
seventy and
was
Jl5
or
Haran.
define
to
rtfB"
as
Abrain
from
out
commonly expressedby ?5
is
shall
be
devoured
ABSOLUTE
THE
beginning
in
or
him
with
the
with
sword.
CASE.
proposition,which
forming a
clause by itself is not connected
with what
follows,is said
is usually explained by sup
to be in the absolute case, and
plying: as to, concerning,etc.
noun
2. This
a
is used
give emphasis
to
prominence
or
to
word.
It stands
3.
a
case
lion, the
as
the
as
the
a) for
the
nominative
the
strongest among
*f*M7 "frVT\\"*$
^ie
man
and
summer
tree
said, ye
as
HDI135
beasts; b)
"f power,
as
hast
dative:
him
belongs
to
DJTW
HnX
made
which
shall
not
is in the
eat
midst
of it.
of the
B^S
T"jl
for the
^PIT)
them
but
f-H TjlH?"l^ yj;r|-n$p1
ablative:
of the
winter, thou
of the
garden,
God
pp
d)
for
fruit
hath
APPOSITION.
" 87.
" 87.
171
APPOSITION.
often found
in
are
of
ephah
an
the
brazen
the
take
can
noun
first
omit
or
it is with
brother
ond
The
is not
give
to
only
it :
has
accus.
^HT^
as
fiK" the
an
the
the
field,in
3. The
attribute
to the
and
first,but is employed
correct
than
idea
sis:
of
limits
the
Solomon.
king
OF
NOUNS.
great number
of Shiddim
distributive
as
1p33 1p33
morning, DV
which
case
as
hpfl""11^83ni*)N3
in the
morning,
in the
have
they
stone
and
connected
are
and
with
heart
with
duplicity.
SUBSTANTIVES
word
shalt
the vale
by V
as
\2W
*."
thou
P^
I V
heart
with
they speak, i. e.
USED
IN
THE
deficiencyin adjectives
PLACE
is
every
shalt
*
D7J D?3
different
OF
e.
variety, in
diversityor
i.
morning
1.
empha
an
or
was
c)
89.
indicates
follow; b)
Hnb'3
TT1E3
noun
repetitionof the same
strengthening of the originalmeaning,
the
not
the man,
upon
immediate
as
first :
or
DUPLICATION
" 88.
the
fore: |"ib
/Cy n/Sn
a)
sec
Jos. 8, 24.
desert.
which
noun
second
The
brother
the
place, when
and
"01^3t^''8?
they pressed sore
fny$!!!
Lot; ""$*? *fttibto my
Lord, Esau;
upon
the
second
as
as
in
brass, i. e.
VflNTl^ his
repetitiontakes
complete
more
noun
Nahor.
noun
in
the
oxen,
oxen.
When
2.
"1p3n the
barley,n"TUn
hearts,
ADJECTIVES.
partiallysupplied by
II.
PART
172
verbs:
TU
as
stantives
in the
Abstract
2.
be
to
:
(adj.)
for continual
permanence,
a11
j^NIT^Sthe
as
nations;TOH
TDfi
as
the whole
D'UT^?
all:
apposition.
the relation of
in
nouns
for
or
in
genitiveor
'full,
partiallyby sub
to be
great; N70
as
73
place of adjectives:
ity, stands for the whole
earth,
SYNTAX.
*}} a
whole
continuance,
continual
light,
; TDJFlil
as
as
of
(prop, generations
ever
3. Substantives
eternity).
old
an
er
the
warrior
of
(son
man
NOTE.
of
(son
strength);
H^J^'p
a
dream
perverse
perverseness).
kind
before the
V17?
of copper.
*7JDthe
hair);Dlbbpil
of gray
(a man
7*(T|3a
(" 83,
qualitiesare
nouns
man
material
expressed by a circumlocution
fc""tf,
^#3 lord, possessor, f^: as tiyty fc"N
4. Personal
with
adjectivesof
for
used
are
of
formed
are
adjectives
to
corresponding
noun,
PN"^?3
by
poetically
the
English in,
J'N strengthless,
f^N unsearchable,
"Ipjl
"^
less:
^3
as
un
clothed.
"
1. The
number
definition
and
NOTE
nification of
cityis
near
rijpfinL""
be
the
it is
gender,,
follows
as predicate
adjective
unto;
as
the
noun,
nearlythe sig
fiNtr? ^^H
r\12W D)"?^?""IP
follow, which
limit
more
bT"l(l
11^ fil
t]DKn hj?tik*7l"!^
it is not
yet time
for the
cattle
gathered.
"
1.
article
in
noun,
:
adjective
to flee
their substantives
words
several
the
by
the
Sometimes
viz: when
to
the
nVh|the
yyn
this
with
followingthe
rnniil TJ?n
cate:
ADJECTIVES.
adjectives
agree
2. When
as
90.
The
91.
COMPARISON.
comparative having
no
proper
form
is
expressed
the
by
the
2. Hence
and
that
cause
in
the
than
honey.
nouns
of
is too
hard
throne
precedes
of the
will
for you
I be
^gQ Tt4#
than
greater
the
this fp is translated:
infinitive,
Kiby? my iniquity is greater than
than
it
*$\y ^1"!^l
as
be
can
p^
Before
thou.
that
that
NDSJl
forgiven,
Superlative. The
3.
form
is indicated:
David
"in
JOT
JCpjijn
as
which
Jp of, fromy
t^D^P P^? sweeter
as
this form
after verbs
only
173
simple adjectivewith
objectcompared:
the
NUMERALS.
92.
"
youngest.
by
^noixn
w^n
N*irrnD
the
was
-:
""*-:
^ njn
7ir^ man
,onnt"
..
-;
..
jj
precious1bitter2
poverty3good
blemish, defect7-
difficult5 value6
fortune4
i.
holies,i. e.
c)
In
the
e.
the
poetry the
eminent
Lord
a
words
:
as
highest mountains;
an
numerals
stantive, with
lows
or
the latter
of
servant
holy of
Q'CHpn CHp
D^yjf'7K"
HIIT*
^N ^TID mountains
D^H^N N^4
HID
of
God,
Prince of God,
deep sleep
of
tumult
convey
from
i.e.
i.
e.
the
death, i. e.
NUMERALS.
either
can
exception of
follow
precede
or
sub
invariably fol
which
"1HN
the
0
combinations
the lower
tr
the
it.
2. In
hard,
tumult.
" 92.
1. The
servant
DHDK.^S]?.
JTlD ndlilpa
deepestsleep]
fearful
most
as
that
so
noun,
the
(modern Hebrew)
holy place.
most
superlativemeaning
the
lowest
jDri
of
higher
numbers
onfc"jnnyy HNP
by
Gen.
either
1:
as
23,
i.
the
higher
174
II.
PART
runp
1,1. m#
Estu.
ntfoi
SYNTAX.
075^1
")
: plIlDVW5RI
The
3.
G-en.
which
to
nouns
4.
12,
joined the
are
cardinals
10
"
the singular is
invariablyplural. In higher numbers
16 days,
frequently found, as with DV day, D1" *")"'J"
HW
thou
ny? night, Gen. 7, 4. rOB" year, ""N man,"
are
f||?"
sand,
is
TON
cubit
etc.
(prop.: the fore-arm),
they precedethe
used, when
numeral:
but the
plur.
*\"y nJO^
as
D^P'
18
but
n^D^l
D'JEHK
T#
4. To
the numerals
they two,
dual
suffixes
of
both
or
ending, they
NunT. 35, 6,
indicate
purpose
tread
often
step)
The
feminine
unit, hence
the
sixth
ling
of the
it expresses
part of
The
6.
7. When
used, in
^JH
as
D"T3"*
With
three.
multiplication:as
the
DTlJfaty
sev
(properly
foot,
D^-in wTNt'-*VfoW
DJ^" time
".
employed:
as
as
something
the
signifiesa part
numbers:
fourth
by
two
D?3tp"
is summed
be
up,
J.
the doub
two.
3 before
translated
of
JV"'J^
as
part of
expressed by
are
D.^
it is to
case
also
the fractional
numerals
cardinals:
which
ordinals
J, fyj^yi
distributive
of the
appended:
times.
D^DJ^5 three
5.
are
be
may
D3fi^"''
you
them;
7.
numbers
is
consisting of:
'
22. Job
23, 13.
PKONOUNS.
"
In the
1
.
the
separatepersonalpronoun
subjectand
whence
are
PRONOUN.
PERSONAL
92.
substantive
ye? of
Haran
verb:
we
as
be contained
may
both
are.
suffix (verbalor
or
a
give emphasis to a noun
of the san" gender, number
nominal), a separate pronoun
and
is added
TlJlX TV*")? ^3H ^
pleonastically:
person
To
2.
Gen.
D^:
as
*DK
^N
D3 ^5
I"ICBS me,
being
even
often
me
preceded by
I),
(Hebr. even
Gen.
38.
27,
there
(Hebr. he)
Vice
3.
she
by
in
instances,
rare
'3fjn3 thou
hast
cried
they
to
in^7
and
you
dread
the
7. When
and
he
10.
5.
,
3.
accusa
dative:
and
pronominal accusative,
show
both
me
objectivein
is often
Dp^nlDI
D^HI
of you.
Gen,
in the
const,
noun
double
the
Him;
before
fear
Ex.
35
suffix
nominal
The
6.
Lord, Exoci
HN
it and
15, 25.
abode, 2. Sam.
his
the
meaning of an
jfi^to give, of a
with
inirnNyinX ^N^rn
as
as
the
me
has
is connected
former
the
man,
with
as
been
(Neb. 9, 28.).
verb
the
When
5.
given
Thee
to
the
came,
suffix conveys
verbal
The
tive,
he
after it has
2, 6. HlIT
child, Exod.
when
1KM
26.
4,
occurs,
suffix:
nominal
or
also
him
Seth, to
to
Gen.
son,
the offeringof
bring her (it),
he shall
4.
sometimes
noun
verbal
it" the
saw
t^NH
the
and
HB
born
was
versa,
indicated
tflfl DJ
}3 1
175
DEMONSTRATIVE.
" 94.
and
sense
the
as
fear
of
9, 2.
with
st. conveys
its fol
I.
The
personalpronouns
afformatives
tives and
are
as
they denote emphasis or opposition:
thyheart,Isa. 14,13. y
Ds^n^'W
CDWS9
Dftott
I, I brought up
scorned
your
God; tfnn
I will set my
face
againstthat
have
"
The
1
.
remote
as
fcOnn
Israel
B"JO
out
thus
Nnn
of
Egypt
^B'HkX
and
ye, ye
*}# *ftQ"]I,
man*
DEMONSTRATIVE.
of the
personalpronoun
monstratively :
more
94.
cq^p
.M
third
01*3 in that
2.
person
is used
de
176
" PART
The
2.
demonstrative when
be considered
na#
the
as
'"'#")this is
me;
that
is the
3. The
the
standing "before
is
house; fi|?tffi
D'B^gfithese
attribute,and
\$\T\ is used
it
distinguish
Num,
II.
NOTE
III.
4.
before
WJien
in
fi^K
Vi"J
JIH
the
feminine
so
and
heart
6.
Wy:
as
thou
didst
Ht
in
Hjn
JWJJ
German
this
N1H
is
always placed
both
who
there !
DXD
in
the
neuter
thus
mean
and
thus,
integrity of thy
1.
founded.
or
interrogative
particles
the
questionmore
H?
Relating to
now:
will be altered:
sense
HND)
hast
there ?
If the ad
relatively:as JTTDJJl.f
Dlpp
with
makes
at
separate has
^M1?DH?
thou
English
fcfyon,
sec
55. $"!}fi
fifitf
adjectiveare
Gen.
this^thing).
of exclamation
see
or
21, 11.
an
in
17.
45.
connection
emphasis:Ht *P
self:
followingdemon
numbers
Ex.
second
ivhen
DX?
Ht
with
and
is occasionally used
ill;
to words
with
this mountain
Gen.
fM
; JlNf
so
NOTE.
the first
myself,Isa. 43,
demonstrative, the
iltJl inil
5. The
ing:
rendered
as
jectivefollows
as
be
may
joined to
noun
connection
demonstrative
it
so
12, 42.
tributes,the adjectiveis
third:
after them:
fi-ffifi^fi
be
I
*m$
is consid
the
night,Ex.
same
N^lJl
12.
frOi"!,Wtl
makes
the
frOn may
g. Nlfi
Jer. 49,
thyself,
strative
""Nfi
woman;
for
men.
things,and
make
to
other
from
pers. pronoun,
NOTE
do unto
it hot
followingthe noun
usually has the article: as
this
thou
took
we
when
an
ond
shalt
fit
man.
ered
as
thou
is the
must
noun
*|gft*
TPlpn
as
bread,
our
this
fiNt
demonstrative
NOTE
clause:
provision;fi"'Nfi
our
SYNTAX.
predicate of
^pfl1?fijthis
DPI
M,,
II.
*J$who
time
D*QJ^iD H?
it is
now
animated
nt'llO
appended
and
what
gives
then ?
equivalentto
the
"
INTERROGATIVE.
95.
177
INTERROGATIVE.
" 95.
NOTE
Sometimes
I,
denying, blaming
what
pDHfrnO
transition to
hast thou
direct
Num.
25.
considered
love
ye
3. In
for
the
In
FttptPrj
indirect inter
an
to know"
wheth
clause:
is used
in the
^bll art
rifltf
^H'^7EN
first,DN
thou
for
us
in
or
adversaries?
NOTE
II.
*ft and
flft followed
T
tive in
"H^N ^P
and
to a
even
to
it
manner,
to
he who
RELATIVE.
particle^t^jStgives to
Kelating
respect
also rela-
was.
" 96.
1. The
become
relative,
"
*"Ju7
signification:
that which
by
"
and
n^jf^t
^S
niJT'fltfD'?DN D?P*D
disjunctivequestionsft
our
verbs
it forms
Lord.
the
second
the
my
that
so
17, 2.
1. Kings,
quitenegative:
Job ?
servant
prohibitory,
53, 1.
interrogation
: DVX
rogation,whether:
er
Is.
in
ib.
it is
23, 10.
used
are
strive about?
ye
negation;sometimes
esp. J1D
JID^JTHO why
sense:
do
and
*p
time
whole
sentence
preceding
that
noun
substantives,ad
relative signification.
pronouns,
plate, time
expresses
can
denote
with
wherefore.
The
2.
verb
or
other
governs
the
word
is
the messenger
3.
the
(angel)whom
*")C^often
appears
personal pronoun,
omitted
must
be
or
with
I have
sent,
not
prefixes,in
another
which
antecedent,
supplied:as "fOr?"1^3
that
case
has
D'9Jfl95
"
23
that,
been
178
PART
II.
SYNTAX.
f
make
unto
me
that);Dfi?
as
the
lad
he is
to that
^7
him
God
person
that
omitted,
only
not
also
when
governed by the
governing the verb
will
cause
the
blind
to
in
go
not,
entire
rpotr
heard
how
6. 7
7.
of
who
which;
or
was
the
by
or
relative
in
particle,but
Moses.
to
is the
object of
dried
up
form
of the
the
princi
objective:
in the
sentence
c"5in^'N*
the
ujw
rux
of the
water
genitive,see
have
we
Bed
Sea.
the article ?1
Sometimes, especiallybefore participles,
Chron.
" 97.
for the
relative:
Ps"
Lord,
that
^VD^Jl
as
who
H'Tin?'
D'5*?rin
of the
law
nin*
"|^"another
(Il" n) stands
L
way
precedes the
Lord
the
voice
place in which):
as
itself:
it
sentence
DK
"D"n#
verb
And
(Exod. 6, 28.).
(in which) the Lord spake
as
the
"
which;
that, according to etc.
as
an
heard
such
which;
English, when
5. When
(i.e.
in the
thing,
or
I love
of that
or
is often
know
has
there, (i.e.
who,
from
which
as
for
H^'N'3
Nlfl
in which
"
meat,
savory
Il9,1.
REFLEXIVE
AND
found,
are
walk
in
the
'
RECIPROCAL
PRONOUNS.
pressed by
in
or
Do
case
the reflexive
these
(provoke) themselves
7,
DnlN
Woe
19.
D'JH
that
be
cannot
they provoke Me
Jer.
signifyingthe accusative, is ex
conjugationsNiphal and Hithpael
be
do
anger?
to
the
to
DHN
confusion
the
to
feed
tflSn(do they)
of their
shepherds
themselves!
Ez.
not
faces?
own
of Israel VH
")^
34, 2, 8, 10.
his
daughters
himself
(him)
and
all his
into
Egypt.
seed
IflK N^H
brought
he with
"
OTHER
98.
PRONOUNS.
179
on
to instruct1 disgrace2
to be like3 physician4
chastise,
(" 83, 6.)5-
to
By certain substantives
3.
suffixes,conveying simi
with
heart,TD3 honor,
eye, (fyj?I myself, Joh
D")pinward part, DV# hone, ["J"
before me, Isa. 1, 16.),or: my flesh,my
19, "27. *y# "J.J30
etc.:
name,
following:C^pJ
}^b3
as
*")DN he
soul.
hath
And
Sarah
self,Gen.
DV#
commonly
12.
18,
Hebrew
modern
heart
in his
said
used
this
himself.
to
her
in
sense
Job
Comp.
'
reciprocals:the
expressed by VPTiJt^tf the
The
4.
tlie
woman
woman
t^'*Nor DIN
one.
thing. N1? or
another,
brother; HrilH^
the
man
his
"
are
H^'N
neighbor;
companion.
PRONOUNS.
OTHER
IT!"
N*S
doubled,
the
or
when
in
72
sense
is
substantive,tT^" nt"'Nare
ticle after
of
an
as
used
it,expresses
*14TT/?tlle
adjective,the
*lpi3*O33
suffixes:
3. The
Ps.
N*n
DD^
^e
man.
a^'
is either
noun
morning
every
73
nation,
whole
em
"ft$"t^W; ^N
repetition:aB-fift$
D1N/3
nothing.
sometimes
convey
foregoing: ^3 pt",
HO i. e. whatever)
the
for HOI
eac/i,e^er?/
2. For
with
(HOWO
anything
To
connected
pN
ployed,
used
HDINtD
T^'
*Q1
or
her
other, one
his
man"
30, 30.
signify some
indefinitely,
one, any
*O1" ^3* ID^l'bD without the article,something,any
1.
23.
the
one,
"
" 98.
with
myself, Job
sister;inj/^)^N
his
"
the
not
10VJ? he himself;"PV#
5.
2,
with
^3
all nations.
D?lJpH??
^^??*hey
the
ar
all men,
Thus
Sb
all.
this
same
II.
PART
180
II.
SYNTAX.
"
"0; whosoever:
5. Whoever:
something:H0"
HO
"I^N"0; whatever,anything,
following the
HDIN?
or
genitive"
HO "Q"]Num
the
TOo*
24, 10.
6.
Ex.
wAt'cft:
const,
DN"D
23, 3. H01KP
st. in
Deut.
several
THE
The
1.
IN
99.
"
VERB.
and
Preterite
GENERAL.
the
all the
almost
in different ways
tenses,convey
conceptions
of time.
2. Their
primary
what
terite
"
is
complete,what
meanings are
completed; Future
past or
still continues,and
"
I. The
come.
Past.
a)
The
past:as
absolutely
b)
The
historical tense
Rachel
The
is to
is in
denotes:
preterite
The
c.
what
"
PRETERITE.
THE
100,
what
Pre
however:
inherent
(Aorist):
of beautiful
was
as
Pluperfect:
T#T
*9 who
told thee?
"IKfrrisD' nfVJl
as
SlT}
form.
and
the
did
had
blessed Abraham
accordingto
2) when
it is connected
other
past
gone
down.
tense
in all
as
HX3
in
Lord
the
had
sentence
same
^^'H
commanded
'PH. and
*
the
him;
with
sun
an
had
THE
" 100.
II.
be
to
am
of habit
or
little,small:
Tl^tDj")
all the
*-
In verbs
In verbs of state
wherefore
frequency:ntjfiDN/N'W^?^3*'jW
Thee, let
in
G-od I trust
my
wise, 7"lJ
become
or
of
(prop, little)
unworthy
730
be
to
great, JtOpto be
become
or
mercies,
c)
quality,as DDH
of
DHDnil
b)
Present:
The
a) In verbs
181
PRETERITE.
wrath
thou
art
fi"7
PHIl
V7$3 f"T$7\T|7
TJ^fi
condition:
or
be
not
me
is
wherefore
and
thy
face
fallen ?
The
III.
the
in
d) Of a state or condition commenced
continuing: ^"O" VH rtlpP'flWtfthy
tle-keepers(men of cattle).
servants
cat
are
Future:
which
are
re
prophesiesand assurances,
a) In predictions,
garded as certain, as though already fulfilled: Isa. 9, 1,
11, 8.
indicating the
If)When
present
or
pressing a
if
or
result
with
d)
Or
it is
the
condition
lest
some
itself conditional
The
joined to
keep
occupation?
future
condition, when
the
expresses
or
result
my
if ye
therefore,'
covenant, then
will
obey
ye shall be
Subjunctive:
such
evil cleave
unto
of
"
ow,
and
is your
Pharaoh
when
pass,
'^p2
DfnDtiH
to
come
what
future, when
in the
lijn.305*7$*lp!'5 'TC^
containing a
^H?"nK
voice indeed
IV.
HOJO
say,
sentence
either
tt
When
and
call you
with
Vav:
and' it shall
D3^y?D"nO
shall
standing
sentence
conversive
it has
flocks
33, 13.
die, 1. Mos.
c) Connected
ex
DIpiTpand
all the
day,
one
the
sentence
VT3D1 "Hi!* DV
JNVrrS:)
them
in
action
an
with
connected
when
overdrive
should
(men)
will
past,
of
consequence
sentence:
me,
and
as
'TO1 Hjn
die, 1. Mos.
19. 19.
my
182
II.
PART
The
V.
Imperative and
connection
1) By
together and
After
2)
JTm
with
death, but if it be
sentence
and
the
gather
elders of
them.
sentence:
if it be
ONI
rQ
X'H
similar
unto
say
conditional
Optative:
W^! M|?rfl#go
0?7!?$OT9"!
Israel
SYNTAX.
inK
as
then
son,
then
daughter,
tflH f? DN*
fflprjl
shall
ye
she
shall
put him
to
live, 2. Mos.
16.
1,
VL
The
Future
time
that
Dan.
12, 11.
Lord
shall
of
perfect:as
HK"
fl'irntt?
washed
have
Zion, Isa. 4,
Future
TT
1. Mos.
The
future perfect:as
man,
shall
it
whom
Mos.
servant, L
honoreth
The
II.
by
by year,
D*\D
"OJ^S
JTiT. ^
have
been
or
actions
found, shall
conveying
or
the
frequency,or
his
servant
often
were
or
continuing
repeated in
PD
\r\\
13) when
Such
sign.
The
followingMoods
subjunctiveand
would, should
etc.:
mb-S? rrm
thus
the
are
yet; 2) conversive
not
a) The
^Jf^.^'8 he
be
my
of
ideas
in gen
(his)father,and
external
///.
will blot
6, 7.
truths:
(often) came;
an
son
lord, Mai. 1, 6,
Past.
those, which
year
44, 10.
moral
K) In all states
which
the
daughters
UTON
DINiTTltf
as
the
eral
when
expresses:
out
with
away,
FUTURE.
b)
filth of the
the
THE
101.
future absolute:
a) The
I.
7"!$ {TTyDK
DN
away
taken
the
4.
"
The
be
will
(sacrifice)
continual
the
Tp^H
in the
the
Solomon
past
past, and in
:
gave
1{O'T1"'tf
to
Hiram
Vav.
:
the
auxiliaries
SjXn SbX
ib.
4, 14.
may,
can,
might,
16.
VAV.
CONVBRSIVE
183
the imp.
imperative a) in prohibitions,
The
b)
THE
102.
"
being
never
^ev-
ifVDJD
11
19?
The
NOTE.
third person
For
Oh, let
to
come
"
of
argument
an
the
wanting, is
be there
particlefrO :
light.
frO
"1DJ*
7, 10.
CONVERSIVE
VAV.
contained
in the
narration, affects
or
is
*)ij$VT
(Jussive):
conceptionof time,
1. The
which
imperative,
of the
THE
102.
2.
u,
-131 EX.
end, Ps.
an
preceding imperative:
optative,especiallywith
the
tence
after
the future
always expressedby
c)
b)
""
ri3 s$
"b^nSjnfc"
urn
^tOJTK^) tobtflfcfe
TtyWp ^
negatively:t?"N
used
principalsen
the
following
begins
the
sentence
The
3.
when
the
commences
converted
substituted
Vav)
exerted
tenses
for the
other
any
when
word.
and future
(preterite
simple tenses, are the
with
conv.
in
same
sig
nification.
4. The
future,an
preteritewith convers.
imperative,or by some
futurity:as
^#P
'^fJP1!
the
versa
with
its
yet
with
The
commences
veyed by
time
of the death
converted
the
the
clause,
convers.
are
so
stone
see;
preterite
word
or
TJJJ
Vice
me.
follow
phrase re
Idng Uzziah.
of the
will
you
another
n?OJO
tenses
and
1 must
convers.
or
preceded by a
phrase expressing
would
tnev
or
originalsignification
year
5.
little?an(l
future
ferring to past
the
word
"Ipitomorrow,
DrVJOl
be
1 must
saw...
Isa. 6, 1.
1 relates
also
to
the
time
of
verb
con
the
r^N N^
*"y *3*7n*6
If
wilt not
thou
go
wilt
with
go
me,
Vith
then
nic,then
I will not
I
go.
PART
184
(The converted
II.
TD
tense
SYNTAX.
commences
the
it
used, because
is
/HI
because
precedes).
K7
converted
The
DTKjftSDttaflpVvSK
DPI?**
of
wells
his
Abraham,
7. The
fined
convers.
1'takes the
shalt do him
the
...
fJ$Jlest
he
of
and
smite
the
me,
NOTE.
Books
"
^3iTl
mother
with
the
may
it to
action.
self to
connected
be
translated
me
in order
NOTE.
all
The
he
also of the
will
come
children.
witli
converted
future,
the
time
of
narration,
preceding
FUTURE.
that
in the
less forcible
1. The
sense
exhortation
the
eat, Gen.
I may
the
exceptionof
second
person,
ft nK'Drn
bring
27, 4.
jlft"in
third person
when
pur
which
antecedent,
H^Nl
that:
or
which
in the
proper
it is found
imperative
a
expressing
command
signification.
104.
imperative
the
wish
"
latter
by
1 with
conjugations. It suppliesthe
(wanting),and
has
take
It also expresses
in order
fftl2*}Q
H^VlIT
APOCOPATED
AND
and
not
in the
lengthened by Jl" usually occurs
of exciting or
(" 32). It has the signification
one's
when
pose,
future
first person
urging
that
so
fear him
Ni2Tf|lest
continuations
as
PARAGOOIC
The
1.
mood,
con
...
and
being considered
103.
^N
21, 34.; DJ
chapterscommence
(H/pK^ 'fT1[frequentlyoccur) past
books
1 is not
life; D'jaftjfDN
tree
stopped them.
convers.
to the
liltf fcO'fl
Mos.
4.
had
...
D^fin
of the
also extends
imperative, if
ft fWJtt
signification:
thou
the Philistines
influence
or
Isaac
had
time, but
preteritewith
tive
they
father; and
connecting
the
to
which
water,
the
digged a'gain
digged in the days of
And
THE
IMPERATIVE.
commands
or
In
encourages.
particleNl denotingrespectfulentreaty
is added:
as
fcO
HQN
say,
I pray
thee.
the
or
dissuasion
and
Prohibition
2.
ABSOLUTE,
INFINITIVE
" 105.
185
is
go out.
(jussive) with *7N or K^: "^N JW *7K let no man
and if the future, it de
^ chieflyprecedes the preterite,,
notes
tJwu
command
distinct
kill
nV^fi'^N
not !
n"^\f\ tib
kill!
shalt not
trans
3. The
lated
and
shall
ye
relation
of
write
them
live)JH
the
upon
find
^V^'W?
of
table
find
other, stand
thy heart,
shalt
so
thou
3, 3.
favor) Prov.
ABSOLUTE.
INFINITIVE
" 105.
in the
effect:
and
cause
may
you
eat.
4. Two
to
The
absolute
thy seed.
inf. abs. is
2. The
several
of the
actions
first verb
ively. The
employed
same
for the
are
person
is then
finite
of
spoken
in the
found
verb, when
success
requisitefinite
in
form, the followingverbs taking the form of abstract nouns
the infin. abs.: as Gen. 41, 43.; 1. Sam.
2, 28.; Jer. 14, 5.
infin. abs.
The
3.
style, which
animated
an
The
nouns.
nro
rooj
*D
TTT-
context
T]"
the
resembles
determines
StoNp
Wi
the
occasionallybegins
ninn
the
~\"z
T:
case
sentence
in
absolute
of
translation:
SbN raftohn
T|
TT
as
ipi
T;|TT
and
slaughtering sheep, eating flush
slaying oxen
drinking wine, let us eat and drink, for to-morrow
shall
jhn
and
we
4. Most
the
very
Go
Jer.
2, 2.
bath
day
fOtfn
Ittf'pJ?
to
DV'H^
/Remember
ntof
9.
24
sense
of
and
call
the
sab
186
II.
PART
To
5.
give more
expressions,where
as
DB"n
learn
110*7
would
adverb
mere
(some)
break
not
in
construct:
X^"
do
toN
well, Isa. 1, 17. VyTp
walk
in His ways,
Isa. 42, 24.
absolute
is sometimes
employed
as
shalt
p*]?lJlJJfJDp
fipn"'land thou
small, (from Dpi Inf. Hi. to
as
of it very
7. An
to
infinitive
The
6.
would
we
is often used
emphasis,
in
Tjl7nthey
SYNTAX.
beat
rub
small,
pieces).
inf. absol.
verb,
same
and
one
idea, adds to its signification
appearing to convey
infinitive is translated
This
completeness and duration.
by: always, further, continually,totally,utterly etc.: as
heai" ye
WQV
=1^he is ^ie ""ne' ^"J ^T #10{?''
"jfon
indeed, and
kind
the
see
of the
(one
indeed.
ye
When
the
same,
other
and
early
speaking,
in this
quently used
continuance
cated:
as
the
or
Jer.
*T)Drn Til7J1 Vn
greater and
became
progress
of
D!"?rn and
the
"
1. The
better
infinitive constructs
infin.
ening
"
constitutinggerunds
upon
i.
him,
e.
when
denoted
idea
Sometimes
and
of
by
the
was
day
verbal
with
of your
lad
good).
alighted.
% and
are
nouns
suffixes
eating.
joined with
1D IJ/JlM ^n
as
time,
prior occurrence
as
cases,
in the
he
conveying
as
the
"
clauses
is understood
all
abbreviated
is indi
decreased
and
considered
are
in
(the English: ing) and occur
and prepositions:
as
DD1??^DV3
2. The
HlS*!the
waters
grew
fre
CONSTRUCT.
INFINITIVE
106.
n''8"*
action
an
^jill
and
as
y"u"
decreasing).
(went
returning)
its infinitive
participle:D1BJ ^"f^*finn"H
follow
is most
Tj^Jl
13.
By
gradual
and
si)ake lmto
7.
manner.
force
(going
of this
verb)
additional
fro
and
to
out
i31$l and
up
of another
infinitives
two
most
n^s
the
light
Subordinate
frequently
When
the 'action
D is used
(most gener-
D,
erally,giving
but $
taking place
when
vnN"^N
Laban
when
wards
had
the
rr^Sn#
g.
noun
as
that
Eccles.
3,
0
they had
precedes, it
to, till,
finished
expresses
Latin
the
or
to
ipJ"'"K
H1??he
"D"!1?
noun
us,
wi
ran
variously rendered:
regens
infinitive
the
he
field,when
the
from
came
infinit. with
The
-^
oj;p^3 rrj"rrjPNO
29, is.
43, 7. ^ maybe
speak. When
genitiveof
to
brethren,
implored
he
report of Jacob,
that, so
his
iraq
the
of Jacob
sons
e.
heard
him, i. MOS.
the
of
with
man
no
i?1?
ypvi
m*opSpjn3ipK?.y5^"*
42, 21.
i. MOS.
and
distress
the
saw
we
TEi^Tl
""N
unto
U^N i:n:nnrnitr'aj
mv
45, 2.
MOS.
i.
known
himself
made
Joseph
time:
same
tliere Ktood
ifitf and
^ipv jninn?
himjwhile
the
at
pluperfect),
of the
meaning
infinitive the
the
187
CONSTRUCT.
INFINITIVE
" 106.
gerund,
2.
is used
as
ablative:
in the
noun
he
not
may
D before
actions with
one
not
denotes
another.
over,
pass
be
must
speakest not,
Num.
32, 7.
comparisonof
considered
Gen.
as
the
the two
shortened
ib
"
^J5P (itcannot
after
having
3. The
^pb D?)?N*
DV?
Thus
T*7O,
eaten
Vb DltO
at the day,
literally:
be taken
of the forbidden
inf. const,
better
can
4.TMos.
4.
be
fruit 900
infinitive of
Jer.
because
us
to
W1??^
Adam
lived
years).
(were it)for
pl IT!
noun:
science:
return, Num.
object: JND
attribute
14, 3.;
of
HJ?.Eccl. 3, 4.
a
transit,
verb
takes
the
accusative
of the
the
third
place:UJIN* nliT
HN^?
I)eut-
l" 2^
and
verb,
ject,a
voice
i*
of
being
verb
the
verb
2) it
what
8. The
the
done,
be
]W tihhe
^, following the
^^IH
y\"
etc.
wherefore
didst
Ridden
it returned
not
a^/m
of
thy
is,that
of
4, 13.
inf. const,
allow,
go,
to
permit:
2. Mos,
verbs:
and
as
3. 19.
or
with
v1p""jV?5"
the
secretly?(prop.:wherefore
flee?);Tip V*7N ^tr
hast
and
HDp^V^
(prop.:
H^DJl^
field
down;
flee
thyself to
"ftfj?1?
^^ n^5
corner
thou
to
the
let you
not
expresses
being rendered
to go
*p rWJ^7 TO
2. KL
king,
S and
finite form
finite verb
thou
will
of
point
^H
Tj^gn\^ t]S"^3*lS"'
expresses
peculiar construction
9.4A
in""
with
7, 10.
express:
the
about
was
accomplished:as
for to the
spoken
const,
on
as
f'K (inclu
and
be
to
sun
thec?
unto
of person,
accusative
TjSrn
Dpr^
out
be
to give,
JJ1J[
verb
the
and
Jud.
NTDK
inf.
the
(prop,
verb
the
particlesW
and
riVH
be alone
should
man
something,
must
done
thou
wouldst
do
to
K^
place:
nriN
rvrfo
verb,
DID
be, the
to
finite
object it follows
As
be), with
to
be
is to
my
J"s-
tnat
is to be
up
*JT1
D^S^/T^lD
J^bt^'3
its proper
4, 24.
JTH
about
1) to be
doing: as
as
g""d"
not
*s
man).
7. The
ob
an
I lifted
as
representing
takes
2. MOS.
B"j23"i
iJTDr!
ding
sentence
subjectit
IID1?Cn^O
noun
liftingup).
the
As
both
subject:as \Jjnn1?
'OnrQ
"Slp
infinitive, when
commences
9, 1.
it expresses
2, 14.
2. Mos.
me,
The
the
suffix,if
(prop, my
6.
propertiesof
verbal
uses
nominal
slay
SYNTAX,
5. The
to
II.
PART.
188
it added
thou
(prop.:thou
shalt
shalt
not
not
not
again
return),
to
M?Ao%
reap
complete
to
the
reap
the...).
Sometimes
by lor
the
without!:
IIP
Prov.
"""|33*f
(he
was
verbs
n^l
23,
35.
are
both
?Cn
finite,either connected
2. Kings 1, 11.
rppiN*
S\Xinhe
rjSK
willing,walked), Hos.
5, 1L
walked
willingly
verb
and
position,being
'preciselyas
niy Prov,
DpVjftifMTO'l^
12, 11.
as
'the noun" in
subject:
as
object: 'nj?5B"
apposition: r\$i
adjectiveit agrees
by the
definition
and
gender, number
in ap
stands
noun:
Gen.
37, 17., in
nyrh "niSjTrinj?'N
"D"i?^3N~JTI#
"fU?9g"Glen. 27, 6. As
with
substantive
adject.),as
and
(substant,
noun
of both
participleassociatingin
1. The
the
PARTICIPLE.
THE
107.
"
189
PARTICIPLE.
THE
" 107.
article.
participleof
2. The
substantively
verb, when
trans,
employed,
they that
door.
3. The
of time:
but
verb
participleas
act. most
tijBbart.
frequently expressingpresent
the
with
connected
time, especiallywhen
pers.
partic. pass.
(in
102,
Ps.
or
V?n9
19.
from'
if formed
The
the notion
of
Ps.
45, 2.
struction is the
confess; ^^
HNll
verb
created
be
be
born
(creandus),
it
following:Tl^p1?
"g"#9 W
Glen. 31, 5.
"mostcommon
J/Ot^O
to
"1^13
for the
is used
to
precedesthe partic.,
regularly
present, 0dom
^X
killed
*"1Dp
confidens.
pron.
pers,
to
as
pronoun:
intrans.
an
ndus):
"TDJ
to be
Latin
23.
(nascendus),Ps, 22,
notion
the
faintlyconveys
J know
^J" JHV
")DlK
this
later Hebrew
In
convey
^^
con
PHID
adjure.
and
without
copula,
participlewithout pronoun
con
is very
frequently used for the present, in sentences
This present
veying truths of a practicalor moral nature.
generally includes the subjectand relative or the conjunc
The
4.
tions:
we
he
would
who
"
whosoever,
render
in
Hebrew
or
as
he
he
"
who
when
kills
he,
by
^
in;j;piviy B"I:rtusD vojp* rp tr'ncjo
so
that
^tpp
,
There
190
is
PART
useth
his
time.
is
past,, present
duration:
or
permanence
river goes
or
out; JTiJOn
answer
back
his
an
(He that)
H^ID
in the
DTl?^ JTT
your
finite
adds
future, always
DD^J?
of
place
Q""
have
eyes
idea
the
knows
verb,
; N""
Hannah
The
participleaccording
meaning,
suffix
is connected
with
to
either
of
^113
Often
seen.
istered
6.
no
lies.
iTn
copula is expressed:rvit^'P
the
hath
DnS"!
many
participlestanding
5. The
he
D'?J3 H31D
words, useth
many
of the
there
and
mouth,
for
swer
its
verbal
verbal
the
and
or
nominal
or
nominal
(" 47.)-
7. Sometimes
participleis
one
ively,(insteadof
as
SYNTAX.
in his
II.
added
another, object
to
to
infinitive)
complete Ms meaning :
^)13D3 ]%y?y~i?t^'N a man
knowing to play on a harp.
NOTE.
The
to
express
In
later
the
spoke Q"0
piDN
1.
the way
drink
n/70
future
of JTH
PARTICLES
^7; ?N:
N7
before
in the
Dl'lT^D Jfllj
occurs
frequently
JO
tlfl\" tltVi
N"fl H1D^D)J
fTH
TJ3thus
he
"
("T?3Tn"D
nioinn)
vnn
ARTICLED
OF
NEGATIVE
expressing the
verbs
in
the
SENTENCES.
direct and
preteriteand
real
negation,
future, ^X the
desired, intended
verbs
(JTD
with
T'fi "DV)
108.
is used
instances is connected
few
this construction
"
:
perfect
Ttf tl$2 VT1
on
came
"did not
The
in
participle
Hebrew,
Tj^3 I
she
an
or
nor
possess
the
land;
Dtft"
1^13*73
^
"13DN the
PARTICLES
" 108.
base
found
to
before
eat,
in
saith
man
SbkNt
W??1?
=
SENTENCES.
heart, there is
his
infinitive
an
NEGATIVE
OF
(where
K7
to
not
member
TV75 chiefly
stands):7!3N7
never
Sb^ *fh%
st.)closes
pX (absol.
God.
no
191
eat-
of the sentence:
ptfD'TKI
inf.
by ptf,more
the noun
partic.
mostlyrepresenting
^V"^
J ng"3 ^
rarelyby tf1?
In
^^
NOTE
I.
the Mislma
the
rx
"L
II.
NOTE
and
non
but
X7
and
7^
be
may
best
with
exceptions, connected
Latin
follows,is with
what
the
future:
the
is
occasionallyused
as
notion
of
^DN
negation: TJ^/tpp
reign
not
them;
over
they reign
...that
not.
106^2.
4.
The
tional:
and
conjunctionDi"
?/,provided: as in
so, "O"!
more
from
but
me;
rendered
tfr DJ^ by
an
the
land
D5^ ng^JJj^
p
if I will
of
imprecation
and
not
see,
do
so
4.
Mos.
unto
condi
to
so
thee,
anything
is
omitted,
the
if
H^ }N"V.DX
pXH
not
do
hide
if thou
DK
negative: not,
they shall
properly
3, 17. God
Sam.
affirmative:
=
is
swearing
form
the
by
in
^HDri
^?P
when
it is best
see
the
die.
The
from,
with
ne
few
3.
"
compared
lest ye
5"
X*71 T^DIN N7
intervenes:
pronoun
ZcPh" 3'
standingimmediatelybefore
used, when
preceded
N"
(.TO
nptrto^:N
2.
is often
participle,
pfr$when
P"TW
is
The
or
phrase
they shall
14, 23. K7
you
I will
DN
do,
negations in the
English, but give more
D"T15 ^
"|P3J'Nsilver
1.
Ki.
sentence
same
affirm, as
negation: as
nothing accounted of (in the
emphasis
was
do not
10, 21.
to
the
192
" PART
" 109.
PARTICLES
"/,is
Dtf
in
indirect
as
K^'DN
Esau
1"#
The
second
member
(TIT
D3lin
JHV
flourish:
vine
be
thou
son
my
thou
hold
The
answer
introduced
is but seldom
Eccl. 2, 19.
as
by H repeated:
or
13, 18.
4. Mos.
interrogativeparticleis wanting,
by the
voice:
HflK
nt
of the
collocation
art thou?
DID
words,
affirmed
be
to
denied
or
t^Jl
"O1
as
repeti
is
1,
Mos.
it
might
be
only
according
me!
hear
^ yiytf*1$y_^
13.
Ps.
81,
the
past,
to
^ ynUffi DK
A
wish
DlIO UN*V""0
the
to
if !
-:
that!
thy word,
my
that
wish
1. Mos.
the
have
had
as
happened,
would
we
been
an
dead!
DHON
expressed
D'3!
many
in
the
say,
wouldst
but
unto
has
the
not, the
pluperfect:
si mortui
unto
form
who
me,
referringto
optative particle:
is often
If
use
thou
hearken
people would
where
elliptic
participle:
should
utinam
rTIT
as
is used
DN
"
Lord?
Sw.D^ *h
^""dthat
W
jussive:?|^5"J3
future
what
the
SENTENCES.
perfectis employed,
^ 0 that we
as ^JID
Sometimes
"W?)0
1. Mos.
if the
from
OPTATIVE
or
the
imperative:
the
as
OF
with
coupled
It
word
any
J|S(negatively$bh
1.
2.
there
PARTICLES
110,
"
ig
said, There
he
And
or
pnrjQ?p:iJ7
,,yes" is regularlyexpressedby
^^?9
"IDK*! '""fyT
and
still?
them
word
by Itf :
W*
or
member:
the second
whether
"P
whether
the
of the
tone
of the
tion
4, 7.
questions:
indirect
if the
see
*J3 HJ MflNn
question indicated
4.
us
Gen.
so?
"
Sometimes
wilt
let
JlN^U
JOrib?nn
by the
for
elliptically
is it not
NH
disjunctivequestionsbefore
NOTE.
the
is als" used
not.
or
3.
SENTENCES.
interrogativeparticlein
an
}"}jinnm5~DK
as
SYNTAX.
INTERROGATIVE
D'tpfiDN
sentence:
OF
1-L"
whole
II.
as
me,
of
essemus!
will
^NH"^
Ps.81^
9.
question:
show
us
PARTICLES
111.
"
2. Mos.
1:
it
would
Jfi?"*9
111.
1. After
the
OBJECTIVE
OF
of
verbs
without
such
were
an
that I knew
sentence
"
with
instead
is followed
and
principalsentence,
by
naked?
the senses,
the
the
Lord
the
before
" 112.
be
OF
the
well with
are
connected
FINAL
in which
sentences
the
clause
thee, Deut.
with
the
cf.
intention
6.
without
or
know,
that
or
purpose
3D"
3., or the
*)"'"; as
infinitive,as
precise
prepositions,
more
conjunctions
future:
rny^^-i^.nn
11^3
Gen.
njnNl
that
T20,
22.
22.
the
so.; ^ns-nj?
infinitive:
is
that
"WJK
the
SENTENCES.
JK!'1$?^'*tt2J?3with
they
object of
Infin.)
PARTICLES
Dependent
expressed, take
it may
3, 11.
the sub
dependent
2.
Gen.
Accusat.
Prov
or
SENTENCES.
iiriK
me
with
died,
employed as the,objectis in
less frequentlyby *)"""$"D1? '? IfrO they
TJH
they had conquered, Jos. S, 21.; "?
"p
that
saw
Ex.
had
we
iTm
PARTICLES
believingetc. the
troduced
by "5 or
Ez.
that
23, 3.
"
with
heart in them!
Job
5. Mos.
even!
^fVlD
DPI1?r?"DM*?
as
193
were
as
SENTENCES.
good, Ps. 4, 7.
any
0 that! is: JJT 'P who
:n# fJV"P would
lowing infinitive:
OBJECTIVE
OF
not
see.
f^p1?
ib.;
nbj;3
^niinn
HlX^
"ID
Ex.
H^V'!
I? Gen.
3/il/
25
3, 2i
194
PART
PARTICLES
" 113.
Inferential
by
that.
is
not
In
II,
OF
INFERENTIAL
sentences
that is
DJ3*1 that
man
SENTENCES.
usually introduced
are
Hebrew
SYNTAX.
expressed by
he
a)
b) *7
lies,
in
English
with
God
as
infinitive:
^!?2~riK riiTTiY?
(thou hast magnified Thy mercy) in keep
HIIT HD?'
ing alive my' soul, 1. Mos. 19, 19. c) '"l^Sp
^ITN
tives:
as
hope.
Job
The
a)
introductory*?T1
the
sitting;d)
:npT^83
the
connected
came
the
a) "?
115.
OF
Jordan, Jos.
B^JJWhose
"
116;
1.
a)
that:
is the
sea,
PARTICLES
For
since
tr'/'n
conditional
OF
time
oen.
came
2, 16.
omitted
are
19,
23.
Gen.
e)
dried
l"y,
the
Sam.
22, 18.; '2.'
N^HI
DJH 1*7niTiX*
CONDITIONAL
SENTENCES.
the two
up
1^VK DpJT
made
sentences
SENTENCES.
for the
"l^'K
2, 23. 'c)Dp#,
Num.
p-1?^'3: Gen.
d)
when
when
*W^tO
ij;,
JosT^ "lV_"
Jl^lJ"3
^'OiH
12, 10.
N7p
CAUSAL
11,
because, because
par
while
H1??DK
TV?
conjunctions denoting
Num.
f^.T:
of the
or
32, 3. ^l^ND-
tKD:
1J", O
cause,
waters
infini
2, 14.
HNt
"3
n^
J37",
20. n^'N alone:
the
D^V
woman
it
as
sentences
finite verb
the
PARTICLES
because:
with
withered, Ps.
toiSiNn-Sj;
x
so
and
Sometimes
NOTE.
especialimportance,
conjunctions:t"3: 'fipHnn'3
bones
my
Deut.
10.
23,
"
I should
SENTENCES.
with
to the
Ex.'X 23.
Pharaoh,
2. Sam.
strength,that
prefixes3
2. Mos.
is
is of
^WT
to
VT1
vintage
the
angel
kept silence,
is my
interroga-
the
ticiple:as,
was
after
d) *3
TEMPORAL
OF
relating to time; b)
tive (" 106, 2.);e) 1
she
28, 27.
^flD'H^ what
PARTICLES
with
occurs
"D
will
6, 11.
114.
"
Lord
healed, Deut,
be
not
the
particlesDN
arid
" 116.
1
used,
are
in
DX
they
only presumed
are
wilt go with
with
Jud.
23.
13,
subordinate
Ishmael
^ gives an
that
had
we
Thee, Gen.
from
have
been
Jud.
me,
I.
D^s
is
died
in the
18.
17,
shaven,
the
then
strength
my
16, IT.
clause
"3 Ex.
H^H
with
incorporated
often
the
to
optative signification
NOTE
H
j^tDfl
^ 0 that
^3*7 ITIT ^KgOtf'!
14, 2.
if I shall
depart
"D
HllT
4, 8.
Tib '3PP
b)
Jud.
go,
the
latter the
will
wilt not
were
live before
might
with
DX
if thou
but
Egypt, Num.
of
N^ DN1
"""
I will go,
not
when
real, fftl
are
yfytTOQ '^H
f"!^5 "OJIP"^would
DHVP
land
will
Lord
omitted, whereby
verb:
",'"#
and
DN
consequence
then
me,
(then) I
me,
'Orvpn^if the
t"".
and
195
SENTENCES.
negations:
their
or
CONDITIONAL
OF
the condition
case
if thou
go
PARTICLES
of time.
21,
the conditional
Ex.
Compare
2.
idea is
21,
2.
3, 5, 14, 18.
"W'8
c) nC*'$:"M.IJWTl
11,
blessing,if
Dent.
obey
ye
...
27.'"
d) jn
4,
e) V
2. Ki.
heaven,
7,
will
Lord
if the
44,
-=
make
22.
believe
not
2.
VDN
i^-ni?
they
1.
in the
windows
Ex.
h irpX^S jni;if
mri:
or
Ex.
me,
}"Dp
4, 23.
with
f) 3
NOTE
inf. const,:
the
II.
The
2. The
any
found
second
Pharaoh,
member
in
Gen.
your
most
50.
eyes,
is frequentlyomitted:
particle
thousand
particle:iO njfT
favor
Gen.
conditional
if
out
tlie
...
Ps- 9
sidc
sha11 fal1 at
"""
1) with
frequentlycommences
^NyD
speak, I
4.; 2) with
NfDX
pray
you,
ToSrn
if
now
I have
in,ftie
ears
"$#
of
DN*
'D^fl
PART
3)
with
for
was
" 117.
As
Ps.
us
119,
) V-
both-and
J Gen.
1- Sam.
0^08'W
""118.
The
from
Ex.
9"10.
124, 2, 3.
SENTENCES.
Neither"
3, 26.
nor:
Either
IN"IN'
or:
ADVERSATIVE
frequent adversative
most
tree, Gen.
2, IT.
have
yet
32, 29.
T]Nbut
no
T]Nbut, pN
not, Gen.
this
is
come
Gen.
fi^SOto^rPlp D|
although:
D^^3
^JO{J""DN'? but
thou
shalt
sins be
your
die
and
now
for the
as
let
plaint:ah!
woe!
"
HN"
us
precedes:
sentence
Isa.
1, 15
argue
whom
a
thou
man's
hast
wife, Gen.
taken
20. 3.
INTERJECTIONS.
n^lN"^8
alas!
Israel,
31, 23.
woman,
119.
thy
DJ^NDri VIT~DN
scarlet,Isa. 1. is. ] although:
Hl altliough she is
v
44, 18.
"3 but:
come
though
Ps.
us
upon
forgotten Thee,
Jacob
more
All
not
we
SENTENCES.
Ex.
19, 13.;DN1-DN:
OF
shall be called
N1?
Lord,
25.
Stronger: DT-'JNi
D^Vbut:
Gen.
the
5, 11.
^rQJ^' N71
name
Ps.
been
CDJV-OJ:
2, 26.; 1J^4*UTH
24,
PARTICLES
the
int'hadnot
5 mpHN) nflN1)
"
^'0.1
Tj*7-D3
Eccl.
DISJUNCTIVE
1. Ki.
"; DN-tJN:
'J$
0"?fiWJ
OF
"
ftf,
92.
Wjl
,M
PARTICLES
well-as
ftW
SYNTAX.
stronger particles:as
'?a" "fr|3N rN
who
II.
for the
exclamations
most
part with
of
grief,com
following*?:
aha!
"5
God
Ps.
exclamation
an
with
1. Ki.
35, 25., of
fn"?
3, 17.
terror
or
\ru^
in
addressingsuperiors;
PARADIGMS.
A.
7 to,
signof
P ARTICLES
the dative
in.
Sing.
I.e.
SUFFIXES.
WITH
to
1D3,
1723,
.also
*n
for which
as,
me
as
"oet.
from
Sm-
7]7
p.
to
thee.
|i
P-
03
thou
as
"3o,
me
in
pause
in
thee
from
thee
]f-T]1?
"j^to
Cm.
him
he
as
poet.
^713 D,
'jf.
pl^toher
from him
in her
as
she
from
her
in
as
we
from
us
as
ye,
Ptor.
1.
SY5
c.
to
us
us
in you
to
2.
from
seldom
you
in them
2)
accusative.
J"|"$at,
them
to
"^
tne
Plur.
me
|m- TJrlK.
ln
2.
1"*
-I
from
tliey
as
i?n
p"et-
on9"
Plur.
at, with
me
,inp-^K
with
thee
^JflN
with
with
you
BW
fm.
"inj^
with
him
him
with
them
'
(f-
nn^X
Qj;
me
us
D3flN
thee
w.
them
with.
Sing.
us
yo"
with
her
her
with.
w.thce
w.
in
P-
him
w.
Jier
w.
us
w.
you
w.
them
them
198
B.
Kal.
Transitive,
Pret.
3.
m.
3.
f."
2.
m.
2.
f.
Ni^lwl.
f
Intransitive.
*Sbp
r|T
T':
"
3.
7,
2.
m.
2.
f.
*S'bD abs"L
inf. const
.
*Sibpn^Dp^ *Stbp^"p
(l?l'I3R.)
-
|T-
/L-.LJ_;_V
f.
PUir.
m,
mbbp
f.
Kut.
3.
m.
3.
f.
2.
m.
2.
f.
1.
c.
3.
in.
3.
f.
2.
m.
2.
f.
1.
c.
Sfrp'
Sbpn
I
Part.
Fut. apoc.
Jussive
c. (
"
'
'"'
"
act.
'fi^O"in
P-
O'
ns^n
n:Scopn
T:~|T
StDpn
"
"
(Optative)
(Optativ
:-
'
length.Fut.
The
nnaa
T:|:
"
Plur.
Fid.
-Irffc''
-iv
Imp.
REGULAR
in p.
IT
""
VERB,
199
Hoplicd.
HiphiL
Paul.
Hitlipael,
\ nSppn
ii%p
^nSbp
rj^pn
$ps/p!$
nSi:pn
nSropn
n^Dnn
S^nn
wanting.
'.^R?
wanting.
"
:,J
S*L)pn S^cpbri
^RO
S^pn
7Dpnn
"
C.
200
VERB
KoA.
Pret, 3.
Niplial
m.
3. f.
2.
n7PJfT
m.
2. f.
1.
c.
Plur. 3.
2.
m.
2. f.
1.
c.
Inf. const.
Imp.
abs.
log
m.
f.
Plur.
'pm
noy
m.
ipm
rnpm
f.
Fut.
3.
m.
3. f.
prnn
2,
ntnn
m.
2. f.
1.
c.
Plur. 3.
m.
3. f.
'
2.
m.
2. f.
1.
Fut.
c.
apoc.
Part. act.
(Jussive)
pass.
PE
GUTTURAL,
Hipliil.
(" 40)
Hoplial.
D.
AYIN
VERB
GUTTURAL.
Pid.
Kal.
(" 41).
raal.
""
"-".
Pret. 3.
m.
3. f.
2.
npntr
m.
2. f.
1.
c.
Plur. 3.
c.
2.
m.
2. f.
1.
c.
Inf.
Inf. absol.
Imp.
m.
f.
wanting.
Plur.
m.
rutantf
f.
Fut.
3.
m.
3. f.
2.
m.
LDn^n
2. f.
I.e.
Plur. 3.
m.
3.f.
rupni#i
2. f
.
I.e.
Part,
pass.
T
201
lUthpad.
202
E.
Kal.
Pret.
3.
Nipliol.
VERB
Piel.
m.
3. f.
2.
m.
2. f.
Plur.
2.
fjgg^
m.
Inf.
Inf. absol.
Imp.
Fut.
m.
3.
m.
3. f.
2.
m.
2. f.
Plur.
1.
c.
3.
m.
3. f.
2.
m.
2. f.
1.
c.
Fut.
with.
Part.
act.
Suff.
J?9^
Pass-
y^Dfc^
l^Dt^'3
1/tDu^'O
GUTTURAL.
LAMED
PuaL
wanting.
Fut.
apoc.
203
(" 42)
Ilipliil.
'
'
ffophal.
wanting
Hithpad.
204
Kal.
Pret.
VEKB
F;
3.
LAMEDII
Niplial.
Pid
m.
3. f.
2.
m.
2. f.
1, c.
Plur. 3.
c.
2.
m.
2. f.
1.
c.
Inf.
Imp.
m.
f.
Plur.
m.
f.
njx"D
njxvr3n
TV:
Fut.
3.
"
m.
3. f.
2. f.
1.
c.
Plur. 3.
m.
:
3- f2.
ruNjfpn
njNVDn
m.
2. f.
l.'.c.
Fut. apoc.
Fut. with
Part. act.
(Jussive)
Suff.
KV/^
Pass-
|T
K1V,;
"
nixypn
ALEPH
(*O),
Pual.
(" 49)
Hiphil.
205
JIopJiaL
nxvon
wanting.
KRS?
'-
M,v
wanting
Hitlipad.
206
G.
VERB
PE
Kd.
Pret. 3.
ALEPH
Niphal.
Hiphil.
Hophal.
m.
Like
the Verb
Pe
Guttural, in Paradigm C.
Inf.
Imp.
m.
f.
Plur.
6tG-
*"*
m.
Bating-
f.
Fut.
3.
m.
3. f.
2.
m.
2. f.
1.
c.
Plur. 3.
m.
77JNFI
etc-
3. f.
Fut.
2.
m.
2.
f.
1.
c.
Vav
Part. act.
Conv.
^fc
pass.
SlDN*S^N^
etc,
etc.
VERB
H.
NiphoH.
Kal.
Pret. 3.
207
(" 50).
J""3
HipJiil.
Hopjial.
m.
3. f.
2.
m.
etc.
2. f.
1.
c.
Plur. 3.
2.
m.
2. f.
1.
c.
Inf. constr.
Imp.
m.
Plur.
f.
Fut.
3.
*J^j|
*|n
ruttfji-in
rwj
m.
3. f.
2.
m.
2. f.
1.
Plur.
c.
3.
m.
3. f.
2.
m.
2. f.
1.
The
Fut.
c.
length.
apoc.
Part. act.
$%$
pass
,^nwantinS'
208
I.
Kal.
Pret. 3.
3. f.
TOfc'"
"*"
s-
c.
Plur. 3.
c.
2.
m.
IT
fljfc*
2. f.
1.
Ly
J"*?._j
m.
.
2. f.
1.
c.
niW,
Inf.
Imp.
m.
Plur.
m.
W?
f.
Fut.
3.
m.
3. f.
2.
m,
2. f.
Plur.
1.
c.
3.
m.
3. f.
2.
m.
2. f.
1.
c.
Fut.
apoc.
Fut.
with
Part.
act.
(Jussive)
Vav
Conv.
PE
YODTT
NiphuL
*Dt"^
nu
VERB
abs.
""S "orig.
Yfl) (" 51.)
J.
Verb
prop. PK YODH
Kal.
Hipliil.
209
Hipliil.
regular.
DIB)
wanting.
(""")
OB
27
210
K.
Kal.
Part. act.
VERB
AYIN
DOU-
Niphal.
3DJ
BLED
211
P*al.
Hoplml.
"spin
HDD1D
ni^pin
nopn
^3310
JQSID
oni^Din
ontoon
Df)33lD
onmiD
3310
Dpin
DD1D
MID
'SDH
wanting.
wanting.
"
nraon
apv
DDin
aaiop
nin
nmion
DD1D
aaioo
aaiop
2.12
L.
AW.
Fret. 3.
Niphal.
VERB
A YIN
IRpliil.
VAV
IIopJtaL
m.
3. f.
2.
HB"tfi
"PR
m.
2. f.
1,
rr
c.
Plur. 3.
c.
2.
m.
2. f.
"
1.
c.
Inf. const.
Imp.
*D1pabs.
(Di p)
Din
Dip
m.
Dn
f.
Plur.
f.
Fut.
3.
runp
m.
DpV
3. f.
Dipri
2.
Dipn
m.
2. f.
Plur.
wanting.
}Q:)p
m.
1.
c.
3.
m.
'nin
3. f.
2.
njppin
m.
2. f.
1.
Fut.
D^
c.
op:
apoc.
eonv.
Fut.
Part.
with
act.
Dpjin
Dpin
'ippin
suff.
Di
("53).
M.
AYIN
Verb
YODII
213
Niplinl.
Kal.
"
-"
"
*p^
nopip
rooi
rippip
DpDOlp
onii'
t^ppip
^OOID
Dpip
DOl
pan
Dpip
^rppip
as
Dlpn
wanting.
Wr
113'.
wo*
FK
214
N.
Kal.
Pret. 3.
m.
3. f.
2.
m.
2. f.
.
1.
c.
Plur. 3.
c.
2.
m.
2. f.
1.
c.
filSjl
abs. (fiSj)
(poet.l^J
Inf. constr.
Imp.
m.
f.
Plur.
m.
f.
Fut.
3.
m.
3. f.
2.
rn.
2. f.
1.
c.
Plur. 3.
m.
3. f.
2.
m.
2. f.
1.
c.
Fut.
apoc.
Fut.
with
Part, act,
Suff.
VERB
Niphal.
LAMEDH
HE
(IT'S)*
(" 54).
Pual.
wanting.
215
HiphH.
^^
Hophal.
wanting.
in
Hiihpad.
Q.
216
3.
Fret. Kal.
m.
3.
c.
2.
m.
suff.
nom.
Kal.
suff. verb.
Imp.
Kal.
Fut.
Kal.
with Nun
3.
m.
,
epenthetic
Plur.
Pret. Piel.
3.
Sing.
i"jW"
m.
2.
Inf.
for
SUFFIXES
m.
Sivy. m.
^tSp
REGULAR
'2.
Sing.f.
^P
VERB
3.
Sing. m
WITH
3.
Sing.f.
1 Plur.
217
"42"47.
SUFFIXES.
2 Plur.
m.
2 Plur.
f.
3 Plur.
3 Plur.
f.
oStop)
jS?pp
Stopf3r"Sop:
rnStpp
rnn^top
p^tgp oStpp}St?p
28
218
P.
1. Declension.
SECOND
i_
Sing, absol.
hero
Light
Suffixes.
Grave
Suffixes.
absol.
riur.
*V
-VfoJ
3313
H"
^3313
H13J
03*113-3
Light
Suffixes.
Grave
Suffixes.
constr.
Light
Suffixes
Grave
Suffixes
word
3313
name
D3T
0*3313
H13JI
'T
'3313
H13JI
*T
O313
Declension.
Fourth
Sing,absol.
star
OH*
DH13-1 DVTTDu-
constr.
"
ii.
*")13J?nanc'
constr.
"
MASCULINE
*")31
grape
^3*1
FIFTH
old
3^
3^J/%
H31
nllDt^
fpf
*3^
^pt
$3^D
HtDD
^ty
Opt
*3^D
H5D
Plur. absol.
constr.
"
Light
'Suffixes
Grave
Suffixes
1.
Sing, absol.
"
H31
Declension.
law
SECOND
Hptl
Suffixes
Grave
Suffixes
absol.
Dlpl!
I
"
year
DECLENSION.
Hjl^
s^eePtlM
right- J"
constr.
Light
Plur.
^yi
constr.
Light
Suffixes
Crave
Suffixes
-.
Dl^^
D1^
T
rilpfT
^jllpfl
TllJt^
nlpTV
IT;
NOUNS.
"
61
"
219
66.
DECLENSION.
3.
Sntt
staff
"
n*Tin
DT)|5
enemy
^V
Declension.
seer
'
nth
3"*
;3
D'BTjp.
*J
^ihp
D7h
D^\N*
D'3H3
nh
^\s*
D33rpr
i
^H3
vy
DECLENSILON.
t^'"iD
^ac'
*^I^^power
fin
nV.!) work^t^JJ
fruit
^^
vv
death
nto,
" G9-72-
'Declension.
Third
queen
^Q
word
rTOX
FOURTH
desert
nD^ifl
nonn
DECLENSION.
twig
va"
j")*lD""live
j"Vt
m
CHRESTOMATHY.
is commanded
I. Abraham
burnt
sacrifice.
offer
to
up
his
child
as
(Genesis 22).
D"r6
no
nn
onrnn
"rn
nr?"
nj??5:D?'
r'Nn-nx
T
..
n^
1:3
npn
)-"-
T.
prwSy
|
"
w-
nSyn
ar-n
v
pny
'Vtfni ir"n
n^n
ipjn
i
D^j;n
....
..T
:D
rr?f's3
vSi\*
Nnp?i
:"MH
^y?
rtW
i^-n.x ton^S
10^1
D?*33^
ripwp
onn
iS iriyrSN1
n^
r"3^n
S\x-n-in
: 1:3 nnn
ovn
fi
nri
nS'
nr?
in^i
NI
i'n
\xn-n^ np'i
ornx
Nfe'-nis
ClIRESTOMATHY,
221
Lrn-pn^DrnsN-^N*
nirr ri^So*np"i
I
"
"
7nNT
nin^
T
"/
"
"
njn
Dyj^'n "3?tt3 ^
ojrrnzy-hz*\tf$Sin?1;
^iji Sb Tjos ^a^ni
i8p"s*rr
" 87,
2.
" 76, 2,
with
'
vided
here
God
yj*ythe
or. fullcr
nlrV
for.
" 84,
Solomo's
iri^
on
with
by
swears
" 97,
Hln*
tnc
2.
south-western
of God
or
person
Himself.
" 111,
Hi.s
the
thing by
7.
which
to
^n"
temple-mountcurrent:
was
is seen,
one
" 83,
called HiPP
proverbialadage
mountain
"f *ne
hill of Jerusalem
nx
" 92, 4.
it, belonged,was
temple on
of Moses.
II. Birth
mountain
this
About
ain.
n^T
a.
11;^
:VD\V
whom
i.
e.
one
is pro
swears;
1.
flightto
Midian.
(Exodus 2.)
inx
hS n^p
4n^
prno irinj?
snrp^nr^ni
*xn
nni
tr-nN*
n^ ^N*I
inprm
njn
222
CIIRESTOMATHY.
onn
nnn^i?
"rn
DW3
^^-o^' mni
Sprintntp'o
vnarS N^n no
o
D'on-jo
onSp?
E*N* N*i
.150 nyo
Snri: inp^rn
n^rr
injojii
"rr\riinsTO1?
p4?nV
*0p"
ann
IO?MI
:Sin?in:rpcp^
01*3 Njn
^trn
HD
nSn
ffrroii
"$-\n
^^^n nyp
TO
anp-nfa nni
VTJ
inn
:n^?
jnn?:
3 ^ri^rr ^
ION*
ono
The
sibilants y,
often
" 12, 6,
Hi.
without
B.
the 'letters 7,
and
Mappik
3. and
instead of H
Jl
"
m^nfn
sometimes
p, }
(Dagesh euphonic).
euphony
inf. of
f"r
"
4.
doub
third f.
The
3
"
are
imp. fern.)regul.
fr.
n^n
9
.
s.
DVTUl!
"'93,
3.
(only in
TjT^
II. of
n^nni
of
b.
"
for rim
o^n^n
vi
the
suffix sometimes
masc.
10
" 106?
9.
used
11
for
irregularly
"
94. 0. Note.
the
fern, thus
Q3K
10
i"
for
223
CilKESTOMATIlY.
(Exodus III.)
of Moses.
Appointment
The
III.
-n$
rrn
ntp
:n:rin
arn
mrn
rypn
vS#nin*
'"pnptr^rr"1??
rtjpn
n^?r"-n
4niN*f?
np *D
D^rikv
^N'l n^'on^b npN-n n^pn rjinp
: ^n
nin
*n"m
"inrn
Ho^n
^HDi
f nSn-
:onp
12
x3
-vox
: njn
HD
-inn
IO^-HD
Sj;
p^?"rrnH
inp^n
^
'"'
rnrr
onypp
DDN*
^xt
"
"'
'
t *n^
N*jp"i
^riNi prty?*rt
bpj;;.
D?*!}?^*n
nin* "19^1 :D*rlSn-S tono
N
n^to "inpn
v:i|5
ni
vx
^-i^^'3
"
ixn
?n
oi
22 1
ClIHESTOMATIl
Y
.
'ptsrnt Dytf
^n^
'px)
npj;"_
pre*
in1
i
i
" 107,
mark
y\t
of
7
respect and
remain
" 94,
" 83,
6.
same,
4.
19.
the
of
In the East
st.
const,
the
Decalogue
part. fern, of
unchangeable. 8
is
followingverse
am
in the
Proclamation
The
nn
(Exodus
Sinai.
reverence.
I.
I.
or
IV.
tetragrammaton HilT
the
Jahaveh
alwaysthe
name
7. Note.
nr
With
this
identical.
latter
was
Mount
on
20, 1"18.)
ov
run
?3inn
tow
*ig^Dfi'Nn
wtrj;
onvp?
'"D^ nni?)
^KQt^
'SDPVHI
Jt-Ssort^jp
n
op??
xiw
NH^
on^j ^5
*nn?-nN
n^ o^rja nj^oo"Vrppopx)
op-joiri
:
p"n
ax
S'DnpN^i
n^n
135^1
: rn
irrj^ 10
vm
D
tnv
mo
Dj;n-n"c
jtitfr
inn
.
nS?:irn
: 70 nn-Sj;
Dj;n
in
12
ClIRESTOMATIIY.
r|Wp3rvrr
nan573"n
nrn
ttiiTO^
#8*5 mjT v^j;
i96prm rjin ipt^n^ip"nn
ti
nxp
:Sip?
^3-!^ng^o
^^. D^riSiSin'!
Sx
"j"
nin
*ioxSnxn
onv/p
1? : 7 ^
n
njpnn
:pN?
n^i
0.^3
nnnp
nnnp
"nin
nin
x
'
9 : r-
12
3^1^331n
p{jn-nsi DW'1^"^
nin*
p-Sj;
T3?*n
01*3
^TiN)
fon^ fj;9*p
nj;
m-n
^3^-n?? n?3
o^-n^'
D^n^N-S
:
intr^
:rjS
fro ^n'^ninp^
non^
D"JO
prnbn^jn ^1
Di;n xnn
nxi
\"yrnnn-n^i i^'rrSip
29
226
ClllMKrOMATHY
,
an*
"ln
visible.
the
the
On
^31'!"!
WO
the
not
Ho.
to.
10
15
but Kal
"105,
" 104,
V.
9
"
b.
n"85,T4.
4.
which
on
i.
12
the
The
is
i
moon
new
Sinai.
6, 5.)
" 117.
to
blow
here:
7.
7.
myself.8 Q""OJ^n
person,
denotes
" 102.
D3fl$
e.
generally,
*J"3my
D"13J^
day
protractedsounds,
in
first
(the first)day.
same
fuller
or
trumpet
the
moon,
new
D"nS#nao
'roini
rtnn
13
as
" 118.
14
" 98, 1.
2.
(Leviticus19, 1"4,
Laws.
Moral
nin! ^^
9"18.)
vnn
trnpr ^3
nin? ^^ rto?to w
(1*7fif
03^^^n
^HJ
xS npDD
2^
^7Vp:
oni*
^313
nprny
firrtib
yytify
^rix73^ n1?^
^Tn^14
0^9 n^7)'S^Djnn
xS
njj?
^i
S^p_n
trnn
:nintis
:nin? ^
txin
ate
" 100,
^b
V.
1).
sometimes
" 98,
Nmx
1.
has Kubbuts.
The
nin
Seghol-
" 106, 9.
GlIRESTOMATTIY.
^y
"Jpy
slandererer
6
to
!Dnj$ with
to bestow
accus.
love upon
VI.
to be devoted
one,
Priests
The
Vir.
(Ibn Es'ra)
.
of the person:
(Fuerst.Lex.).
(Num.
6, 22"27.)
"toN1?
nin" -o-n
n^'D-Stf
Sao?"!
: onS nioK
^?"n^ 1^511
"'
nirv ?"o?
J2-r"'
nin*
i3
to.
with
sense,
Benediction.
"^ *vn
DN
24 j se*1!
the life,the
c.
against the
to
the blood, i.
ayainst,D*1
stan(* UP
standing up
227
V:Q
rb
rnrv
" 52, 8.
Exhortation
to
love* the
One
God.
(Dent, f",
4-9.)
run*
lyrrJK
Vxiti*
nin"
33
^33
vm
Refers
to
VIII.
DHDIH
Exhortation
commandments.
" 51, 7,
to
revere
God
and
to
observe
His
(Deut.'lO, 12"22.)
n
no
^
H
^ris; nin^
15
ptrn ^ri3N3
pn
jn
Tj DID?
ovn
nin?
TJ^P ^^ "vfi*vnpn-n^i.
nrnt^-S:^
pjjn
o^'n
"p^iown
CIIRESTOMATIIY.
228
D"oj;rrS:pp
035 DrinnN
rnq^ rnrv
~\ny\ oniK
ojnr?
^rt"
tfn
ron
Nt^-N1?
ens
a*S)
n^
n"
byrtj*
01*3 is
"3 nijM?
nirr
NiT^n
oin*
?i1
vn '1:0
1
" 92,
7.
IX.
" 84,
mi
-rn
101
:j/n
as
nj;n in
arn
nin
it is this
" 81, 1.
day,justnow.
3.
Appointment
of Joshua
(Joshua
Moses.
to succeed
1, 1-9.)
"
13
J^'in;-S^
rnrr np^i nirr
;.Dip nnjri no
H3U
nrrjst
mn
nnx
Djrr
p"st
|D
nnginw
oj;ri-nN
nnx
^n
"iron
n^s^rr
"nvn
prp pi_
nin
5D"nnn
;1!
131?.n^'Dnio
^3
yow
prrre
n^o
:rjSn
np'j
3 n^ni
"
n*5o
n-rn minn
229
ClIRESTOMATHY.
" 102
Note.
" 73,
2, 2.
David
X.
"
inland.
86.
" 96, 2.
All
Sea.
Mediterranean
The
the in
" 56,
" 85, 4. b.
and
e.
6.
(1. Sam.
npn^
D5t"3
: D^T
nnS
Dp^no-n** D'fipSsispan
won rnirvS
n^-j^i rtDltr-pa
nWn
iDnr
17, 1"54.)
inn
np
; n^nj
:vsri5pa n^
J?DUI
pn^i
: rvri
nisx
10^'n^
tr^'in?^ rap
Snj D^Sp^'
niNO"^' in^p
sSjoc" rir)nj;p-S5\*
^H njyn
N^p-n ioj?n. svjp^
n^S onS
nnnS^ n'^ WOT
"nty*7")n
"DJN N*iSn
SDVDX : 'Stt
^\v D?S-n3S^^'S
inn
9 snhrh
DHDJ;
7
"
11
"
yop'n
-:
*^D
nor
tr^
n^p
"
-wri
-:~
n;n
njn ^5^
N^I
nQN-n
Dpxi
DI*O
^^"13 Till
nt
230
(JlIRESTOMATIIY.
Kin
:DV
: not?'
Tin1
Btyi :8DnSle
*rw?$n
17
ip? rji
D'sn-av
V"];JD
05^
:nonss
:a^e
13unrn
-in
^ n^ij;
DOJH
tr\v mni
DDJ?
'
nxn
nn
-)T
on?
n
''*
tr"Nn rvr
n.
njn
1513 DJJH
N'n-Sj*
11313 hnxi
jNirr 17im
Nin
nny
w^j?
no
in
VPTN
ID^I
;nn^
T
nrn
1515
TT
ClIKESTOMATJIY.
32
^ra;
2"
vty DIN-
roni
34
231
nnK
ian
-#r"3 isj?Dnnp
v?^^?p!3j;
n^n
nj;.^^^^
n-^n
35 inri
nj?rr
22
HDH
37
:D"rr
D^ri
nbnj;? t]iin
^3
TOI
Dr
nrr
rrrrr
^nj
'? n
SJ;D
lain-nj* nn Sji
1T
1T
onk
Thorn
nn
nin?
njr
CHRESTOMATHY.
232
nprten nirrS^
rui
Mjw'iiT rurai
niir
"p#bgi?
^S Dnp-n rj^i
Djr27*?irm
03
:irv3
49
TH
")npn
Sj*i
invo? ^n
rjtpni
nrm
TPT
4.
29,
cf. Gen.
of their
token
1.
refers
21
18
" 76, 2,
men
15
read
some
" 91, 3.
phdgc in
happiness. (Fucrst. Lex.)
thou
IS
shalt take
fr.
16
D1? ^
"
to
-|
" 22,
from
V^jn
Use.
in
was
" 85^
return
"
#n.
^*W}^
"
19
c,
fat.
4tf*y
this word
Note.
17
an
20
en
y^j?
'
either
" 76,
oM
the
" 96, 7.
12
doubly pronounced.
quiry.
and
10
" 105, 6, 7.
them, i.e.
days, years.
in
advance
D^P^ID to
24.
cf. v.
WV
ceptionally
II.
52, Note
3"
83, 10.
2"
l" 85, 4.
to
Note
4.
Goliath,
HK
or
to
or
D1K,
cf. Ps.
22
42
142
7.
4?
Hi.
HTO,
"
" 53, 7.
27
" 114,
XI.
23
24
" 117.
" 83, 7.
d.
28
" 9lf 2.
Solomo's
29
Wisdom.
25
rcguiar ^.^
" 70, 2,
26
for
d.
?" nx-n
5
'
np
Gil BESTOM
23)
AT1I Y
pi
?$
nvDg
*3^
in
nnn
010?
:n-?n
Sxtr'
:nrn
}
:
HTD
".*"
^^
v
run
nS
v
n-in
^5*13
rjS
*nn^
n'
_
nir
nn^rn
nNn
D^
'i^"?
"nn
:rv:n
npni
nn
npr?
23
^331*nrr
^
nn
n^n
30
CHRESTOMATHY.
234
"3
xb rnpfc
"^r8nj rnpK
Tin
^31
nsr?
nxn
"CQ$3vr^inp TJ^Hn^i
rnrn
"yy\ nan24
J'TTPT
n*i
rj^njj;-n:lon'
ng^i
^p^_
taphoricallythe
"
In
"
rfttf
.4
7
The
XII.
wicked
II.
out
go
of
5
5).
in, denotes
and
11, (c).
" 88,
for
"~
I.
para-
" 94,
2.
6.
the
happiness of
ming
DN
^3
D^
J'
of the
^31
01^
:r?n
2J
p-iK
^J^'Nhappiness; only
0
:
interjection
XIII.
The
the
in
plur.
of
nn"
DT^n
'
"
happinessof
character
133-0$
*
an
me
(Ps. 1.)
nin"
28
(Fuerst Lex.)
man.
expression of humility
An
" 34,
10
to
K^ non1!
inrvop
: I^N* x^n
conduct
and
" 101,
pause..
NV^
^31
actions
gogic
9
Inexperienced.
*nn
nom
niypp
nxri
in
construct
the
man
godly
! 2
man.
the%haracter
of
" 44,
5.
(Ps. 15.)
ClIRRSTOMATirY.
285
-4L
TTi njn
Note.
5
der.
do
'7 7^
" 107,
Vp
bear
to
The
subject
of
to
himself,
i.
evil
XIV.
4.
e.
lead
To
refresh
abstract
noun
dant, overflowing.4
XV.
God's
rnrv
DC?'"n!
place
of
^3^"V
an
as
excellency and
np^
nin"
supply 1^
Mos.
to
5, 4.:
in
:3nn
Shadow
in
Abundance;
slan
to
e.
(the soul).
rN*
" 75, 2,
(Ps. 23.)
grace.
Dl^
nio
yy~\
hurt, cf.
own
^n1
thickest
takes
Inf. fr.
:"iDru? N^ y^
back,
God's
nm
his
to
his tongue, i.
upon
clause.
in
Confidence
j;
slander
the
^tWl.niK33
3 ; iEC''
adjective,
of death
poetry
my
cup
often
the
an
is abun
D^'ns
own
^. mTn^:DnrS?"^
D-J
")
:niir
230
" 106,
poetry
brews
and
? " 85, 4.
where
ing the question
Israels'
XVI.
Din
prrn
.(..
1.
c.
from
the He
among
Accusative,
as
Egypt.
answer
a.
in
"
(Ps. 114.)
Sane""
:rybD#Q ipj?!_JV3
DVT"'"?P
iiT nrvn
: linx"? DD"
exodus
considered
to
apposition
or
paragogic*
Inf. with
was
Sam/
1.
1.
Barreness
great .ignominy,cf.
Til V
Note
17
page
unfrequent.
not
IIR ESTOMA
...
nan
T-
.._
T-
^flfift
iBnp?
WOD
2
: vn
DTT
TT
..
npnp
jo
*3|3rrn
vn
18,
Cf. Exocl
The
p.^
" 82,
pluralpoetically,
17, 6.
" 59
Feelings of
XVII.
: iirm?
onnri
Note
in
n^
nin^
^n
DHN*
JIIN*
Of. Exodus
SM
Sn
6ov
ptTD
T
19,
"T
son
II.
exile
an
5.
:)T:
n^r
ninn
nrnro
:"nrofe" 5^
Refers
Babel,
to
rightforget
to
.....
Of
do
the
song
its
duty,
one
or
of the
songs.
play
on
an
Let
my
instrument
t"
ClIRESTOMATTIY.
(Kimchi)
287
common,
the
highest
"
city or
the
inhabitants.
Pi ;
In
poetry
Cf.
lay
to
bare
very
Kings 8,
12.
XVIII.
dom.
The
(Job 28,
\l"ft$
npft
T
15 :
preciousnessand
"
rci
is non
Dipp l\
^$"\xh]n^fin
np?
of wis
character
28.)
"
:nra
"
n^np
12
true
jnr^
iwp
H?J? 1^ n?kS?
"
*ar
^H'O
24
nsni
npipp-njcj;n^T^ni
to
nnn
:n^n" DVJ^H-SD
2snn*7nibT:S
r^rnS
intr j?:?: n^ps
20 : niVip
^ni] ph Sp^"?
rn
gnN*^
-:"!""
28
1
4
"94,
" 93,
rebellion.
"p*3
J;T
Note.
Judah
the
threatened
is
(Isa. 1,
D'pitflyp^'
pa
rn^n
T
-:
Supply
"
p^'rn nnin^
2 owm
s
rnnpn-b^
T|T-:
":
TTT
-v:
antecedent
pT
pn D:PI
T
JO,
n*n
nison
-
"93,
6.
Note.
XIX.
10^1
Dix
pnn
^^3
orn
for
her
ingratitudeand
21.)
rnn
: nnin!
n^
^p
p^-j? ^n;^
prrj
rntjonv
in^prn^
ClIRESTOMATHY.
tn5f^gmnx
DO? D'jnp
p? DTvns'p
SNTJ^'.
crnp-n^
n'u
'tt 'i
way
a#rV?i4r"0N vS?'rnp
3
)39 : TT
bn/ptt-pN
r^
:onr
iiT Tp
175
: nnr^
D^N onr
n^Sp?0*5??n^p?
ntr'pp?
noo^
nnx
ji'vvn9
v* rrnn
'
"_"* J ^
^r:
"-:-
^.
T~
"
^.....
nj;in
N"n
U
,.
VK
15
jnn
n^"n^Tn-*?
jn n^pr
o^. "TJ.3Poj^S^p
?Wi
oirr
13iDn
04 ogp
y_ft" O^N
DjH*
D*pn
^5^'
pon ntp'Ntosi^p
:v
nin? ^
" 65, 5.
" 84,
become,
5
8
nl^^n^
of
nNt^
13
For
here
and
see
what
23.
12
" 39, 3.
" 26,
reciprocal
1.
Supply JTJ1
4
Ofi^before
me.
sick.
Supply f)N^
II. 3"
"18,
become
05
nNg",
iDrnn
to
Kings;4,
Cf. 2
mets
Upon
11
Inf.
(Kal
7
to
const,
of
following*?to
with
in
the
form
-jf)
Appositionto nk\f
bear.
10
On
Xt^lmore
the Ka-
frequently
Chirek.
05^.5 inf. Pi., Tsere "becoming
5.
u
Vio"5,
suPPiy ^n.
is
17
"
85.
5.
i6
CHRESTOMATIIY.
XX.
the
Descriptionof
239
time.
Messianic
(Isa.
11.
1-10.
2
vSjfnmi
fin
rrvajn
nn
njn
:rri$" wn"'
nn
nv#.
"""
in
"
niir
,10317 nn
mgi
njODS'tfS'i
nirv
11x73 Mnnrn
D^I pnyg 05^1 : ri^v
n"?iiTj
:nirp
^* vry.
DDtri
vs
px-
.""":)
":
":
jfj ^31 wi
: 05 ^i
S^i^7.
1^31
^npi
np
JJ-DJ;
mi
: TOD
delight,fT^H
His
Inf.
rally to
4
with
of
monly with
^j; here
,
with
Jeremiah's
XXI.
(Jcr. 29,
with
yT
"
Pilpel
6
,
letter
pleasure,hence
with
smell
to
of
J?J^""
following fUV
" 86,
to
the
^j
nun
" 76,
5
gene
2.
HDD
com
captives in Babylon.
14.)
^^'i o^n?
vips'j
o?^1?inpini^
\M3p Dp
b.
DV^J; D
vv
IN^-N*
^3
nin? I^N*
riD
:n^33pS^'n^^n^
0^3
xn^
^ri^ nirav
nin"
-JDN
240
CHKESTOMATIIY.
03*?D'N9J Oil
na^D *zh ^ nin"
?B"3
i30?"
"3N
3^177niton
n^s
jninMo
T
D3*fe*rioprji
03^^
H^Y^
^T
raparrn^
rl^D
IDN
:
"?
:njn Dip^n-kst
oyfgj
n^'n
:npn)
*
Dne"p3i
SffflaoVi
inclined
toward
XXII.
one.
The
To
be
found
by
i.
one
show
to
himself
(FuerstLex.)
new
convcnant.
SixSDnS
c.
D"PT"nin
o*N3
: nann
nn?
^n
^3
ninrn$
^ D^1?nboks*
J
" 96, 2.
although,"
118.
For
nSN
4
.
" 9^,
3l
241
ClIRESTOMATHY.
Resurrection
XXIII.
of
(Ezek 37,
God.
rrnp
by the revivingSpirit
14.)
"
rnrr
rum
of Israel
nirr-T
UNW
rrr
nrvn
iptf] :IN
3D-TN-J3'Stf
niovj^S
nin? ^'i
n^\*n
wSyiiiDHU 03^ ^n:i :DJ-)"rn nn
n^n
035-^39
it^niDHU
ip'! nSyT
9
2nnn
?1
11
ipNn
ninn
"N3
:iNp INP
"nk\* nra
"ni?;r?i
For
Commod.
^v
Mpy
npjn
vm
nnn
nirv "j"-"
"nn
n-JSnpn, 2 "
$j ')
are
we
'i
^gfn^n nin;:
D^nnn-n
positionto Dipnx
rnrr
^n oriT.
n|
W3ni:
DSJTO
13
nnrrS^
ND^n
D"x-|3 N33n
nnrjiNt)
djg
80,
so
5.
gc.
entirelycut
H1H\
of.
" 77, 3.
(Fucrst Lex.)
"
31
5
6
Dat.
Ap
VOCABULARY
NOTE.
ber
with
3X
38, 35
The
numbers
preceding
*T3tf 31,
11
68,
the
exercises.
number
98,
60, 25
JfX f-
38, 11
52,
irhfX
"*
21
;"V"X 34,
17
HI
P-
num
16
J-pX 38,
JfX Hi.
42, 18
the page.
of
86, 7
fX
86, 6
3J1N
"""
the
to
"7JXp-
ty-jX
*HK
38, 23
32
58, 14
p"
66, 12
refer
indicates
p.
96,
J"l*p"TJ$
I.
fi^X
120,
p^X
86, 16
18
Ptf 31,
I
1 V
*"
pX3
21, 7
f-j"*X 98,
44,
54, 28
X
56, 31
109
p.
104, 36
J5kX50, 9.98,27
^jnjx40,
-jx 88,
40
10
*TJffX 82,
26, 7
^vjx 21,
"
p.
n.
40, 48
40,
11
104, 20
31, 17
^^N
T
W^?3N
QJp'iX
"npX 62,
24
j-j^X44,
HHX
38
44, 25
fp-JXP-)yjx
125
117
p-
Hi.
^)1X 23,
H1K
c.
100, 30
4
p.
48, 23
29,
fhDK
8
50, 31,
nnpN
jinx
QftX
yx
ib-
62, 46
pX
60, 17
44, 20
56, 51
^X21,9.
90, 15
D'flVK27,
"
76, 10
14
HI
HI.
^pX 40, 16
^JX 27, 25
^JX I08, 12
*^X
54, 47
*XinterJ-36,
163
14
P-
27
196
13,
*]|-|X 66'
"
23, 22
48
-:
39
^!|X90,
*VJX
HO
120,
*lpX
^Jj-JX 90,
78, 17
H2
P-
rjx HO,
pX
n.
58, 9
nX
62, 15
p.
p. 68, 6
* p.
^X
S^h^HN*40,
?1^"X
22
29, 17
ttlK 36,
~
28
H1HK
22
J^"X 24,
80, 2
HHN
-:
*-jx 38,
134
fix
42, 17
HHK
T
p.
2JTJX
102, 19
9
v:
^in^SjSt
98, 14
^X
29, 7
VOCAEULVRY
100,
8.
Pi. 96, 9
Pi.
f|Nconj. 31,
76, 16
150
P-
13
HSK
38, 8, 40, 8
n^gJN
147
..3 102,
HI.
62, 32
50, 26,
118' n
26, 28
148
21
62,
^fft 34,
12
n"D!J 36,
13
""
n^'N P-
62, 9
n^?
125.
n^
195
P-
27, 6
rm
84, 31.
nX
26, 30
98" 22
62, 45
T|1XHi.
62, 30
3i, 33
35
62, ss
c.
nnN
44, 14
n^3
m"
171
-KO
f. P.
f. 56, 1
^^
so, 6
P.
39
58, 3
30
^3
Q^X
94, 1
HDH3
f- 92, 38
52, 30
p"
c.
23, 2
12
-HN
36,
17
""
JJJ3f. 78,
^13 27,
19
20. 88,
n.
p.
-JJ^J29,
!|rtap.
90" 22
1^5,0^84,QJ^g
Hi.
^-53
^5 190
S^S? 106, 25
58, 20
"
21,
HM
1J.3 64,
12
""
n^
rp"
T
p.
21
190
29, 20
""
HID
J^3
90,
p,
112
IT:-
-T
TD5^
P-
1"9
"$
TDK
P-
no
iTfK
14
ss, 40
Jto-jK 96,
56, 11
nyg
"*
86, 10
96,
jra
~~
106, 16
n^iX
v
Ni.
"*;
nijrv^p-injnji'i^p.
114,
26, 45
-yifQ
p. 96
JD
es,
16.
36, 21
29
50
88,
104, 11
pi.
"ft
nir"o n^st
rh^x
Pi. 70,
-)gf'tf
54, 3
*.*
74, 14
P- se, 2
D5N,
42, 35
^K
50" 19
P-
22
-)1^ 21,
JiSp"'N
94, 9
I
122, 12
HU.
62, 22
49. 58,21
ttK62,
4. HI.
?u
ntrK
-
62, 29.
243
I.
c.
21, 3
f. 29, 3
nt^'N p.
159
l14
'
40. Hi.
na
88,
na
""
Hi-
88, 58
i
so,
10
88' 48-
S^90,37.98, 15
PI.
-)j;_5
p.
^v?
p-
194
62"
44
74,
244
VOCABULARY
pv?
78"
1p3
\rr
c.
2-r"
p. 164
p.
"I?
P- H2,
)T
21,
nSlDJf- 1""" *7
11
14
U6"
J-||-n HO,
24
?n
30
SiJ4"'
39
"
11
42
,
26. 39
my
^
S"!H108^
?H5
51,5
f- 66, 2G
29, 9
an
H^.98,
tlSlP-
axe
c.
Su
W3M
n^
Q^
p. 134
Q^
^^
26
3 78, 8
29, 30
p^
|
'
tt-l42,
109
p.
179
fi^
p. 30
QQ^
86, 13
P- 117
H7
44, 18
II
f. 52, 5
HJ;OT
94,
pfcfQ^
I
v
62,
fiJH
ft
14
")D1
48, 21
27, 21
"
f. 86, 34
fip^ p.
fiS^ P-
82',
2
-)U
159
n.
nn^'i
IT
TT
PI. 64, 9
p.
Jgf'jj
15
people
f- 27, 3
106,
27, 49
134
f. p.
520
82,
-n^l
11
"
|34G,19-29, 1. -l-?3108,
Pi. 64, 8
*h*i
9G' 45
SSl 86, 6
?"'
f. 21, 10
44, 22
118, 7
IT-
27, 35
19.68,17 jn
!}^H
n^P-
!" pi-
23
315
Sin*48,
80, 4
64,
117
42,
c.
"
p.
12
""""-":
125
"ill 21,
^Q|56,
I
rnDJ
p.
12
-"
nC'M
T
29, 31
n.
86,
pyrfcl
Pi. 56, 19 ^^
wn3
110' *4
rran
.
--
11
"'
IDJ
-Ijp23,
|
P- 169' 4
n^M
I.
P. 181, III
p"H
-
44" 21
44, 33
147
J5
34, 3
98,
13.
Hi.
Pu.
S_Sj|
86,.
31,
p.
195
4. 122, 9
DJ
36,
f. 40, 15
9ft 76,
26,
34
3^
94
I)4! P^
42, 11
ITT
i 21,
ft
ftft
164
p.
pp_-|
*i;n 34,
#y|
filSjJ
f. p.
10
H2,
125
P-
H^ 90,
70- 7
f-
1G7' 8
P-
S^3
34, 14
70,
-ii 21,
186,
12
rj^
Hi.
74, 2
21,
^^40,36.46,13
f^
I-
p.
44,
n.
p. 44,
Jgf"rj
fi-|
p.
117
245
VOCABULARY
San
29, 8
mn
no,
1
19
23, 27
^ 49
jin 56,
SinHit.
npr 96,
27
jn? 23,
12
Sm
fin?104,
"in? Ni-
S^n
Hit.
104,
f 46, 7
{J^ p.
125
26, 4,
-)pr
26,
Hit.
^t
5i.
60,
in 86, 20
in
"
P-
nfi?
40, 27
adv.
f-
29
62, 36
5
26
Tjgn 62,
wip?104,
28
npr
| |
,n 72, 17
"
nBfl
f- P- 164
23, 13
^"in
62, 33
98,
f- ib-
nTn
so
n*n
to
live- Pi-
ib- 24
D^PI
make
to
to
live
ip? 29,
29,
56, 16
102, N.
109, N.
X"n
23, si
nnn
pin
in
p-
34"
n^n
nnn
17
22
b
P- I69,
Iffi 64,
I}*"
86,
^n
70, 4
ib- 40
Hi-
22
p.
80? 39-
K^n
23
^fl 86,
"Un
npj;?90,
V
"
131
p?n ".
8"" 35
rjjin 106,
Pi- 56, 56
pyj 48,
15
21,
{1*131}
tygn
fhD?
P"-
^n
-qt 27,
122, 2
25
p?n
52, 17
ign
34.
34
Hit. 62, 37
ign
23, 32
nWl
H2'
33
56,
j1?(l
23, l4-
p3ll
Hi.
-\y
98, 29
J^n
I8
108, 3
if
108, 31
58, 31
...3
26, 31
^nNi-P-188'9
^fl
58, 30
rV? 116,
21, is
54, 29
S^l?84'
26, 38
n"n
f-
43
58,
94,20.
pn
21, is
npin
114" 17
nit
20,12
nn?
10
88, 32
23
Hi.
vjn 42,
17
44,
24
!9
coin 21,
jnj
23, 26
-V
60,
loe.
n_3? 27,
nnr
Hit,
88
"n
rnr
114, 8
-T
It 60, 26
n2,
*nn
Bnn
^in
T
"Hn
V
14
S^n 76,
pi- so, 12
S^nn^94,
23, ie
?i^n
p- n2
21, 16
nSn
Pi-
28
90,
14
I.
VOCABULARY
240
40, 9. Hit.
D?n
it.p.
10
Djjfl23,
96, 9. N.
P-
np?n
f- 34, 10
78, 28
*7n 58,
50,
21, 19
ion
23, 18
fn
nnn
nprn f-
171
02, 23
npn
~
p-
so,
jn
*'"26, 42
22
"4,
96, 16
P. 102, N.
86, 47.
10
15
58,
Ho.
tn"
24, 3
103, 7
P-
^tO 48,
26
HO,
110"
n^to
20.
32
96,
? 104, 27
175, G
86, 38
120,
p.
JTJin
164,
p.
-),pn 21,
170, d.
P-
P-
nn
92, 16
46, 6
"
54, 32
25
30,
nj;?to f- P-
145
8"' 1"
^niD
T
23, 20
80,
Hi.
86.
Sn
96, 37
adj. 88,
62, 13
5. Hi.
us,
54,
f- 50, 5.
24
36,
120, 8
^Q
174
^1D
44,
Pi. 70, 17
11.
HO,
P-
96,
f|-|^
41
62, 10
36
11
Hi. 62, 16
ft'ft 94, 25
98, 7
So
""
p.
26, 46
y^
109, 3
P-
31, 15
21
pi- 74
-HD
rOlft
94, 24
56, 30
74, 6.
Pi.
44^ 26.
f- 94, is
40, 33
64,
102, N.
p-
n.
38, 27
8.
43.
Hi.
Ni.
pPi-
p.
f- no,
nan
21, 21
108,
88, 11
|"gn36,7. 52, 21
21
jn 96, 25
6"' 7
78,
D
44, 40
DP?
34,
21
82,
73, 7
p-
non
62. 47
nan
110'
12
27, 47
73, s
^'n
Ni.
62, 17
Pi. 56, 37
64, 7
npn
p-
62, 25
112, 13
21
nnn
p-
170
23,
15
n^'n 90,
NVJ^D
ptp
P-
117
p- 109, 3
54,
Qj;jj42,
QlgJ
12
54, 30.
24
169,3^Hi. 84, 10
23,,3
^ p. 28, 4
i.p.
ioe. 17
80, 28
H^D
nc*n
p-
n?
4o; 35
VOCABULARY
I.
247
$y
Hi. p. 178,5
1(T 106,
pur:)* 23, 8
'24.
^W
54* 46
"HIT
t^T
ib-
pH^
I
111,1V
P-
:"
.
yy
SlTPi-
ib. 41
-fr
60.,4
p,
3""
f. 21, 22
-V
Hi.
HT
92, 9.
Dip*
I
p. 92
109"
P-
21, 23
D* 26, 50
XT
HiJT 26,
16
1"4, 25
T
?^" 84,
84' 46
173, 3
P'
26, 17
^^
1V
'
Hl'
IPJ
38, 34
84' 40
nyw\
tOlp^.PIIMV.^JT
Hi
3"
1U'
P-
112
27,32.
Dg^84,5.
t*n"
p. 92
I |-T
7F
58, 44
Ho" 84" 2G
f-
n^in*
ty,-#"
112" 9
nnp! 94"
P-
19
'^n^V
23
-iV 29,
S^"
H1iT
n"""34,
^\
D.T
12
37
'
PV abbreviated
91'
pVJ.P-
26, 6
7tf*^?!
84, 35
Sb"40"
-T
from
84,
TlS"
P- 92^
34, 5
*^
194
P.
Hi.
y^
38, 31
31, 32
WT
29, 13
TPP
yW\
38
HL
29'
j;^" 68,
68, 3
^^
adj. 34, 28
^^"
22
P- ^
"T
f. 76, 6
po*
XT
31, 16
"
rmirr
|TT
=(48,5
p.
FID*
n.
so,
P-
fiW
117
84,
15
179
n*V
52, 33
HT
"T
rny"
98, 32
*""inp. ^40,19
43,
H3
Hi.
HT
inn*
86,
80, 34
92,
56, Ni. 8.
TDD
4
Pi. 9 Hit.
21
n-
14
60, 27
p.
"
56" 28
*ry
p. 131
Ho,
|TV
p.
20
27, 43
Pi-
ODD
~
f- 27, 16
T
84,
-1^3
Ill, IV
161,
H3
3
102, 30
HDD
WT
P-
21, 25
y*\"
"
34,
v
Hi
P-
32
T:
rw
15
26, 36.
^JO
~
D'WVT
47
48, 19
'
94, 10.
TT
^pj;*48,
^^
pry
96, 7
116, 3
54, 18
42, 23 Hi.
-p*
84, 29
pj;"40,
"
21, 29
I
f. p.
om^
-T
ny
ITT
Hi.
7j;?T
-)D"
p. 148
TV 72,
84, 3
:
Q^P"
P- 92
pr
24
21.
HXT
T
DV
92, 14
jn:v
Hi.
nr
86' 27
248
VOCABULARY
96' 21
23, 21
19
H4,
88.
|!)3
*vtopp-
190" 7
fjro p.
Jjyj p.
113
JVjfp p.
Gent.
*JJ"3
n.
Ni. 19 Pi.
I.
C^3
f. 72, 16
54,
116
Ho.
nrO
86,49.
1. Pi.
74,
^, ^
26,
ib. 54
*#!|3 62,
3D
78"
TO
34, 18
64, 17
i-
Pi- 92, 27
HD3
-f^
DtfS112,
p^
11.
34,
11
21
DJJ3 88,
'
Hit. 60, 21
104, 34
36,
p^
104,
t|")3
^S
Hi.
192
27, 12
8
170
P.
'S?
P-
nvS
114,
25
58,
s 40' 19
20
100, 7
Ni.
rn
74,
12
p. 171, 2
nS
14.
so,
48,14
S^'3
110? 36
P-
S^'s40, 22.
J3
21
29, 6. 27, 41
J3 ^
66,
50,
c.
f^
Hi.
11
58,
8.
58,
3H3
84, 13
Hi.
p^
m.
pS
se, 28
Pi. 108, 32
nirSf- ss
17
Vph
22
92, 15
|-
109
P-
DHp
90. 7
48, 20
ib.
p.
170, 3
96, 47
H.
27
64,
15
42, 19
DNO
3^^
T
nS"S24,
J^"7
'"
162
^Ntt27,
?xo
179,
p.
P-
o^rxD
I
c.
13
150
P-
npixp
Df-^ 42,
50,
HNO
DTJXtt
sro
njTO
-j^p26, 9
12
rviSus,
~T
76,
p^
K^S^S^P'192
^INO
76, 37
nn?n"i-)
p. 47
31,
48,
rro
Hi.
120, 15
D"]3 31^
167, 118,8
'J
n^D
78' 12
p.
68, 6
42, 25
on^3
H6,
54
p. 163, 3
^S
|
31
117
fj3f. 42,
30
f. p.
20
ftf}1)
p. 90,
|-
""
",
n^1?
39
64,
""" 56,
n.
p.
rp
Cp") 26,
94
64,
37
S|?.26"
*|""^
102, 23
33^ 31, 19
27, 5
^jpS
13 40,28. 40, 41
^D5 26, 13
So?48" 35
Sp?60, 35
64, 23
Pi.
ft^S48, 27
"T
noS"nftS68,
T
Ho.
13
I?1?
48, 36
HpS 46,
27, 34
ND3
131
-JTOJD
p.
lee,
flp?/?36,
1V39
Ill,
P.
~:
23
100" 27
VOCABULARY
J10
108,
f. p-
n|yp
26, 43
rm
141
rap
Sip
27, si
173,
P-
86, 32
72, 3
-qa
in,
p-
1.
n5"opp.65,N.
##50
rjpD42"
26, 47
23
29,
-jCj)DO 98,
:
8o,
jnp
"
Sino 102,
ss,
24
82,
24
f-
35
31,
Diono
:
HDiDH/P
f- P- 141
5
-)HP 100,
5"" 33
nino
T
""
p.
nj;iio
i.
H2,
37
98, 33
p-
33, N
us, 22
42, 9
ntso
40.
!G3,
88,55
GO,
to
f- 86, 37
P- I77, 3
8
.
HI.
P-
88,
21
191,3
p.
26" 48
24, 9
rjp
nDS
f.
40,
p-
rro^p96,
f-
se
nipSp
o^npSo
117
p- m,
|T
*\"yg P.
23,
p.
"
15
ty'o
80, 19
X^O
H7
31, 9
114, 4
104, 32
JT2TO
GG,
98, 8
p-
f-
78, 27
MI^PH
f. 58, 24
^30
P-
23
88
^30
""
25
37,
125
n|?"of- HG,
24, 8
175, 6
22
i"",
58, 7
112, G
41
88, 27
escape
HO.
90,
Jj;g "^72,
Ni.
--
DJftOO
P-
f-
Pi-to deliver,
'070
40, si
p-
nt^p
120, 3
f.
f- 4-""5
nnnp
V
40,
39
p. 125
rj^'rjp
14
42, 10
141
nntr'
ss, 33
P-
21
is
^no
96, 32
70,
14
46,
80, 36
ornno
n4
102,
24
t"np
n.
P-
112, 17
129
niDPTO
P.
98" 34
njno
173,3 nppp
noinpf-p-
r?Vno112,
56,
94, 38
104,
122, 19
36" 9
no
14
21
"
?""
182, I
P-
l02^ l3
-rspo
T
44,
95, N
op/p p.
2
p- m,
JP! 120,
36, 6
niyo
26
94,
21
21
250
VOCABULARY
f- P-
DHVP
112
p.
18. I'u.
*]"'048,
n-
56,
13
jTd:i 122,
23, 7
88,
43
^EtT'9 H2,
f.
rn/JJ^'/p
125
p.
HI,
58, 37
31
116,
94, 34
J-jSpn96,
102, 26
Qrt}
56, 52
Hi.
20
pnj
39
n^'PO
f. 64,-26
npt^D
166,
P-
n*!^'9 76,
3, 23
p.
48, 13
Ill, 1
104, 26.
106, 6
27, 46
^np
27' 29
P^P
Hi. 86, 46
52, 25
44, 9
^HD
-
y^j
p.
^3
31, 7
JO
48,
78, 23
27,
ntiO
42
26, 5
Q^
66,
jp^
52, 18
10-1,24
82' 33
^?^
Hi'
40, 7. 104,
Hllbj
T
29, 24
76,
V^
82, 8
fOJ
31,
25
11
"
60, 23
175,
Qft 100,
120,
50,
10
13. Hi.
11
10
J)DJ Ho.
-
f-j!fl
p. 99,
12
nSoj 40,
^ij
Hit.
1*)3} 70,
P-
1"4, 1
P-
82,
25
*)^J76,
p[^
92'
82, 37
14
113
p.
13
tfto} 31,
p*j
-)pU 24,
169
82,
^p}
rnj
38, 10
fl^JJp.
*nj
1
21
30
98,
86,
Hi.
is
^^J
173, 3
fjjjNi.
108, 1
22
190, 7
10
96,
27,'
15.
j;^
104, 23
pjnp 52,
109
p.
j;^
-J"U
f- P-
100" 29
92,
Pi. p.
M}
nSrO
102, 10
29
46, 3
f|9
ios,
*|"^
2
16
82
H^
10
H4,
nns"'Df-p-i4iruJ
22
64,
82,
yi}
05^'p
Pi-
Hit.
20
p. 141
river,
108, 9
18
96, is
98,
^53
H^J
104, 15
il^'9P-
98, 23
gp9
70, 20
^"
98, 4
162, 6
p.
SpM
21
Sptf Hi.
"J^NytDSJ
120, 13
38, 15
26,
X'23
40, 46
|-|J34,
"
^"ft
10
11
14
f3^9
p. 117
26,
102,
%yyft
"t
Hi.
ft^
-
c.
I.
82, 21
HD^
Pi- P- 177, N
rr"pj p.
109
J^p^ 27,
30
84,
83
nnjj
I.
VOCABULARY
4,
42
82, 30
i
30
84, 9
T[CO
82,
S^
82, 29
no"^
1, 28
;^
Hi.
^
Ni.
110,
15.
74,
86, 35
86
90,
TJO
11.
92,
48
106,
Hi31D
iyB
32.
^.,
Pi.
p.
Pi.
58,
78,
22
13^
18
5
44
32-
38
nSp 29,
T
10
26
50' G. 120,
21
ft\y
55
104, 28
tr\y 24,
Y^\y^4,
21
Pi. 56, 46
-yg; 88,
13
112'
PfT};!!?
62,
ty 27,
28
fj;31,
41
26, 25
iy
~
25
"*" 27
yy
21
n^lj?96,
-]y
42, 36
1DJ* 50"
40,
f-
20
44,
H^IJ* f-
';
S^D
113
120" 19
HDD
41
90,
34,
1^- 46, 12
c.
4.
Sty*
44, 7
-f^J* 92,
88, 38
-fty 26,
18
12
44, 5. Pi.
60,
24
*j?|yHi. 108, 33
^'
iu,
b.
27, 24
Hit.
niD
100^ l2
JHD
45
f- C8'
"ny
13
42,
f-
nj*. 114"
189"
-)i]p52,
^HD
27"
14
ij 26,
11.
:nD
60,
96,
84" 17
DID
ib.
.|x,j
X2D
10
16
*t^p
^"D
50,
P-
60,
m*")D
8, 29
35
54,
100,
26
j|?)DNi.
109
p.
tip
16
38, 38.
15.
112, 25
rn#
70,
110,
41
54"
H#D
94,
-fjf78,
J-f-fj;
P- 169,
35
?n3
82, 11.
90' 27
48
n^
22
54,
*VJD
42
TJ?1DSlJ*104,
56,
P-
34,
""J c.
ftSp Pi.
52, 28 3 58,
5o" 24
106^ 15
njp
2713
Ni. p. 62, 6
J^D
f-
34
14
"}
nSSb
p""j 82,
53 31,
33
50, 17
Q""*3
86, 44
42,
tf*{"M p. 173,
251
HTJ7 91,
52,
*]$
"
252
VOCABULARY
62, 26
169,
p.
72, 9.
f.
y^y
adj, 80, 24
y$Q
^ftj;5G" 40
!ny
102, 9
E0"
^y
c.
15
D'3*)]? 120"
p"j; 40,
Pi.
70, 18
86,
ppy
"
80, 32
f.
41
38,
70y
27, 13
38, 14
*}ftya
Hit
^y
23, 19
yiy
measure
90,
J-gj;
27,33.50, 23
Q'fty
^y
^y
27, 37
Q"-m
in
29,
p.
94,
HD
46,
10
H3
54, 17
48, 37
J^")108, 7
nSi)58, 11
39
173,
tf}" Pi.
68, 14
p^"j114,
131
jjnj;70,
28
JJJJ23,
14
24
p.
113
p.
46.
^H?)
148
p.
*?r\yp.
"
54, 7
""^ 78,
^y
56, 32
13
129
p.
Q?ny 62,
"
ib.
160,
p.
Ni-
HB
33
jnjf
"
18. Pi.
28
vjj;108,
94,
96, 17
Q1H")
rn*)J" f- 114*
56, 26
J-fJjj;
92, 12
23, 6
60, 16
120, 17
f. 34, 1
I.
22
'.*
^fc^f86,
19
114, 3
"yy
"
Ni.
42
62,
^j;
23, 9
J") 54,
I
"
56, 39
W"#
114, 6
^rm
T
38, 7
c.
31, 6
38,
^W
21
100, 28
p.
ygy
QV^T
90, 43
...
96, 32
'" 64,
21
60,30
33
192,
f^n^j; the
98, 20
*\"y
Hit
f- 122, 5,
J-J7J?*?
11
DJ?"
p.
^r\y
48, 12
31
D*PJ^3
y^"
fhpj? 04,
48, 38
p.
188, 9
^jsjrj Hit.
Ufe
78,
64,
9
108,
c.
p.
163, 4
42, 12
nfl# 31,
p|^"j
S]/i3
34^ 4
^") 1"8, 19
^y
35
90, 19
60,
^y
Hpg
62, 19
f.
189,
tenth
16
Hi.
Q^j;
c.
28
pfDiD 12";
24
52,
^j^'j;
56, 45
48,
Q^"3
^"Sj^80,
17
23,
96,
Jjyj;
5r", "4
90, 42
H^3
1
33
'
26, 29
25, ^"
"I
p.
*V"y
Hit.
f-
}"y
113
p.
*)p^ 82,
n.
3G.
50,
n^y
40, 38
H^
SkVnSW96,
10
Go"
fli^J?
11
51, 3
ID
29,
"
rn^y
62,
47, N
P-
Elit.p.70,4
f. 21, 27
P- I74' 4
38, 26
*")""")
p. 171,
6
1p") 4~2,5.
Hi.
58.
48,
16
VOCABULARY
40, 25
DH1p2
11
72,
Ni.
np3
56, 47
a
54, 21
NI.
nX"f-P-182"VI
J^y
109,3
p.
jTjjoy rhir
tfpy 90,
29
f.
76,
QHD
22
10
III
Snpso,
22
15
74,
rijn"
the
"qy
title "f
Egyptian
kings.
28
169,.b.
54, 44
'""52,
16.
34
j-\g50,
48, 15
11^^
112
169, c.
20
-)^y
-fly 31,
23
ft^y
piny P. 109, 3
34
25
74, 3
ySy
T
""
^p
60,
20
20
76,
-Qp
Tip
131
n"lp
"It
10
34, 6
104, 8
^?p
P-
96, N.
Pi. 76, 34
Jl77p f'f.120,
a
curse
|p
ftjp Pi.
80, 30
^p
8. Pi,
HiOp f-62,
46, 2
96, N
84, 25
104, 19
56, 53
15
p.
58, 26
nap
f-
Pi.
32
27, 39
p^p
13
up
Ho.
^p 96,
60,
116,
raise
12
f- 60, 19
^p
f- 54? 37
f. p.
to
ttOp 40,
^p
26, 2. Hi.
nip
^4, 16
46,
|/*^p
66,
40, 6. 52, 19
*7jp
112
40, 17
ilTDp
24, 2
HID/V
f.
54
rf?" Hi.
oSy
15
-jy
^*jy 94,
TV
36,
HTi
26, 49
c-
-py 38,
117
p.
c.
P- 28, 4 pp
J7"T.1.5y
62, 40.
:
Qiy
160,
P^j)l"3y
p^y f.
66,
"
32
f. p. 117
(5 66,9. Pi.
^D
H'^'lV 96,
pfiy Pi.
|"j p.
102,
c.
niVpi-P166,
p^y
p*)iyp.
100, 10
62,
27, 2
pny
piy
\Q 98, 24.
p.
8G^
"4jp.
pyy
piy
V"-^ 82,
-H3
94, 23
90, 32.
Pi-
JH3
72, 8
^'ip58"
HID
c.
109
Pi.
"Hp
f. p- m,
rnyy
160,
P-
p,
pQ-jp_
108" 27
*T#y
96, 4
v^y
47, N
yjy 104,
100, 20
78, 6
n"}
"7V?y p.
fift
86, 31
JOy
94, 6
rns
27, 19
I.
118,
14
70,
J-f^p
n,3p96,
41
mj?p
f- P-
50
!66, 6
VoC.ABrLAKY
f-
P-
HO,
109'
106"
78, 18
a'"\"n
44,
24
^\nr44 17,
4G, 9
112, 3G
fc'jo
50, 30. 86
name
pp
"
29,
JO
r-
JTgW"!
118,
10
"*n
Hit-
nn
P-
pn
H2,
1()0,1 DH"!
92
6.
Pi.
3^
46,
70,
9
117
P-
13.
GG' 7
2. p. 96,
86,
18
96,
100,
p-j
^
22
62,
f-
12
f- H2,
Hi.
p.
tf'p
58, 36
173, 2
108, 34
70,
1g"'p
.
p.
13
108, I
48, 16.
Pi.
till
82,
177, N.
3V)
P-
n^
42
12- 4. Pi.
J^
p.
110,
WT-
94j 37 ffl'
3 b
86, 40
t\y*\ p. 169,
58, 34
N.
22
15
96, N
36
96, 29
yy^
p.
169
a.
-|p^ 42,
I
f-
Pu.
j;-)26,
njH
|TT
j^OT
pn
p.
ypft44,
nHI
84,
163, 3 V\n
p. 96.
QE1
Hi. 90, 35
192,
H^lp.
f-
80, 20
TOT. 66,
f-
14
52, 6
y^
58, 32
88, 36
y"H
122, 10.
18
34, 16.
54, 2. 56, 18
25
47, N
104, 14
J"j^-)
f- P-
74, 17
p.
nvn
ntDI
56, 17
58,
nil
I
170,
pjn
H^D
12
P.
86, 17
NiD'l P- 179,
24.
D31.34,
nOI
4
Hi.
#"-\
1]2
Qpn. P-
84,
V?"J
174,
179,
P-
Q^l
52, 23
18
^D1
f. 23, 23
[3^
^2, 30
33
Q"S.nP-
38, 37
P- 150
23
112
Hit. 90,30
Hjn
nijn.
58, 23
72, 14 HI.
nnn
23
21
adj. 42,
HJjn 27,
n.
Tin 88, 28
JlDni.f.
US
P-
"
3H
9, N
3 80,
88' 47
100, 4
DD^SG,
fftjn p.
D'9tH- 102'
'
36
^*l -r"4,
25
?""
ripp
187
y"\
pini 82,
many
P-
88, 37
40, 23
^pH
36' 10Ni.
f"n 98,
Pi.
44, 39
to
28.
hunger
to
3JH
Pu.
J"n
21,
tTtfl
~5
54"
48, 3
rttO
40
07,
88, 34
^
a
I.
Hi.
66,
22
y$-\
29, 25
J?"H
88
5't,20. I02,27rn
108,
35
I.
VOCABULARY
f.
54,
n.
52,
32.
84,
48
i,30
ripe?
G""
31
prtnE'120,
f- 64, 22
nSpfc'
-]jp
JVPIDJP106,
TIB'
18
p.
10
n?ttf 54,
125
^B"
pi- 26, 41
56. 2
(33^
Hi. 64, 13
45
OSS'
p.
134
40,
42
$yp
62, 43
HB"
$yp
90, 28
JOB*'44,
pjp
3?|Bf 29,
11. Hi.
I-JB?'42,
'. p. 118
86,
58, 18
27, 23
c.
pB?
*)jp38"
rniP 66,
54, 26
f-
108,
36
27,
ftiB"*
24
27, 38
rQilW
20
JTlE' 90,
15
1"""
"'
^jp
88, 14, 29
*nW
102, 16
34
DlSt^31, 10
44
T
(
110, 7
26, 35. Pi.
TJNB'' 26,
44
\XtP
76, 20
f.
80, 33
92, 40
11
47, N.
103" N-
P-
122, 6
96,
20
^3JpHi. 70,
3.
*y*3"f 86,
26
108,
yytf
10
Hit. 60, 12
p.
159,
f. 27, 14
Ni.
76, 5
jftjp 120,
13^' 54,
p.
46,
39
9. Pi.
S3
rUl^'P- 103, 12
T
14
f(1^
p.
Q'SB"
Pi.
rhw
-
DOC''98,
13
S(l^'
26, 32
117
56, 3
52, 31.
104, 13
fTJ^Bf'58^
27
20
ppB'
96, 46
ufaw
IHE'
Pi, 108, 24
DlE'S^P-
""
D^3^'96,
58, 29
1HB" 42,
HD^
"8, 39
80,
Pi.
Hi. 58, 10
rr^jp
92, 23
niB'
38, 25
26
42, 26
IB'-JB?'
64, 18
J3NB*P-
(-[^40, 26.
66,
SlN^'
106, 27
14
H4,
1;3lB' 48,
"*
^^'
inill^P-HO,
3 b
nng'
112
"
D"^ 54,
39
31, 13
62,
rjt3B"
rrVW
114,
48
5"'
14
I^B* Ni.54,45
J-JBE' 46,
Sx?lDE'
58^
92, 33
44,32.
66, 17
Pi.
HIE'
120,
44,
IS
,-\3t!'^2, 6
42.
33 B"'44,
S^B'P-ilO^b
-vi-W
102, 24
H^VJC''f-56, 43
Q^B^'
23,
25 fi
VOCABULARY
I.
18
62,
38,
P-
"ip^'44"
fi^rjifl
^
1"
i2
12
npsr
HI.
90, so
n-
Opjr
Hi.
58,
22
21
,
28.
24
56,
Pi. 64, 24
-pp
29
86,
c.
Wjy
11
nn^
94, 36
11G3
108.
f-
56, 25
rOJJIfi
f-
66, 23
H^IH
187,
p.
f-
nSnp
^fi
Pi.
njjn
HI. P. 105,
ffyjpp122,
26, 22
f- no,
f.
t^gn
Pi-
56, 6
44, s.
DW^'P-117'8
nv^'
'
39
f. 48,
43-
102, 8
-:
f. 78,
ixn
1^7, 7
P-
28
s8, 5
50,
54,
n""n
f-
*irin P-
so.
c.
nSnn
22
78, 4
P 102'
JP?
12
ne
102'
"
m,
P.
76,
is
48, 24, 26
108^ 4- Pi-
18
114,
f-
nrp^n
!73,
f-
1}-
11G
on
34^ 27
oh
p.
176, 5
38, 17
Sl^P
"4, 23
-ran
'
175,
P-
1U"
f- P-
76, si
T
f-
njjnp
HI
106,
14
33
n^in
nnin
f- P-
i59'3
f-
27, 10
o^pn
12
nn^n
P-
npn
IOG, 23
42, 32.
P-
c.
TODf!
"
ss,
n"3ltr'3 ypfi
"
Hi.
10,10
""'
DlHp
22.
f-
"
n^p^f.i
tri^n
15
68,
nn
"^' 42,
10.
19
P-
JQ^
62, 6
'"'
72,
106'
Hipp
n^nnn
'
K.
rnNp
16
88' 51
f-
iTNfl
T
nj;^'p.
nnn
'^rrr
pn^'
25
f. 86,
64, 27
T'
nr^'
112, 33
f.
noup
n|rrp'D^pP
is
112" 32
^n
31" 20
bntT
I1
nroin
Pi. p. 75, 4
rrw
44,
p.
66,
14
WVl^
'
!69,
rpn, rpro
GO,
0 C A
B U
n-
i. to
m-
P-
R Y
II.
interval
1^
not
or
m-
gather
to-
tween
(space
be-
things),du.
tvyo
gether
m.
pool
fr$ Hi.
be
to
D5N
^l
red
n-
de-
between
cides
gentile
n-
who
champion
P-
two
-.-
^eddish
N
Hi.
to
enlighten
to
armies
weave
to look
N(1
DflSD*3
length
m.
n'
P* of
the
m.
citY
first bom
P^-dunghill, /t^^J to
gracous
sign
m.
m.
^ac^
ac*v-
n.
Pi.
make
tr. to
consume
Pi- to
/^
happy
m.
p.
di-
guide,
to
aright, to
rect
over
intr. toburn,
dirt-heap
belt, girdle
lord
be
split
valley
^
adv-
01-
after"
PreP-
p'N (fr-Iw^N'
i- to
not
behind
id-
"
^3
p.
maid
servant
f- faithfulness
n-
P-
P-
of
J!Q Hi.
cause
to
make
to enter
know,,
to
to
un-
something
'l-to ^e
by
^S^-
despised
raise
up,
high
height
m.
district,terri-
tory
$ mighty,
H
m'
J Hi.
followed
select.
Hit. to mark,
derstand.
either
to
m.
Hi.
attend
m-
think,
n"
city
m.
eU" cubit
a
Hi.
f. oak
n.
choose,
to
happy!
ram
in.
H")3
seek" demand
kid
34
hero
crystal
to enclose
VOCABULARY
258
with
*J of
company
of
the object
HI!"!
flfj
n.
to
stretch
gent.
II.
out
h!)|f
to quake, to
writhe
i" to
Sllffer want
to
fresh-
'ijn adj.free,exempt
from
bo"
the
half"then
Hi-
/^
toP of
Sinai
auake'
Si* SDV
to
or
tremble
ram's-
hence
horn
kindled,
be
to
with
piece,a
pi-
upbraid,
to
reproach,
count
trn
regard, to
to
respect, Hi.
think, with
as,
to
love, with^
onv
n-
father-in law
to
do
nn*1
to
be
oonfounded.
terrified,
to
19
to
sink,to penetrate
'ddJ-^a'r'beaut'flll
m.
the
,)od. best
one
Hit.
to
overcome
to
set
one's
or
self, to
firm
precious,dear
*Y
to
as
an
be
shot
throw,
shoot,
to
Ni.
arrow,
to
nionth
Hi.
inform
to
to
cause
sit, to dwell,
to
let
dwe11
Pdo
\ n-
m-
well"
m-
P-
sleep
to
n'
dispute
to
re-
rebuke,
prevailover,
f-
'
another, Hi.
determine,
prove,
vb^
to
out,
out
carry
good
HID4'Niwith
to
lead
to
|"|*V m-
cause
m-
n-
Hi-
ut-
to
P-
IH'^^
3D'
gent-
to
have
by day, 2) daily
regard Q"V
Alight
have
to
in one,
to
know,
to
of
Nile
"
shame
side, i. e. bank
the
f-
to
side, ^H
f.
slice
'scorn
to
Hi.
place
dry
be
to
adJ- beautiful
stand
m.
u*n
to
k.
was
"
he-goat,
suckle
to
dation
Sent-
n-
e-
m-
^P^*
to
river' sPe~
m-
P- of
n-
Hi.
content
"iN!
hole
*"
child
to
be
to
child
m'
taxes
the
to
259
11.
VOCABULARY
Ni.
Hi.
1*VV
to
""
P-
m'
honesty,piety
remain
to
let
P-
rn-
to
-j
remain
II.
VOCABULARY
heavy,
m-
honor, majesty
m-
"TiD^
b"33
m.
adv.
m.
Vffp
ligibly,in
j|-J3^
tongue
Q^
to
f-
Ni.
instrument
f.
of
skirt
an
stumbling-
Pi.
fill
to
JQ f- a night hut
he
to
despi-
the
m-
hence
sun,
upper
tD
going
dominion
kingdom,
number
to
/P
down, settingof
the
f.
knife
rejected
KlD*J
wing 2)
sed
be kindled,
(of compassion)
Sn
gleaning
*'" a
vessel, apparel,
to
wound
f- opening,hole
Ethiopian
Ni.
m.
up,
might, power
m.
stroke,a
block
m.
Ethiopia
an
gather
to
collect
"0
pain,sorrow
f. a
lightning
Pi.
Ni. to be prepared,
partiality
m.
m-
song
equity,im
m.
foreign
m.
unintel-
speak
to
helmet
oppression
m.
tyfy
thither
and
fight
oven
an
thus,
hither
sheep
young
["'33
I'D
to
numerous
of refresh-
water
ing; residence
the
the west
ft
m.
weaver's
-1/Pm-
garment
f.
palm
of the
the sole
7*n
hand,
of the
foot
55
m.
young
lion
a"
upper
to
.
/I'lp f- a
to
weary,
dislike,loathe
over
before
f-
^^
change,
to
alter*
one's
"
to
glittering
D^'lOm.
nW
Ni.
to
make
war,
social circle
Pi- to kill,slay
ftpftQf. the
post of
round
ram
little,
only
little, i.
e.
almost
self
f" the
part
against,towards
Hi.
track, way
"
T-T
f""nt, cast,
idols
m.
-y|"
flame
^X
measure
tir?DPi- to hasten
VlO to circumcise
71 *J P^p.
be
f-
ment
beam
gar-
m.
spring
p (fr.n^}
above
^-3
what
above
is
IF.
VOCABULARY
above'
from
f-
upon
f- array"
aw
generally
forehead
the
f-
greave
staff,stick
f-
field of
cu-
commit
npX,3
f-
the
to
^e
"m,
sight'with
n**"to
Pi.
Ni.
#^)
to
rebellious
act
falling,
espec.
one
"^
to
to
breath
try" Prove
overspread,
be
to
n"ble, prince
quarrel
to
branch
m.
innocent
pure,
ra^se
to
thrust, expel
pieces
besiege
any
to
in
watch, guard, to
to
ex-
from
task
^'^
Ni-
before, over
oppress,
dash
to
prophesy
to
against,oppositeto
view
P-
n-
^-
to
outcry
fatted calf
adultery
complaining,
standard"
HDJ
pastures
fifcOto
m-
banner
dwelling"
prep,
"|JjJj
cumbers
m-
D}
JTT:
"
m.
("nlyPL
grassy
panther
Q^f)'^
to
UP'
the
accept
person, i.
to
e.
have
"
in
Jerusalem
"^rive
to
friendly regard,with
(beasts)
.
draw
to
TWO
"n^'n to extend, to
lead
to
out
draw
7N
and
(pi.Q^.
m.
to
or
gracious,with
be
without
following
to lift up
the voice,
'I
'
bearing
m-
m"
second
t-
"aPP!)rt"
staff
to
ra-
rest, Hi.
p.
weight
y!)^to
drink-
be
m-
uninjured
to cause
a-
fro,
i.to turn,
to
.
lead,
conduct
back,
D*OD
.
mb
(only du-
IV
D^
-
the
loins.
to
leave, (in
a.
of any
one)
to
m"
go
back
adv.
circuit,
prep,
charge
interest.
usury'
m"
shaken
astray,
deceive
to
to and
lead
to
m.
move
speak
utter,
to
put
set,
place.
down,
feast generally
DHD
to
rest,
to
JJJJn.
m-
river
possession
m-
around
round
about,
VOCABULARY
thicket
m.
f-
peculiarprop-
f-
P- of
n-
humble,
m.
aside,draw
to turn
as
7pD
to
JT1Q
f-
sapphire
i.
^ 7iD
"
turningaway
bly, a
darkness, thick
m.
or
because of
Pearls
m-
carved
m"
dark,
S^
towards
or
become
pray
b\33***i)
bind
to
to
turn, with
to
barren, sterile
%y
to
assem-
feast-day
to
Hit.
topaz
f\}"
festive
stone
f.
p\1J03
e.
bone
m.
as
soon
meek
carcass
corps,;
m-
m-
he-goat
m.
citJ
pi. wood,
m.
near
*J*"D
oppress
to testify
J-Jj]7
up
flags
m.
to
stand
to
erty, treasure
Pi. deliver
hidden,
g"l"l
Pure
'
smoking
glean
Ni. to be
burden, task
fl xJD
Pi. to
II.
image,
idol
doud
Hi.
f-
work, labor
with
for
of,^IDJ^D?
cause
the
that
purpose
-|p
at
the
m.
willow
*}Q
with
m.
pledge
H3*1J^f-security,
make
i- to
'
think
to
of, with
tp look after
evenng
pref.be-
D"lJTa"lv.
bare,
the art.
lul'i
y""ng
bullock
^
Hi. to
f-
to pass
cause
assembly, con-
gregation
bear
uncover
to
to
to
""
foreskin
to
leave,desert
m.
neck
Hi.
offer
Pto
of
oity
bring up,
make
f-
to
fear,tremble
to
smoke
fruitful
young-
ry, Vhich
the
cow
8'ent-
m-
n-
order,to
c'hild^
boy
in
(a battle,)to
array
71J7m-
set
fruit,Hi.
"iw^/eber-
Jailsoff
in
vintage
t()
iy*) to
stretch
out.
transgress,
to
II.
VOCABULARY
sin, with
adder
an
inward
^D
*}
'2
y^fi
Hi.
make
to
sue-
ceed
to
pp
f"
cry
help
for
P- f-
n-
of
to
be
hostile
to
adj. holy
to
stand
firm,
friend
coral
Hi.
^
*^^
f- incense
corn
*"
e-
roasted
Pi.
to
m.
to
bu
sling
to
cause
to
sling
to
divine, spoken QH
espec. of false
tread
to
s^ander
m-
tne
down,
prophets Q^
H^
to
watering
smel1' with
enjoy the
be
earthquake
be
to
high,
high,
loose^ Hi-
slacken,to
let
alone,
forsake
p. of a station
uilt
one
odor
f- abundance
to
evi1^to
do
to
D*"T*1nto
m-
P-
wickedly
an
to
Hi-
act
52^*1
trough
master
"possessor,
to
""
Hi-
lie down
m-
feed
to
dren
en-
firm
a-K^P
companion,
J^"| m.
great grand-chil
be
to
appear
f- red
helmet
edness
out, choose,
perceive,Ni.
seen,
tread
badness, wick-
".
grave
libe.tender^
faint
mid'
y^\
to look
to
cause
DO^T. to
to
to
in.
hard' Hi'
be
contend"
to
conduct
ar"
an
to harden
basilisk
m-
HL
to
adversary.
m.
scale
^]3^T
to
to
bathe
to
mor
hide
to
horn
fishj of
Ho'
adj.wide, broad
H'^pb'Pf- the
wool
m.
aloud
cry
quickly
cover
m-
to
to mn"
kindred
near,
Q"p
Hi.
part,
midst
tne
263
n-
Part.
Hi. to lift
to
P- of
city
bestuw
i- lo act
VOCABULARY
II
.
to
to
cause
TO^
prosper
an
Joyf"l glad
f-
Hi.
lip*bank
m-
left,rem-
one
to
Hi.
nant
m.
Pi.
pgf
sing
to
the
second
time
corrupt,
wickedly
act
adv.
fyyy
ox
teach
diligently
DDt""
song
inculcate,
to
plunder
to
'
burn
to
Hi. to
lay
to
ask, demand
to
Dl WS
'"
to
ask
ty
after
the
welfare,
to
to
carry
salute
lie,
down
early, Hi.
adv.
y"yy?
to
in
m.
the
Hi.
m.
welfare
away
make
to
low
with
*|* to
weight
of
coat
gate
"
morning
captive
one's
amuse
self,to play
rise
to
D^Tt
""
to
cause
stretch
'
f-
captivity
to
c.
i.
e.
to
out
f.
the
turn
m.
it
remove
m.
robber,
peace-offering plunderer
m-
staff
m.
table
ark
an
y^fift
draw
to
'
grand-children
m-
JlpS
-\
f- esPec-
cocws
vanity, false-
m.
p.
n.
Hi.
turn,
to
with
^^^
Pi. with
answer,
to
to
cause
re-
to
fctejj
refresh
f-
for
helP
desolation,
to
n.
understand
report,
rumor
f-
color
up
form,
an
image
guard
scarlet
by
weigh
to
measure,
to
to
worm
determine
J-|^-jhang
waste
to
cry
pf)
m.
the
exchange
the
sheath.
CONTENTS.
OF
THE
CHAPTER
ELEMENTS.
I.
PAGE.
PAGE.
"
1. The
Alphabet
22.
Suffixes
Demonstrative
Pronoun
"
2. Division
of Letters
The
23.
If
36
Relative
40
"
3. Vowel-Letters
and
Vow-
24.
If
The
Pro
Interrogative
"
el
Signs
4. Sh'va
41
noun
"
CHAPTER
5.
Composite
6. Patach
Sh'va
Furtive
Of
7.
Dagesh
8.
Syllables
9.
and
Mappik...
General
26.
and
Signification
Cha
racteristics of the
Con
"
"' 27.
Kamets
of
28.
Kamets-Chatuph
Verb.
25.
11
Distinction
and
"
the
View
44
10
kef
10.
V.
"
"
38
18
jugations
45
Inflection
47
Classes
47
"
11.
Distinction of
and
Sh'va
Silent
CHAPTER
Peculiarities
19
The
II.
and
Vow
Regular
of
Changes
and
Letters
CHAPTER
Vocal
of
VI.
Verb.
Second
the
Explanation
Paradigm,
" 29.
The
Preterite
48
30.
The
Infinitive
51
31.
The
32.
The
eh.
"
13.
Consonants
of
14.
Vowel
Changes
CHAPTER
15. Servile
16.
The
23
Prefixes
17.
The
Article
18.
The
Prefixes
Optative
or
n^'D
54
33.
Vav
Convorsive
55
34.
The
Imperative
57
35.
The
Participle
59
36.
Niphal
37.
Piel
38,
Hiphil
39.
Hithpael
"
Letters
52
Lengthened Future
"
III.
"
Future
"
23
"
"
20
26
,,
27
"
28
"
29
"
61
"
and
Pual
64
"
"
^-"y\
and
Hophal...
67
...
19.
Cases
of
Nouns
and
"
70
"
Pronouns
32
CHAPTER
Of
" 20.
The
the
CHAPTER
IV.
Tlie
Pronoun.
Personal
Pronoun
34
VII.
Gutturals.
" 40.
Verbs
Pe
41.
Verbs
Ayin
35
Guttural....
Tl
Guttural.
74
266
CONTENTS.
PAGE.
42. Verbs
Lamed
Guttural
CHAPTER
The
the
Verb.
Preterite
Future
79
with
Infinitive
Suffixes
The
Suffixes
40.
50.
51.
Verbs
Verbs
f""
V'"
Verbs
139
70.
Second
71.
Third
72.
Fourth
73.
IrregularNouns
147
74.
The
149
53. Verbs
Verbs
Numerals
153
II.
SYNTAX.
91
CHAPTER
94
.............
and
The
Essential
I.
Parts
of a
Sentence.
98
vy
...
101
Anom
Doubly
XI.
IP-^LH-T
89
............
55.
144
87
pV'1?
51. Verbs
Declension...
CHAPTER
86
...............
\ry
143
.............
$"y
Declension... 140
Declension
"
...............
52. Verbs
Declension
Particles.
.............
N"^
Verbs
138
IX.
#""
Femi
First
"
Irregular Verbs.
48.
of
69.
84
..................
138
nine Nouns
"
Participlewith
CHAPTER
Declension
"
83
..................
of
Nouns
"
Imperative with
133
Formation
"
82
..................
47.
68.
with
Suffixes
The
The
"
80
......................
46.
67.
"
Suf
fixes
45. The
Fifth Declension
128
Declension... 130
Feminine
...............
The
66.
with
Suffixes...
44.
Fourth
"
78
.............
Declension
65.
"
General
43. The
VIII.
Suffixesof
In
PAGE.
TO
105
157
158
77.
The
Copula
78.
The
Predicate
"
alous
Subject
"
and
its
...................
CHAPTER
Agreement
X.
with
the
Subject
79.
Verbal
Arrangement 161
"
Formation
Inflection
159
CHAPTER
108
II.
.........
The
Gender
Syntax of
113
the Parts
of
...........
58.
The
59.
The
l^ural
and
Construct
60. Rules
tion
Dual
State 119
for
the Inflec
of
Masculine
Nouns
61.
Declension
Article
The
162
Noun.
..................
Speech.
116
Number
83.
The
164
"
of Mascu
"
82.
164
Cases.
Construct
"
line Nouns
............
02.
First
Declension.....
122
State
123
tive
and
the
Geni
166
"
63, Second
"
Declension
...
1 24
84,
,
Dative..
168
.
CONTEXTS.
PARE.
85.
Accusative
86.
The
87.
Apposition
PAGE.
" 107.
168
Absolute
Case..
The
Participle
170
Particles.
171
\ 08.
Particles
of
Negative
"
88.
Duplication
89.
Substantives
of
171
Nouns
used
189
Sentences
109.
in
190
Particles
of
Inter
"
the
place
of
Adjec
rogative
Sentences
192
.
tives
171
110.
Particles
of
Optative
"
90.
91.
Adjectives
172
Comparison
Sentences
111.
172
192
Particles
of
Objective
"
92.
Numerals
173
Sentences
112.
Pronouns.
193
Particles
of
Final
"
Sentences
93.
Personal
Pronoun....
193
174
113.
Particles
of
Inferen
"
94.
Demonstrative
175
95.
Interrogative
177
96.
Relative
177
97.
Reflexive
tial
114.
Particles
194
of
Tempo
"
ral
and
Sentences
Recip
115.
Sentences
Particles
194
Causal
of
"
rocal
178
Sentences
98.
Other
Pronouns
194
179
116.
Particles
of
Condi
"
The
99.
In
Verb.
tional
General
117.
180
Sentences
Particles
of
"
100.
The
101.
The
Preterite
tive
180
Future
118.
182
194
Disjunc
Sentences
Particles
196
of
Adver
"
102.
The
Conversive
Vav.
sative
183
Sentences
196
....
103.
Paragogic
copated
104.
The
105.
Infinitive
and
"
Future
Imperative
Absolute
196
184
Paradigms
197
184
Chrestomathy
220
185
Vocabulary
I.
242
186
Vocabulary
II.
258
106.
Infinitive
Construct.
119.
Iiitajections
Apo
ABBREVIATIONS
LIST
OF
ANTD
CORRECTIONS.
ABBREVIATIONS.
CORRECTIONS.